te ennddeerr ddooccuummenntt - mpfc
TRANSCRIPT
1
MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL
CORPORATION, INDORE
TTeennddeerr DDooccuummeenntt
FFoorr PPeerrcceennttaaggee RRaattee oonnllyy aass ppeerr MM..PP.. PPuubblliicc WWoorrkkss DDeeppaarrttmmeennttss
aanndd ootthheerr DDeeppaarrttmmeennttss ssiimmiillaarr ttoo WWoorrkkss DDeeppaarrttmmeennttss
Office of the MANAGING DIRECTOR MADHYA PRADESH
FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore
NIT Number and Date : MPFC/CIVIL/TENDER/01/2017
DATED 28.12.2017
Agreement Number and Date : __________________
Name of Work : CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING OF MADHYA PRADESH
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
INDORE
Name of the Contractor : __________________
Probable Amount of Contract
(Rs. In Figure) : Rs. 41.90 Crores
(Rs. In Words) : Forty One Crores Ninety Lacs. Contract Amount
(Rs. In Figure) : __________________
(Rs. In Words) : __________________
__________________ Stipulated Period of Completion : 20 Months including rainy
season
2
TTeennddeerr DDooccuummeenntt
Table of Contents
Section No
Particulars Page
Section 1 NIT 3-4
Section 2
Instructions to Bidders (ITB) 5-9
Bid Data Sheet 10-11
Annexure -A to M 12-30
Section 3
Table of Clauses 31
Part - I General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
32-42
Contract Data 43-46
Annexure - N to W 47-62
Part - II Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) Special Condition of Electrical Work
63-135
Section 4 Bill of Quantities (BOQ) 136
Section 5 Agreement Form
137
Section-6 Technical Specification 138-204
Section-7 List of Approved Make and Model Number
205-212
3
SECTION 1 Notice Inviting e-Tender
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation INDORE
N.I.T. No :MPFC/CIVIL/TENDER/01/2017 Dated 28.12.2017
Online percentage rate bids for the following works are invited from registered contractors and firms of repute fulfilling registration criteria:
Name of Work District P.A.C. (Rs. in
lakh)
Earnest Money
Deposit EMD
(In Rupees)
Cost of Bid
Document (In
Rupees)
Category of
Contractor
Period of
Completion
(in Months)
CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE
BUILDING OF MADHYA
PRADESH FINANCIAL
CORPORATION INDORE
INDORE Rs. 4190
LAKH
Rs. 41.90
LAKH
Rs. 50000/- MP
PWD
Centralized
Registration
20 Months including
rainy season
1. All details relating to the Bid Document(s) can be viewed and downloaded free of cost from the website. http://mpeproc.gov.in and www.mpfc.org
2. Bid Document can be purchased after making online payment of bid document & portal fees through Credit/Debit/Cash Card/internet banking.
3. At the time of submission of the Bid the eligible bidder shall be required to:
i) Pay the cost of bid document
ii) deposit the Earnest Money;
iii) Submit a check list; and
iv) Submit an affidavit.
v) GST Registration is compulsory.
vi) Registration in PF and ESIC is mandatory.
Details can be seen in the Bid Data Sheet.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
4
4. ELIGIBILITY FOR BIDDERS:
(a) At the time of submission of the Bid the bidder should have valid registration with the Government
of Madhya Pradesh, PWD in appropriate class. However, such bidders who are not registered with
the Government of Madhya Pradesh 1and are eligible for registration can also submit their bids after
having applied for registration with appropriate authority.
(b) The bidder would be required to have valid registration at the time of signing of the Contract.
(c) Failure to sign the contract by the selected bidder, for whatsoever reason, shall result in forfeiture
of the earnest money deposit.
5. Pre-qualification – Prequalification conditions, wherever applicable, are given in the Bid Data Sheet.
6. Special Eligibility - Special Eligibility Conditions, if any, are given in the Bid Data Sheet.
7. The Bid Document can be purchased only online from 28.12.2017 to 21.01.2018 upto 5.00 pm other
key dates may be seen in bid data sheet.
8. Amendments to NIT, if any, would be published on website only, and not in newspaper.
MANAGING DIRECTOR
MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL
CORPORATION, INDORE
1 Section 1 – NIT
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
5
SECTION 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)
A. GENERAL
1. SCOPE OF BID
The detailed description of work, hereinafter referred as ‘work’, is given in the Bid Data Sheet.
2. General Quality of Work:
The work shall have to be executed in accordance with the technical specifications specified in the Bid
Data sheet/ Contract Data, and shall have to meet high standards of workmanship, safety and security of
workmen and works.
3. PROCEDURE FOR PARTICIPATION IN E-TENDERING
The procedure for participation in e-tendering is given in the Bid Data Sheet.
4. ONE BID PER BIDDER
4.1 The bidder can be Individual/ Proprietary Firm/ Partnership Firm (Registered under Partnership Act)/
Limited Company (Registered under the Companies Act–1956)/ Corporation/LLP (registered under the
Companies Act). Joint Venture is not permitted.
4.2 No bidder shall be entitled to submit more than one bid whether jointly or severally. If he does so, all
bids wherein the bidder has participated shall stand disqualified.
5. Cost of Bidding
The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of his bid, and no claim
whatsoever for the same shall lie on the Government.
6. Site Visit and examination of works
The bidder is advised to visit and inspect the Site of Works and its surroundings and obtain for itself on its own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the bid and entering into a contract for construction of the work. All costs in this respect shall have to be borne by the bidder.
For Site Visit Please contact
M/s Vima the Dimension
118,Navneet Darshan ,Old Palasia, Indore
Phone no: - 0731-4060487
B. Bid Documents2
7. CONTENT OF BID DOCUMENTS
The Bid Document comprises of the following documents:
1. NIT with all amendments.3
2. Instructions to Bidders, Bid Data Sheet with all Annexures
3. Conditions of Contract:
i. Part I General Conditions of Contract and the Contract Data with all Annexures; and
ii. Part II Special Conditions of Contract.
4. Specifications
2 Section 2 – Instruction to Bidders
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
6
5. Drawings
6. Priced Bill of Quantities
7. Technical and Financial Bid
8. Letter of Acceptance
9. Agreement, and
10. Any other document(s), as specified.
8. The bidder is expected to examine carefully all instructions, conditions of contract, the contract data,
forms, terms and specifications, bill of quantities, forms and drawings in the Bid Document. Bidder shall
be solely responsible for his failure to do so.
9. Pre-Bid Meeting (where applicable)
Wherever the Bid Data Sheet provides for pre-bid meeting:
9.1 Details of venue, date and time would be mentioned in the Bid Data Sheet. Any change in the
schedule of pre-bid meeting would be communicated on the website only, and intimation to
bidders would not be given separately.
9.2 Any prospective bidder may raise his queries and/or seek clarifications in writing before or
during the pre-bid meeting. The purpose of such meeting is to clarify issues and answer
questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage. The Employer may, at his option, give
such clarifications as are felt necessary. It is expected to receive all the quarries through E-mail
at [email protected] latest by 14/01/2018 upto 5.00 pm.
9.3 Minutes of the pre-bid meeting including the gist of the questions raised and the responses
given together with any response prepared after the meeting will be hosted on the website.
9.4 Pursuant to the pre-bid meeting if the Employer deems it necessary to amend the Bid
Document, it shall be done by issuing amendment to the online NIT.
10. Amendment of Bid Documents
10.1 Before the deadline for submission of bids, the Employer may amend or modify the Bid
Documents by publication of the same on the website.
10.2 All amendments shall form part of the Bid Document.
10.3 The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the last date for submission of bids by publication
of the same on the website.
C. Preparation of Bid
11. The bidders have to prepare their bids online, encrypt their Bid Data in the Bid Forms and
submit Bid Seals (Hashes) of all the envelopes and documents related to the Bid required to be
uploaded as per the time schedule mentioned in the key dates of the Notice Inviting e-Tenders
after signing of the same by the Digital Signature of their authorized representative.
12. DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID
The bid submitted online by the bidder shall be in the following parts:
Part 1 – This shall be known as Online Envelope A and would apply for all bids. Online Envelop A shall contain the following as per details given in the Bid Data Sheet:
i) Registration number or proof of application for registration and organizational details in format given in the Bid Data Sheet.
ii) Payment of the cost of Bid Document; iii) Earnest Money iv) Authority of the signatory of the bid documents, and v) An affidavit duly notarized.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
7
Part 2 – This shall be known as Online Envelope B and required to be submitted only in works
where pre-qualification conditions and/or special eligibility conditions are stipulated in the Bid
Data Sheet. Online Envelop B shall contain a self-certified sheet duly supported by documents
to demonstrate fulfillment of pre-qualification conditions.
Part 3 – This shall be known as Online Envelope C and would apply to all bids. Envelop C shall contain financial offer in the prescribed format enclosed with the Bid Data Sheet.
13. Language 4
Supporting Documents and printed literature that are part of the Bid & are in language other than Hindi/English, the Bidder is expected to provide accurate translation of the relevant document in Hindi/English.
14. TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
14.1 Only, in case of bids with pre-qualification conditions defined in the Bid Data Sheet, the
Technical Proposal shall comprise of formats and requirements given in the Bid Data Sheet.
14.2 All the documents/ information enclosed with the Technical Proposal should be self-attested
and certified by the bidder. The Bidder shall be liable for forfeiture of his earnest money
deposit, if any document / information are found false/ fake/ untrue before acceptance of bid.
If it is found after acceptance of the bid, the bid sanctioning authority may at his discretion
forfeit his performance security/ guarantee, security deposit and take any other suitable action.
15. FINANCIAL BID
i. The bidder shall have to quote rates in format referred in Bid Data Sheet, in overall percentage, upto two decimal points, and not item wise. If the bid is in absolute amount, overall percentage would be arrived at in relation to the probable amount of contract given in NIT. The overall percentage rate would apply for all items of work.
ii. Percentage shall be quoted in figures as well as in words. If any difference in figures and words is found, lower of the two shall be taken as valid and correct.
iii. The bidder shall have to quote rates inclusive of all duties, taxes, royalties and other levies; and the Employer shall not be liable for the same.
iv. The material along with the units and rates, which shall be issued, if any, by the department to the contractor, is mentioned in the Bid Data Sheet.
16. PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF BIDS
The bids shall remain valid for a period specified in the Bid Data Sheet after the date of “close for biding” as prescribed by the Employer. The validity of the bid can be extended by mutual consent in writing.
17. EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD)
17.1 The Bidder shall furnish, as part of the Bid, Earnest Money Deposit (EMD), in the amount specified in the Bid Data Sheet.
17.2 The EMD shall be in the form of Fixed Deposit Receipt of a scheduled commercial bank, issued in favor of the name given in the Bid Data Sheet. The Fixed Deposit Receipt shall be valid for six months or more after the last date of receipt of bids. However, other form(s) of EMD may be allowed by the Employer by mentioning it in the Bid Data Sheet.
17.3 Bid not accompanied by EMD shall be liable for rejection as non-responsive.
17.4 EMD of bidders whose bids are not accepted will be returned within ten working days of the
decision on the bid.
17.5 EMD of the successful Bidder will be discharged when the Bidder has signed the Agreement
after furnishing the required Performance Security.
4 Section 2 – Instruction to Bidders
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
8
17.6 Failure to sign the contract by the selected bidder, within the specified period, for whatsoever reason, shall result in forfeiture of the earnest money deposit.
D. Submission of Bid
18 The bidder is required to submit online bid duly signed digitally, and Envelop ‘A’ in physical
form also at the place prescribed in the Bid Data Sheet.
E. Opening and Evaluation of Bid5
19 PROCEDURE
19.1 Envelope ‘A’ shall be opened first online at the time and date notified and its contents shall be
checked. In cases where Envelop ‘A’ does not contain all requisite documents, such bid shall be
treated as non-responsive, and Envelop B and/or C of such bid shall not be opened.
19.2 Wherever Envelop ‘B’ (Technical Bid) is required to be submitted, the same shall be opened
online at the time and date notified. The bidder shall have freedom to witness opening of the
Envelop ‘B’. Envelop ‘C’ (Financial Bid) of bidders who are not qualified in Technical Bid
(Envelop ‘B’) shall not be opened.
19.3 Envelope ‘C’ (Financial Bid) shall be opened online at the time and date notified. The bidder
shall have freedom to witness opening of the Envelop ‘C’.
19.4 After opening Envelop ‘C’ all responsive bids shall be compared to determine the lowest
evaluated bid.
19.5 The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the bidding process
and reject all the bids at any time prior to contract award, without incurring any liability. In all
such cases reasons shall be recorded.
19.6 The Employer reserves the right of accepting the bid for the whole work or for a distinct part of
it.
20. Confidentiality
20.1 Information relating to examination, evaluation, comparison and recommendation of contract
award shall not be disclosed to bidders or any other person not officially concerned with such
process until final decision on the bid.
20.2 Any attempt by a bidder to influence the Employer in the evaluation of the bids or award of
contract will result in the rejection of its bid.
F. Award of Contract6
21. Award of Contract
The Employer shall notify the successful bidder by issuing a ‘Letter of Acceptance’ (LOA) that
his bid has been accepted.
22. Performance Security
22.1 Prior to signing of the Contract the bidder to whom LOA has been issued shall have to furnish
performance security of the amount in the form and for the duration, etc. as specified in the Bid
Data Sheet.
5 Section 2 – Instruction to Bidders
6
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
9
22.2 Additional performance security, if applicable, is mentioned in the Bid Data Sheet and shall be
in the form and for the duration, etc. similar to Performance Security.
23. Signing of Contract Agreement
23.1 The successful bidder shall have to furnish Performance Security and Additional Performance
Security, if any, and sign the contract agreement within 15 days of issue of LOA.
23.2 The signing of contract agreement shall also be reckoned as intimation for commencement of
work. No separate work order shall be issued by the Employer to the contractor for
commencement of work.
23.3 In the event of failure of the successful bidder to submit Performance Security and Additional
Performance Security, if any or sign the Contract Agreement, his EMD shall stand forfeited
without prejudice to the right of the employer for taking any other action against the bidder.
24. CORRUPT PRACTICES
The Employer requires that bidders observe the highest standard of ethics during the
procurement and execution of contracts. In pursuance of this policy, the Employer:
i. may reject the bid for award if it determines that the bidder recommended for award has, directly
or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing
for the Contract; and
ii. may debar the bidder declaring ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to
participate in bids, if it at any time determines that the bidder has, directly or through an agent,
engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for, or in executing, a
contract.
For the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth above are defined as follows:
a. “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly,
anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;
b. “fraudulent practice” means any act or omission, including a misrepresentation, that
knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or
other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
c. “coercive practice” means impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly
or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a
party;
d. “Collusive practice” means an arrangement between two or more parties designed to
achieve an improper purpose, including influencing improperly the actions of another
party.
[End of ITB]7
7 Section 2 – Instruction to Bidders
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
10
Bid Data Sheet
GENERAL
SR. No. PARTICULARS DATA 1 Office inviting tender Managing Director,
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation Finance House, A.B Road, Indore -452001
2 NIT No MPFC/CIVIL/TENDER/01/2017 3 Date of NIT 28.12.2017
4 Bid document download available from date & time
28.12.2017 10.30 AM
21.01.2018 05.30 PM
5 Website link http:// www.mpeproc.gov.in SECTION 1 - NIT
CLAUSE REFERENCE
PARTICULARS DATA
2 Portal fees As notified in E-Tendering Website 3 Cost of bid document Rs. 50000/- excluding portal processing fee
Cost of bid document Payable at https://www.mpeproc.gov.in
Cost of bid document In favor of MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore
4 Affidavit format Annexure B 5 Pre-qualifications required YES If Yes, details Annexure C
(Evaluation by Committee of MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore who will intimate reasons to disqualified bidders)
6 Special Eligibility
Not Applicable
If Yes, details Annexure D 7 Key dates Annexure A
SECTION 2 - ITB8 CLAUSE
REFERENCE PARTICULARS DATA
1 Name of ‘work’ CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING
OF MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL
CORPORATION INDORE
2 Specifications Annexure – E In addition to as below:
a) In case of Building works : SPECIFICATION FOR
BUILDING WORKS BY CPWD,NBC Stipulation by SOR
in force
3 Procedure for participation in e-tendering Annexure – F
4
Whether Joint Venture is allowed
NO
If yes, requirement for Joint Venture
9
Pre-Bid Meeting
Date:- 16.01.2018 Time:- 11 am
Address :- Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation Finance House, A.B Road, Indore -452001
8 Section 2 – Bid Data Sheet
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
11
Bid Data Sheet
CLAUSE REFERENCE
PARTICULARS
DATA
12
Envelope-A containing : i. MPPWD Registration number or proof of application for registration. ii.Organizational details as per Annexure H
iii. Cost of Bid Document iv. EMD v. An affidavit duly notarized as per Annexure - B
should reach in physical form in the office of : Managing Director,Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation,Finance House, A.B Road,Indore-452001
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Rs 50,000/- Rs 41,90,000/-
14 Envelope-B Technical Proposal Annexure - I and Annexure - I (Format I-1 to I-5)
15 Envelope-C Financial Bid Annexure – J Materials to be issued by the department Annexure – K
____ Period of Validity of Bid 180 Days
17
Earnest Money Deposit Rs. 41,90,000/- Forms of Earnest Money Deposit i. FDR/ e-FDR
ii. Demand draft of scheduled commercial bank EMD valid for a period of Minimum Six months
FDR must be drawn in favour of MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION
21 Letter of Acceptance (LoA) Annexure L
22
Amount of Performance Security 5% of contract amount for building works.
Additional Performance Security, if any Equal to an amount arrived at, by multiplying the
contract amount with difference of percentage between
percent rates (below/minus), of successful bid and
fifteen percent (below/minus), considering bid rates
less than ten percent below PAC, to be unworkable and
shall require additional performance security
(guarantee)
Performance security in the format Annexure M
Performance security in favour of MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore
Performance security valid up to9 3 (three) months from the date of expiry of the Defect
Liability Period.
9 Section 2 – Bid Data Sheet
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
12
Annexure – A
(See clause 1, 7 of Section 1 -NIT )
KEY DATES Two Stage
Sr.
No.
Work
Department
Stage
Bidders Stage Start Expiry Envelopes
Date Time Date Time
1 -
Tender
Purchase -
Online
28.12.2017 10:30
AM
21.01.2018 05:30
PM
-
2 -
Bid
Submission
Online
29.12.2017 10:30
AM
22.01.2018 05:30
PM
3 Receipt of
Pre bid
Queries(Through
E-mail)
29.12.2017 10:30
AM
14.01.2018 05:00
PM
4 Pre bid Meeting 16.01.2018 11.30
AM
16.01.2018 2.00
PM
5 Last date of
submission of
physical
Documents at
MPFC OFFICE
(By Speed Post
Only)
23.01.2018 10:30
AM
27.01.2018 05:00
PM
6 Mandatory
Submission
Open (Envelope-
A)
- 28.01.2018 10:30
AM
28.01.2018 05.30
PM
Envelope-
A
7 Technical
Proposal Open
(PQ Envelope-
B)
- 29.01.2018 10:30
AM
29.01.2018 05.30
PM
Envelope-
B
8 Financial Bid
Open Envelope-
C
- 03.02.2018 10:30
AM
03.02.2018 05.30
PM
Envelope-
C
Last Date and time for submission of physical E.M.D and other Documents. upto 27.01.2018 upto 5.00 PM
(Only through Indian SPEED POST ,no personal delivery/submission accepted) In OFFICE OF THE
MANAGING DIRECTOR MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore.
Original term deposit receipt of Earnest Money Deposit (EMD), demand draft for the cost of
bid document and affidavit should be submitted by the bidder so as to reach the office before
the time and date as mentioned in Bid Data Sheet.
Section 2 –Annexure - A
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
13
Annexure – B
(See clause 3 of Section 1 -NIT )
AFFIDAVIT[1]
(To be contained in Envelope A)
(On Non Judicial Stamp of Rs. 50)
I/we _______________________________________________________ presently holding the post of _______________ in (name of the Company/ Firm etc to whom contract is to be awarded ) am duly authorized by the said company/firm etc., )to swear this affidavit and I am also legally competent to do so, here by solemnly state on oath as under :
1. That the documents submitted by the (Name of the Company/Firm etc,), along with the
Bid submitted in response to the NIT dated 28.12.2017 published online and in (Name of the Newspaper) are genuine and authentic and are true copies of the documents of which the same purpose to be copies.
2. That the (Name of the company/firm etc.,) and I as the signatory of the bid & the documents
submitted therewith take full responsibility for the genuineness of the bid & its accompanying
documents and agree to be bound by the same and in particular vouch for the correctness and
gumminess of the following self certified information/documents/ certificates ( as the case may be)
submitted with the bid:-
(a) Term deposit receipt deposited as earnest money, demand draft for cost of bid document and other relevant documents provided by the Bank are authentic.
(b) Information regarding financial qualification and annual turnover is correct.
(c) Information regarding various technical qualifications is correct.
3. That I/We are not appearing in the blacklist of any Government/Semi-Government, PSUs etc.
4. That no close relative of the undersigned or of our firm/company is working in the Corporation.
OR
That the Following close relatives are working in the Corporation:
Name _______________ Post ____________________ Present Posting ___________
Signature with Seal of the Deponent
showing his/her/their status in the bidder company/firm
VERIFICATION
I/ We, _____________________ the above deponent do hereby solemnly verify that the facts stated in paras 1 to 4 above are true & correct to the best of my / our knowledge and belief and nothing in the said paras has been concealed or wrongly stated.
Verified today _____________ (dated) at ______________ (place).
Signature with Seal of the Deponent
showing his/her/their status in the bidder company/firm
] Section 2 –Annexure - B
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
14
Annexure – C (See clause 5 of Section 1 -NIT )
PRE-QUALIFICATIONS CRITERIA
The bidder should possess following eligibility criteria:
A. Financial
i. Experience of having successfully executed:
a) three similar works, each costing not less than the amount equal to 40% of the probable
amount of contract during the last 7 financial years; or
b) two similar works, each costing not less than the amount equal to 50% of the probable amount
of contract during the last 7 financial years; or
c) one similar work of aggregate cost not less than the amount equal to 80% of the probable
amount of contract in any one financial year during the last 7 financial years;
ii. Similar Work means Any completed work of Construction of Office Building/ Commercial
building for Central Govt. /State Govt. /Semi Govt./Govt. owned corporation/ Govt. Under taking/
PSUS/Commercial Banks only under single work order.
iii. Average annual construction turnover on the construction works not less than 30% of the probable
amount of contract during the last 3 financial years ending 31-03-2017.
iv. Bid Capacity – Bidder shall be allotted work up to his available Bid Capacity, which shall be worked
out as given in format I-2 of Annexure I.
B. Physical
i. Total 1, 50,000 Sqft or more of commercial/Office area should have been constructed in
last 7 financial year.
ii. Similar building experience will not include housing projects.
iii. Bidder should have experience of constructing Double Basement.
Note: Bidders are required to submit the self attested corresponding Work Order copies &
Execution/Completion Certificates issued by the respective Employers. The Certificates should be issued by
respective authority (Not below Executive Engineer) of Employer. MPFC may call for original certificates for
verification.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
15
Annexure – D (See clause 6 of Section 1 -NIT)
SPECIAL ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
16
ANNEXURE - E (See clause 2 of Section 2 –ITB &
Clause 10 of GCC)
Specifications
1. MP PWD Department Specifications, (Website link:-www.mppwd.gov.in)
2. CPWD Specifications( Website link:- www.cpwd.gov.in)
3. NBC (National building Code) specifications.(Website link:- bis.org.in )
Note:- The soft copy of above specifications is available at departmental website.
The provisions of general / special conditions of contract, those specified elsewhere in
the bid document, as well as execution drawings and notes, or other specifications
issued in writing by the Employer shall form part of the technical specifications of this
work.10
10
Section 2 –Annexure - E
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
17
Annexure -F (See clause 3 of section 2-ITB)
Procedure for Participation in e-Tendering
1. Registration of Bidders on e-Tendering System:
All the PWD registered bidders are already registered on the new e-procurement portal
https://www.mpeproc.gov.in. The user id will be the contractor ID provided to them from MP Online.
The password for the new portal has been sent to the bidders registered email ID. For more details
bidder may contact M/s. Tata Consultancy Services Corporate Block, 5th floor, DB City BHOPAL-462011
email id: [email protected]. Helpdesk phone numbers are available on website
www.mpeproc.gov.in.
2. Digital Certificate:
The bids submitted online should be signed electronically with a Class III Digital Certificate to establish
the identity of the bidder submitting the bid online. The bidders may obtain Class III Digital Certificate
issued by an approved Certifying Authority authorized by the Controller of Certifying Authorities,
Government of India. A Class III Digital Certificate is issued upon receipt of mandatory identity proofs
along with an application. Only upon the receipt of the required documents, a Digital Certificate can be
issued. For details please visit cca.gov.in.
Note:
i. It may take upto 7 working days for issuance of Class III Digital Certificate; hence the bidders are
advised to obtain the certificate at the earliest. Those bidders who already have valid Class III
Digital Certificate need not obtain another Digital Certificate for the same.
The bidders may obtain more information and the Application From required to be submitted for
the issuance of Digital Certificate from cca.gov.in
ii. Bids can be submitted till bid submission end date. Bidder will require digital signature while bid
submission.11
`
The digital certificate issued to the Authorized User of a Partnership firm / Private Limited Company /
Public Limited Company and used for online biding will be considered as equivalent to a no-objection
certificate / power of attorney to that user.
In case of Partnership firm, majority of the partners have to authorize a specific individual through
Authority Letter signed by majority of the partners of the firm.
in case of Private Limited Company, Public Limited Company, the Managing Director has to authorize a
specific individual through Authority Letter. Unless the certificate is revoked, it will be assumed to
represent adequate authority of the specific individual to bid on behalf of the organization for online
bids as per Information Technology Act 2000. This Authorized User will be required to obtain a Digital
Certificate. The Digital Signature executed through the use of Digital Certificate of this Authorized User
will be binding on the firm. It shall be the responsibility of Management / Partners of the concerned
11
Section 2 –Annexure - F
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
18
firm to inform the Certifying Authority, if the Authorized User changes, and apply for a fresh Digital
Certificate for the new Authorized User.
3. Set Up of Bidder’s Computer System:
In order for a bidder to operate on the e-tendering System, the Computer System of the bidder is
required to be set up for Operating System, Internet Connectivity, Utilities, Fonts, etc. The details are
available at https://www.mpeproc.gov.in
4. Key Dates:
The bidders are strictly advised to follow the time schedule (Key Dates) of the bid on their side for tasks
and responsibilities to participate in the bid, as all the stages of each bid are locked before the start time
and date and after the end time and date for the relevant stage of the bid as set by the Department.12
5. Preparation and Submission of Bids
The bidders have to prepare their bids online, encrypt their bid Data in the Bid forms and submit Bid of
all the envelopes and documents related to the Bid required to be uploaded as per the time schedule
mentioned in the key dates of the Notice inviting e-Tenders after signing the same by the Digital
Signature of their authorized representative.
6. `Purchase of Bid Document
For purchasing of the bid document bidders have to pay Service Charge/Portal fees as applicable online.
Cost of bid document is separately mentioned in the Detailed NIT. The Bid Document shall be available
for purchase to concerned eligible bidders immediately after online release of the bids and upto
scheduled time and date as set in the key dates.
The payment for the cost of bid document shall be made online through Debit/Credit card , Net banking
or NeFT Challan through the payment gateway provided on the portal.
7 Withdrawal, Substitution and Modification Of Bids
Bidder can withdraw and modify the bid till Bid submission end date.13
12
Section 2 –Annexure - F
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
19
Annexure – G (See clause 4 of Section 2 -ITB)
JOINT VENTURE (J.V.)14
14
Section 2 –Annexure - G
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
20
Annexure - H (See clause 12 of Section 2 –ITB
& clause 4 of GCC)
ORGANIZATIONAL DETAILS
(To be Contained in Envelope - A)
S. No.
Particulars Details
1.
Registration number issued by Centralized Registration System of Govt. of M.P. or Proof of application for registration.
(If applicable, scanned copy of proof of application
for registration to be uploaded)
2. Valid Registration of bidder in appropriate class through Centralized Registration of Govt. of MP
Registration No. _________ Date______ (Scanned copy of Registration to be uploaded)
3. Name of Organization/ Individual/ Proprietary Firm/
Partnership Firm
4.
Entity of Organization Individual/ Proprietary Firm/ Partnership Firm (Registered under Partnership Act)/ Limited Company (Registered under the Companies Act–1956)/ Corporation/LLP(registered under the Companies Act)
5. Address of Communication
6. Telephone Number with STD Code
7. Fax Number with STD Code
8. Mobile Number
9. E-mail Address for all communications
Details of Authorized Representative
10. Name
11. Designation
12. Postal Address
13. Telephone Number with STD Code
14. Fax Number with STD Code
15. Mobile Number
16. E-mail Address
Note: In case of partnership firm and limited company certified copy of partnership deed and registration
certificate/ Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association along with registration certificate of the company shall have to be enclosed.15
Signature of Bidder with Seal Date: _____________
15
Section 2 –Annexure - H
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
21
Annexure – I (See clause 14 of Section 2 -ITB)
Envelope – B, Technical Proposal
Technical Proposal shall comprise the following documents:
Sr.
no. Particulars Details to be submitted
1 Experience – Financial & Physical Annexure - I (Format: I-1)
2 Annual Turnover Annexure - I (Format: I-2)
3 List of technical personnel for the key positions Annexure - I (Format: I-3)
4 List of Key equipments/ machines for quality
control labs Annexure - I (Format: I-4)
5 List of Key equipments/ machines for
construction work Annexure - I (Format: I-5)
Note:
1. Technical Proposal should be uploaded duly page numbered and indexed.
2. If not uploaded will not be considered.
16
16
Section 2 –Annexure - I
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
22
Annexure - I (Format: I-1) (See clause 14 of Section 2 -ITB)
FINANCIAL & PHYSICAL EXPERIENCE DETAILS 17
A. Financial Requirement: The bidder should have completed either of the below:
a) three similar works, each costing not less than the amount equal to 40% of the probable amount of
contract during the last 7 financial years; or
b) two similar works, each costing not less than the amount equal to 50% of the probable amount of contract
during the last 7 financial years; or
c) one similar work of aggregate cost not less than the amount equal to 80% of the probable amount of
contract in any one financial year during the last 7 financial years;
d)
To be filled in by the contractor: i. Details of successfully completed similar works shall be furnished in the following format. ii. Certificate duly signed by the employer shall also be enclosed for each completed similar work.
Agreement Number &
Year Name of Work Date of Work
Order Date of
Completion Amount of Contract
Employer's Name and Address
Existing commitments – (Value of ‘C’ for Bid Capacity formula)
Agreement Number & Year
Name of Work
Date of Work Order
Date of Completion
Amount of Contract
Amount of balance work
Employer's Name and Address
Bid Capacity should be equal to or more than Probable Amount of Contract.
Note: 1. Certificate duly signed by the employer shall be enclosed for the actual quantity executed in any one
Year during the last 3 financial years. 2. Similar works: The similarity shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods technology or
other characteristics of main items of work viz. earth work, cement concrete, Reinforced cement concrete, brick masonry, stone masonry etc.
17
Section 2 –Annexure - I (Format I-1)
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
23
Annexure - I (Format: I -2) (See clause 14 of Section 2 -ITB)
ANNUAL TURN OVER Requirement:
Average annual turnover of construction work not less than 30% of the probable amount of contract during the last 3 financial years ending 31/03/2017;
To be filled in by the contractor:
Financial Year Turn Over
1
2
3
Note:
i. Average annual turnover of construction work should be certified by the Chartered Accountant. ii. Audited balance sheet including all related notes, and income statements for the above financial years
to be enclosed.
Bid Capacity18
Applicants who meet the minimum qualifying criteria in the evaluation as stated above are to be
evaluated further for bid capacity as under:
Bid Capacity = (1.5 A X B) - C
Where
A = Maximum value of civil engineering works executed in any one year during the last five year
(10% weightage per year shall be given to bring the value of work executed at present price
level)
B = Proposed contract period in years.
C = Amount of work in hand at present.
Bid capacity should be equal to or more than the Project Cost.
18
Section 2 –Annexure I (Format I-2)
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
24
Annexure-I (Format: I-3) (See clause 14 of Section2–ITB
& Clause 6 of GCC)
List of Technical Personnel for the Key Positions
Minimum requirement Available with the Bidder
S.
No
.
Key
Po
siti
on
Min
imum
requ
irem
ent
Qu
alif
icat
ion
Sim
ilar w
ork
expe
rienc
e(ye
ars)
S.N
o.
Nam
e of
Per
sonn
el
Key
Po
siti
on
Qu
alif
icat
ion
Sim
ilar w
ork
expe
rienc
e
Tota
l Wor
k Ex
perie
nce
1 Project Manager 01 Graduate in
10 15
civil
Engineering
2 Deputy Project
01 Graduate in civil
05 10
Manager - Civil Engineering
Deputy Project Graduate in
3 Manager - 01 Electrical 05 10
Electrical Engineering
Site
Engineer/
Billing Diploma in
civil
4 Engineer/ 01 5 7
Engineering
Material
Engineer
Junior Electrical
Diploma in
5 01 electrical 2 5
Engineer
Engineering
6 Lab Technician 01 Diploma in Civil
3 5
Engineering
Note:- 1. For work costing (PAC) above 10 cr. Additional sets shall be available as per requirement.
2. Afore said criteria are part of technical bid but not part of prequalification. Above minimum
requirement are to be fulfilled by the contractor. Recovery as per applicable clause, shall be made, If
above minimum requirement are not fulfilled.
Tota
l W
ork
Exper
ience
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
25
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
26
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
27
Annexure – J (See clause 14 of Section 2 -ITB)
FINANCIAL BID (To Be Contained in Envelope-C)
NAME OF WORK:- CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING OF MADHYA PRADESH
FINANCIAL CORPORATION AT INDORE
I/We hereby bid for the execution of the above work within the time specified at the rate (in figures) _______ (in words) _______________________ percent below/ above or at par based on the Bill of Quantities and item wise rates given therein in all respects and in accordance with the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing in all respects in accordance with such conditions so far as applicable. I/We have visited the site of work and am/ are fully aware of all the difficulties and conditions likely to affect carrying out the work. I/We have fully acquainted myself/ourselves about the conditions in regard to accessibility of site and quarries/kilns, nature and the extent of ground, working conditions including stacking of materials, installation of tools and plant conditions effecting accommodation and movement of labour etc. required for the satisfactory execution of contract.
Should this bid be accepted, I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the terms and provisions of the
said conditions of contract annexed hereto so far as applicable, or in default thereof to forfeit and pay to the
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation or its successors in office the sums of money mentioned in the said
conditions.
Note:
i. Only one rate of percentage above or below or at par based on the Bill of Quantities and item wise rates given therein shall be quoted.
ii. Percentage shall be quoted in figures as well as in words. If any difference in figures and words is found lower of the two shall be taken as valid and correct rate. If the bidder is not ready to accept such valid and correct rate and declines to furnish performance security and sign the agreement his earnest money deposit shall be forfeited.
iii. In case the percentage "above" or "below" is not given by a bidder, his bid shall be treated as non-responsive and liable to be rejected.
iv. All duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the bidder shall be included in the percentage quoted by the bidder.
Signature of Bidder
Name of Bidder The above bid is hereby accepted by me on behalf of the Governor of Madhya Pradesh dated the _________
day of __________ 20__ ____________
Signature of Officer by whom accepted19
19
Section 2 –Annexure - J
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
28
Annexure – K (See clause 15 of Section 2 -ITB)
MATERIALS TO BE ISSUED BY THE DEPARTMENT20
Sno Name of material Rate (Issue rate) Unit Remarks
20
Section 2 –Annexure - K
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
29
Annexure – L (See clause 21 of Section 2 -ITB)
LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE (LOA)
No. _______________ Dated: ___________
To,
M/s. ___________________________
(Name and address of the contractor)
Subject: _________________________________
(Name of the work as appearing in the bid for the work)
Dear Sir (s),
Your bid for the work mentioned above has been accepted on behalf of the Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation at your bidded percentage _____ below/ above or at par the Bill of Quantities and item wise rates given therein.
You are requested to submit within 15 (Fifteen) days from the date of issue of this letter:
1. The performance security/ performance guarantee of Rs. __________ (in figures) (Rupees
____________________________________________ in words only). The performance security shall be in the
shape of term deposit receipt/ bank guarantee of any nationalized / schedule commercial bank
valid up to three months after the expiry of defects liability period.
2. Sign the contract agreement.
Please note that the time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the bid is 20(Twenty) Months
including rainy season, shall be reckoned from the date of signing the contract agreement.
Signing the contract agreement shall be reckoned as intimation to commencement of work and no
separate letter for commencement of work is required. Therefore, after signing of the agreement, you are
directed to contact the Engineer-in-charge and Project Management Consultant for taking the possession of site
and necessary instructions to start the work.
Yours Faithfully
Managing Director
MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
30
Annexure – M (See clause 22 of Section 2 -ITB)
PERFORMANCE SECURITY (TO BE EXECUTED BY BANK ON STAMP PAPER)
To
Managing Director
MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Finance House A.B. Road Indore-452001
WHEREAS ________________________[name and address of Contractor]
(Hereinafter called "the Contractor") has undertaken, in pursuance of Letter of Acceptance No.__________ dated
____________ to execute _____________[name of Contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the
Contract").
AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor shall furnish you
with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with his
obligation in accordance with the Contract;
AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee:
NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to you on behalf of the
Contractor, up to a total of ___________ [amount of guarantee]* ___________ ___(in words), such sum being payable in
the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake to pay you,
upon your first written demand and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of
_________________[amount of guarantee] as aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons
for your demand for the sum specified therein.
We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the contractor before presenting us with the demand. We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the
Contract of the Works to be performed there under or of any of the Contract documents which may be made
between you and the Contractor shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we
hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification.
This guarantee shall be valid until 3 (three) months from the date of expiry of the Defect
Liability Period.
Signature, Name and Seal of the guarantor __________________________________________
Name of Bank ________________________________________________________________
Address __________________________________________________________________
Phone No., Fax No., E-mail Address, of Signing Authority ________________________________
Date _______________________________________________________________________
* An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing the percentage the Contract Price specified
in the Contract including additional security for unbalanced Bids, if any and denominated in Indian Rupees. 21
21
Section 2 –Annexure - M
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
31
SECTION 322
Table of Clauses of GCC Clause
No Particulars Clause
No Particulars
A. General 21 Payments for Variations and / or Extra Quantities
1 Definitions 22 No compensation for alterations in or restriction of work to be carried out.
2 Interpretations and Documents 23 No Interest Payable
3 Language and Law 24 Recovery from Contractors
4 Communications 25 Tax
5 Subcontracting 26 Check Measurements
6 Personnel 27 Termination by Engineer in Charge
7 Force Majeure 28 Payment upon Termination
8 Contractor's Risks 29 Performance Security
9 Liability For Accidents To Person 30 Security Deposit
10 Contractor to Construct the Works 31 Price Adjustment
11 Discoveries 32 Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance
12 Dispute Resolution System 33 Secured Advance
B. Time Control 34 Payments Certificates
13 Programme E. Finishing the Contract 14 Extension of Time 35 Completion Certificate
15 Compensation for Delay 36 Final Account
____ Contractor’s quoted percentage F. Other Conditions of Contract
C. Quality Control 37 Currencies
17 Tests 38 Labour
18 Correction of Defects noticed during the Defect Liability Period
39 Compliance with Labour Regulations
D. Cost Control 40 Audit and Technical Examination
19 Variations - Change in original Specifications, Designs, Drawings etc.
41 Death or Permanent Invalidity of Contractor
20 Extra Items 42 Jurisdiction
22
Section 3 – GCC (Table of Clauses )
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
32
Conditions of Contract Part – I General Conditions of Contract [GCC]
A. General
1. DEFINITIONS
1.1. Bill of Quantities: means the priced and completed Bill of Quantities forming part of the Bid. 1.2. -Deleted- 1.3. Completion: means completion of the work as certified by the Engineer-in-Charge, to be appointed/
designated in accordance with provisions of agreement. 1.4. Contract: means the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor to execute, complete and/or
maintain the work. Agreement is synonym of Contract and carries the same meaning wherever used. 1.5. Contract Data: means the documents and other information which comprise of the Contract. 1.6. Contractor: means a person or legal entity whose bid to carry out the work has been accepted by the
Employer. 1.7. Contractor's bid: means the completed bid document submitted by the Contractor to the Employer. 1.8. Contract amount: means the amount of contract worked out on the basis of accepted bid. 1.9. Completion of work: means completion of the entire contracted work. Exhaustion of quantity of any
particular item mentioned in the bid document shall not imply completion of work or any component thereof.
1.10. Day: means the calendar day. 1.11. Defect: means any part of the work not completed in accordance with the specifications included in the
contract. 1.12. Corporation: means Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation or MPFC or M P Financial Corporation
which adopts this document. 1.13. Drawings: means drawings including calculations and other information provided or approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge of the Employee. 1.14. Employer: means the party as defined in the Contract Data, who employs the Contractor to carry out
the work. The Employer may delegate any or all functions to a person or body nominated by him for specified functions. The word Employer / Corporation/ Department wherever used denote the Employer.
1.15. Engineer: means the person named in the Contract Data. 1.16. Engineer in charge: means the person named in the Contract Data. 1.17. Equipment: means the Contractor's machinery and vehicles brought temporarily to the Site for
execution of work. 1.18. Government: means Government of Madhya Pradesh. 1.19. In Writing: means communicated in written form and delivered against receipt. 1.20. Material: means all supplies, including consumables, used by the Contractor for incorporation in the
work.23 1.21. N/A. 1.22. Stipulated period of completion: means the period in which the Contractor is required to complete
the work. The stipulated period is specified in the Contract Data. 1.23. Specification: means the specification of the work included in the Contract and any modification or
addition made or approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and Project Management Consultants. 1.24. Start Date: means the date of signing of agreement for the work. 1.25. Sub-Contractor: means a person or corporate body who has a Contract with the Contractor, duly
authorised to carry out a part of the construction work under the Contract. 1.26. Temporary Work: means work designed, constructed, installed, and removed by the Contractor that
are needed for construction or installation of the work. 1.27. Tender/Bid, Tenderer/Bidder: are the synonyms and carry the same meaning where ever used. 1.28. Variation: means any change in the work which is instructed or approved as variation under this
contract. 1.29. Work: The expression "work" or "works" where used in these conditions shall unless there be
something either in the subject or context repugnant to such construction, be construed and taken to mean the work by virtue of contract, contracted to be executed, whether temporary or permanent and whether original, altered, substituted or additional.
23
Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
33
2. INTERPRETATIONS AND DOCUMENTS 2.1 Interpretations
In the contract, except where the context requires otherwise: a. words indicating one gender include all genders; b. Words indicating the singular also include the plural and vice versa. c. provisions including the word “agree”, “agreed” or “agreement” require the agreement to be
recorded in writing; d. written” or “in writing” means hand-written, type-written, printed or electronically made, and
resulting in a permanent record; 2.2 Documents Forming Part of Contract:
1. NIT with all amendments. 2. Instructions to Bidders (ITB, Bid Data Sheet with all Annexures) 3. Conditions of Contract:
i. Part I General Conditions of Contract and the Contract Data; with all Annexures ii. Part II Special Conditions of Contract.
4. Specifications 5. Drawings 6. Bill of Quantities 7. Technical and Financial Bid 8. Agreement, and 9. Any other document(s), as specified.24
3. Language and Law The language of the Contract and the law governing the Contract are as stated in the Contract Data.
4. Communications
All certificates, notice or instruction to be given to the Contractor by Employer/Engineer shall be sent to
the address or contact details given by the Contractor in [Annexure H of ITB]. The address and contact
details for communication with the Employer/Engineer shall be as per the details given in the Contract
Data. Communication between parties that are referred to in the conditions shall be in writing. The
notice sent by facsimile (fax) or other electronic means (email) shall also be effective on confirmation of
the transmission. The notice sent by registered post or speed post shall be effective on delivery or at the
expiry of the normal delivery period as undertaken by the postal service. In case of any change in
address for communication, the same shall be immediately notified to Engineer-in-Charge.
5. Deleted
6. Personnel
6.1 The Contractor shall employ for the construction work and routine maintenance the technical
personnel as provided in the Annexure I-3 of Bid Data Sheet, if applicable. If the Contractor fails to
deploy required number of technical staff, recovery as specified in the Contract Data will be made
from the Contractor.
6.2 If the Engineer asks the Contractor to remove a person who is a member of the Contractor's staff or
work force, stating the reasons, the Contractor shall ensure that the person leaves the Site within
three days and has no further connection with the Works in the Contract.25
7. Force Majeure
7.1 The term “Force Majeure” means an exceptional event or circumstance: (a) Which is beyond a Party’s control (b) Which such Party could not reasonably have provided against before entering into the Contract, (c) Which, having arisen, such Party could not reasonably have avoided or overcome, and (d) Which is not substantially attributable to the other Party.
24
24
Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract 25
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
34
Force Majeure may include, but is not limited to, exceptional events or circumstances of the kind listed below, so long as conditions (a) to (d) above are satisfied: (i) War, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies, (ii) Rebellion, terrorism, sabotage by persons other than the Contractor’s Personnel, revolution,
insurrection, military or usurped power, or civil war, (iii) Riots (other than contractor’s employees), commotion, disorder, strike or lockout by persons
other than the Contractor’s Personnel, (iv) Munitions of war, explosive materials, ionising radiation or contamination by radio-activity,
nuclear fission except as may be attributable to the Contractor’s use of such munitions, explosives, radiation or radio-activity, and
(v) Natural catastrophes such as earthquake, hurricane, typhoon or volcanic activity, tidal wave,
floods, lightening etc.
(vi) Damage from air craft.
7.2. In the event of either party being rendered unable by force majeure to perform any duty or discharge
any responsibility arising out of the contract, the relative obligation of the party affected by such force
majeure shall upon notification to the other party be suspended for the period during which force
majeure event lasts. The cost and loss sustained by either party shall be borne by respective parties.
7.3 For the period of extension granted to the Contractor due to Force Majeure the price adjustment clause
shall apply but the penalty clause shall not apply. It is clarified that this sub clause shall not give
eligibility for price adjustment to contracts which are otherwise not subject to the benefit of price
adjustment clause.
7.4 The time for performance of the relative obligation suspended by the force majeure shall stand
extended by the period for which such cause lasts. Should the delay caused by force majeure exceed
twelve months, the parties to the contract shall be at liberty to foreclose the contract after holding
mutual discussions.26
8. Contractor's Risks
8.1 All risks of loss or damage to physical property and of personal injury and death which arise during
and in consequence of the performance of the Contract are the responsibility of the Contractor.
8.2 All risks and consequences arising from the inaccuracies or falseness of the documents, drawing,
designs, other documents and/or information submitted by the contractor shall be the responsibility of
the Contractor alone, notwithstanding the fact that the designs/ drawings or other documents have
been approved by the Corporation.
9. Liability for Accidents to Person
The contractor shall be deemed to have indemnified and saved harmless the Corporation and its
employee against all action, suits, claims, demands, costs etc. arising in connection with injuries suffered
by any persons employed by the contractor or his subcontractor for the works whether under the
General law or under workman's compensation Act, or any other statute in force at the time of dealing
with the question of the liability of employees for the injuries suffered by employees and to have taken
steps properly to ensure against any claim there under.
10. Contractor to Construct the Works
10.1 The Contractor shall construct, install and maintain the Works in accordance with the
Specifications and Drawings as specified in the Contract Data.
10.2 In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification as is mentioned in Contract
Data, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the instructions and requirement of the
Engineer-in-charge and Project Management Consultancts.
10.3 The contractor shall supply and take upon himself the entire responsibility of the sufficiency of the
scaffolding, timbering, machinery, tools and implements, and generally of all means used for the
fulfilment of this contract whether such means may or may not be approved or recommended by
the Engineer.
26
Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
35
11. Discoveries
Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly discovered on the Site shall
be the property of the Employer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of such discoveries and carry
out the Engineer's instructions for dealing with them.
12. Dispute Resolution System
12.1 No dispute can be raised except before the Competent Authority as defined in Contract Data in writing giving full description and grounds of dispute. It is clarified that merely recording protest while accepting measurement and/or payment shall not be taken as raising a dispute.27
12.2 No dispute can be raised after 45 days of its first occurrence. Any dispute raised after expiry of 45 days of its first occurrence shall not be entertained and the Employer shall not be liable for claims arising out of such dispute.
12.3 The Competent Authority shall decide the matter within 45 days. 12.4 Appeal against the order of the Competent Authority can be preferred within 30 days to the
Appellate Authority as defined in the Contract Data. The Appellate Authority shall decide the dispute within 45 days.
12.5 Any further dispute remaining or arising out of the order of the Appellate Authority will be
referable only to the Madhya Pradesh Arbitration Tribunal constituted under Madhya Pradesh
Madhyastham Adhikaran Adhiniyam, 1983.
12.6 The Contractor shall have to continue execution of the Works with due diligence notwithstanding pendency of a dispute before any authority or forum.
B. Time Control 13. Programme
13.1 Within the time stated in the Contract Data, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for
approval a Programme showing the general methods, arrangements, order and timing for all the
activities for the construction of works.
13.2 The program shall be supported with all the details regarding key personnel, equipment and
machinery proposed to be deployed on the works for its execution. The contractor shall
submit the list of equipment and machinery being brought to site, the list of key personnel being
deployed, the list of machinery/equipment being placed in field laboratory and the location of field
laboratory along with the Programme.
13.3 An update of the Programme shall be a programme showing the actual progress achieved on each
activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the timing of the remaining Works, including any
changes to the sequence of the activities.
13.4 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval an updated Programme at intervals no
longer than the period stated in the Contract Data. If the Contractor does not submit an updated
Programme within this period, the Engineer may withhold the amount stated in the Contract Data
from the next payment certificate and continue to withhold this amount until the next payment
after the date on which the overdue Programme has been submitted.
13.5 The Engineer's approval of the Programme shall not alter the Contractor's obligations. 28
14. Extension of Time
14.1. If the Contractor desires an extension of time for completion of the work on the ground of his
having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other grounds, he shall apply, in
writing, to the Engineer-in-charge, on account of which he desires such extension. Engineer-in-
Charge shall forward the aforesaid application to the Competent Authority after
recommendation of PMC as prescribed.
28
Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
36
14.2 The competent authority shall grant such extension at each such occasion within a period of 30
days of receipt of application from contractor and shall not wait for finality of work. Such
extensions shall be granted in accordance with provisions under clause- 15 of this agreement.
14.3 In case the work is already in progress, the Contractor shall proceed with the execution of the
works, including maintenance thereof, pending receipt of the decision of the competent authority as
aforesaid with all due diligence.
15. Compensation for delay
15.1 The time allowed for carrying out the work, as entered in the agreement, shall be strictly observed
by the Contractor.
15.2 The time allowed for execution of the contract shall commence from the date of signing of the
agreement. It is clarified that the need for issue of work order is dispensed with.
15.3 In the event milestones are laid down in the Contract Data for execution of the works, the
contractor shall have to ensure strict adherence to the same.
15.4 Failure of the Contractor to adhere to the timelines and/or milestones shall attract such liquidated
damages as is laid down in the Contract Data.
15.5 In the event of delay in execution of the Works as per the timelines mentioned in the Contract Data
the Engineer-in-charge shall retain from the bills of the Contractor amount equal to the liquidated
damages liveable until the Contractor makes such delays good. However, the Engineer-in-charge
may accept bankable security in lieu of retaining such amount.
15.6 If the Contractor is given extension of time after liquidated damages have been paid, the Engineer in
Charge shall correct any over payment of liquidated damages by the Contractor in the next payment
certificate.
15.7 In the event the Contractor fails to make good the delay until completion of the stipulated contract
period (including extension of time) the sum so retained shall be adjusted against the liquidated
damages levied.29
16. Contractor's quoted percentage against material supplied by Employer -Not Applicable-
C. Quality Control 17. Tests
17.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for:
a. Carrying out the tests prescribed in specifications, and
b. For the correctness of the test results, whether preformed in his laboratory or elsewhere. 17.2 The contractor shall have to establish field laboratory within the time specified and having such
equipments as are specified in the Contract Data.
17.3 Failure of the Contractor to establish laboratory shall attract such penalty as is specified in the
Contract Data.
18. Correction of Defects noticed during the Defect Liability Period
18.1 The Defect Liability Period of work in the contract shall be as per the Contract Data.
18.2 The Contractor shall promptly rectify all defects pointed out by the Engineer well before the end of
the Defect Liability Period. The Defect Liability Period shall automatically stand extended until the
defect is rectified.
18.3 If the Contractor has not corrected a Defect pertaining to the Defect Liability Period to the
satisfaction of the Engineer, within the time specified by the Engineer, the Engineer will assess the
cost of having the Defect corrected, and the cost of correction of the Defect shall be recovered from
the Performance Security or any amount due or that may become due to the contractor and other
available securities.
D. Cost Control 19. Variations - Change in original Specifications, Designs, and Drawings etc.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
37
19.1 The Engineer-in-charge shall have power to make any alterations, omissions or additions to or
substitutions in the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions, that may appear to
him to be necessary during the progress of the work and the contractor shall carry out the work in
accordance with any instructions which may be given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-in-
charge, and such alterations, omission, additions or substitutions shall not invalidate the contract
and any altered, additional or substituted work, which the contractor may be directed to do in the
manner above specified, as part of the work, shall be carried out by the contractor on the same
conditions in all respects on which he agrees to do the main work. 30
19.2 The time for the completion of the work shall be adjusted in the proportion that the altered,
additional or substituted work bears to the original contract work and the certificate of the
Engineer-in-charge shall be conclusive as to such proportion.
20. Extra items
20.1 All such items which are not included in the priced BOQ shall be treated as extra items.
21. Payments for Variations and / or Extra Quantities
21.1 The rates for such additional (Extra quantity), altered or substituted work / extra items under this clause shall be worked out in accordance with the following provisions in their respective order:-
a. The contractor is bound to carry out the additional (Extra quantity), work at the same rates as are specified in the contract for the work.
b. If the item is not in the priced BOQ and is included in the SOR of the department, the rate shall be arrived at by applying the quoted tender percentage on the SOR rate.
c. If the rates for the altered or substituted work are not provided in applicable SOR - such
rates will be derived from the rates for a similar class (type) of work as is provided in the
contract (priced BOQ) for the work.
d. If the rates for the altered, substituted work cannot be determined in the manner
specified in the sub clause (c) above - then the rates for such composite work item shall be
worked out on the basis of the concerned Schedule of Rates minus/plus the percentage quoted
by the contractor.
e. If the rates for a particular part or parts of the item is not in the Schedule of Rates and the rates
for the altered, or substituted work item cannot be determined in the manner specified in sub
clause (b) to (d) above, the rate for such part or parts will be determined by the Competent
Authority as defined in the Contract Data on the basis of the rate analysis derived out of
prevailing market rates when the work was done. 31
f. But under no circumstances, the contractor shall suspend the work on the plea of non-acceptability of rates on items falling under sub clause (a) to (d). In case the contractor does not accept the rate approved by the Engineer in Charge for a particular item, the contractor shall continue to carry out the item at the rates determined by the Competent Authority. The decision on the final rates payable shall be arrived at through the dispute settlement procedure.
22. No compensation for alterations in or restriction of work to be carried out.
22.1 If at any time after the commencement of the work, the Engineer-in-charge, for any reason
whatsoever, not require the whole or any part of the work as specified in the bid to be carried out;
the Engineer-in-charge shall give notice in writing of the fact to the Contractor and withdraw that
whole or any part of the work.
22.2 The Contractor shall have no claim to any payments or compensation whatsoever, on account of
any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of work in full or on
30
Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract 31
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
38
account of any loss incurred for idle men and machinery due to any alteration or restriction of work
for whatsoever reason.
22.3 The Engineer-in-charge may supplement the work by engaging another agency to execute such portion of the work, without prejudice to his rights.
23. No Interest Payable
No interest shall be payable to the Contractor on any payment due or awarded by any authority.
24. Recovery from Contractors
Whenever any claim against the Contractor for the payment arises under the contract, the Corporation
may be entitled to recover such sum by:
(a) Appropriating, in part or whole of the Performance Security and Additional Performance Security, if any; and/or Security Deposit and / or any sums payable under the contract to the contractor.
(b) If the amount recovered in accordance with (a) above is not sufficient, the balance sum may be recovered from any payment due to the contractor under any other contract of the corporation, including the securities which become due for release.
(c) The corporation shall, further have an additional right to effect recoveries as arrears of land revenue under the M.P. Land Revenue Code.
25. Tax
25.1 The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to be inclusive of the commercial tax and other
levies, duties, cess, toll, taxes of Central and State Governments, local bodies and authorities
however GST against the bills raised by contractor shall be paid.32
25.2 The liability, if any, on account of quarry fees, royalties, octroi and any other taxes and duties in
respect of materials actually consumed on public work, shall be borne by the Contractor.
25.3 Any changes in the taxes due to change in legislation or for any other reason shall not be payable to the contractor.
26. Check Measurements
26.1 The Corporation reserves to itself the right to prescribe a scale of check measurement of work in
general or specific scale for specific works or by other special orders.
26.2 Checking of measurement by superior officer shall supersede measurements by subordinate
officer(s), and the former will become the basis of the payment.
26.3 Any over/excess payments detected, as a result of such check measurement or otherwise at any
stage up to the date of completion of the defect liability period specified in this contract, shall be
recoverable from the Contractor, as per clause 24 above.
27. Termination by Managing Director
27.1 If the Contractor fails to carry out any obligation under the Contract, the Engineer in Charge may by notice require the Contractor to make good the failure and to remedy it within a specified reasonable time.
27.2 Managing Director shall be entitled to terminate the Contract if the Contractor
a) abandons the Works or otherwise plainly demonstrates the intention not to continue
performance of his obligations under the Contract;
b) the Contractor is declared as bankrupt or goes into liquidation other than for approved
reconstruction or amalgamation;
c) without reasonable excuse fails to comply with the notice to correct a particular defect within a
reasonable period of time;
d) the Contractor does not maintain a valid instrument of financial security as prescribed;
e) the Contractor has delayed the completion of the Works by such duration for which the
maximum amount of liquidated damages is recoverable;
f) If the Contractor fails to deploy machinery and equipment or personnel or set up a field
laboratory as specified in the Contract Data;
g) If the contractor, in the judgment of the Managing Director has engaged in corrupt or
fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing the contract;
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
39
h) Any other fundamental breaches as specified in the Contract Data.33
27.3 In any of these events or circumstances, the Engineer in Charge may, upon giving 14 days’ notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contract and expel the Contractor from the Site. However, in the case of sub-paragraph (b) or (g) of clause 27.2, the Engineer in Charge may terminate the Contract immediately.
27.4 Notwithstanding the above, the Managing Director may terminate the Contract for convenience by
giving notice to the Contractor.
28. Payment upon Termination
28.1 If the contract is terminated under clause 27.3, the Engineer shall issue a certificate for value of the
work accepted on final measurements, less Advance Payments and Penalty as indicated in the
Contract Data. The amount so arrived at shall be determined by the Managing Director and shall
be final and binding on both the parties.
28.2 Payment on termination under clause 27. 4 above -
If the Contract is terminated under clause 27.4 above, the corporation shall issue a certificate for
the value of the work done, the reasonable cost of removal of Equipment, repatriation of the
Contractor's personnel employed solely on the Works, and the Contractor's costs of protecting and
securing the Works and less advance payments received up to the date of the certificate, less other
recoveries due in terms of the contract and less taxes due to be deducted at source as per applicable
law.
28.3 If the total amount due to the Employer exceeds any payment due to the Contractor, the difference
shall be recovered as per clause 24 above.
29. Performance Security The Contractor shall have to submit performance security and additional performance security, if any, as specified in the Bid Data Sheet at the time of signing of the contract. The contractor shall have to ensure that such performance security and additional performance security, if any, remains valid for the period as specified in the Contract Data.
30. Security Deposit-
30.1 Security Deposit shall be deducted from each running bill at the rate as specified in the Contract
Data. The total amount of Security Deposit so deducted shall not exceed the percentage of Contract
Price specified in the Contract Data.
30.2 The security deposit may be replaced by equivalent amount of bank guarantee or fixed deposit
receipt assigned to the Employer, with validity up to 3 (three) months beyond the completion of
Defect Liability Period/ extended Defect Liability Period.
30.3 The Security Deposit shall be refunded on completion of Defect Liability Period. 34
31. Price Adjustment
31.1 Applicability
1. Price adjustment shall be applicable only if provided for in the Contract Data.
2. The price adjustment clause shall apply only for the works executed from the date of signing of
the agreement until the end of the initial intended completion date or extensions granted for
reasons attributed to the Employer by the Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any benefit arising from the price adjustment clause for extension in the contract period for reasons attributed to the Contractor.
4. In the Force Majeure event the price escalation clause shall apply.
31.2 Procedure
1. Contract price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates and price of labour, materials,
fuels and lubricants in accordance with following principles and procedures and as per formula
given in the contract data.
33
Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract 34
Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
40
2. The price adjustable shall be determined during each quarter from the formula given in the
contract data.
3. Following expression and meaning are assigned to the work done during each quarter:
R = Total value of work during the quarter. It would include the amount of secured advance granted,
if any, during the quarter, less the amount of secured advance recovered, if any during the quarter, less
value of material issued by the department, if any, during the quarter.
4. Weight ages of various components of the work shall be as per the Contract Data.
31.3 To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not covered by
the provisions of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rates and prices included in the
contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency of such other rise or fall in
costs.
31.4 The index relevant to any quarter, for which such compensation is paid, shall be the arithmetical average of the indices relevant of the calendar month.
31.5 For the purpose of clarity it is pointed out that the price adjustment may be either positive or negative, i.e. if the price adjustment is in favour of the Employer, the same shall be recovered from the sums payable to the Contractor. 35
32. Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance
32.1 Payment of advances shall be applicable if provided in the Contract Data.
32.2 If applicable, the corporation shall make interest bearing advance payment to the contractor of the
amounts stated in the Contract Data, against provision by the contractor of an unconditional Bank
Guarantee in a form and by a nationalized/ scheduled banks, in the name as stated in the Contract
Data, in amounts equal to the advance payment. The guarantee shall remain effective until the
advance payment has been repaid, but the amount of the guarantee shall be progressively reduced
by the amounts repaid by the contractor.
32.3 The rate of interest chargeable shall be as per Contract Data.
32.4 The construction machinery advance, if applicable, shall be limited to 80% of the cost of
construction machinery and admissible only for new construction machinery.
32.5 The advance payment shall be recovered as stated in the Contract Data by deducting proportionate
amounts from payment otherwise due to the Contractor. No account shall be taken of the advance
payment or its recovery in assessing valuations of work done, variations, price adjustments,
compensation events, or liquidated damages.
33. Secured Advance
33.1 Payment of Secured Advance shall be applicable if provided in the Contract Data. 33.2 If applicable, the Employer shall make advance payment on the recommendation of Engineer in
charge and Project management consultants against materials intended for but not yet
incorporated in the Works and against provision by the contractor for an unconditional Bank
Guarantee in a prescribed form and by a nationalized/ scheduled bank, in the name as stated in the
Contract Data, in amounts equal to the advance payment. The guarantee shall remain effective
until the advance payment has been adjusted, but the amount of the guarantee shall be
progressively reduced by the amounts adjusted by the contractor.
33.3 The amount of secured advance and conditions to be fulfilled shall be as stipulated in the Contract
Data.
33.4 The Secured advance paid shall carry interest at the rate of 12% per annum will be recovered from
payments due to the Contractor against Running Account Bill or from any other payments due to
him in six equal monthly Installments.
34. Payment Certificates
The payment to the contractor will be as follows for construction work: (a) The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer monthly statements of the value of the work executed
less the cumulative amount certified previously, supported with detailed measurement of the items of work executed.
35
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
41
(b) The Engineer shall check the Contractor’s monthly statement and certify the amount to be paid to the Contractor. 36
(c) The value of work executed shall be determined, based on the measurements approved by the PMC
and Engineer-in-charge.
(d) The value of work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the items in the Bill of
Quantities completed.
(e) The value of work executed shall also include the valuation of Variations and Compensation
Events.
(f) All payments shall be adjusted for deductions for advance payment, security deposit, other
recoveries in terms of contract and taxes at source as applicable under the law.
(g) The Engineer may exclude any item certified in a previous certificate or reduce the proportion of
any item previously certified in any certificate in the light of later information.
(h) Payment of intermediate certificate shall be regarded as payments by way of advance against the
final payment and not as payments for work actually done and completed.
(i) Intermediate payment shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and imperfect or unskilled
work to be removed and taken away and reconstructed or be considered as an admission of the due
performance of the contractor any part thereof, in any respect or the occurring of any claim.
(j) The payment of final bill shall be governed by the provisions of clause 36 of GCC.
E. Finishing the Contract 35. Completion Certificate
35.1 A Completion Certificate in the prescribed format in Contract Data shall be issued by the Engineer-
in-Charge after physical completion of the Work.
35.2 After final payment to the Contractor, a Final Completion Certificate in the prescribed format in the
Contract Data shall be issued by the Engineer-in-Charge.37
36. Final Account
36.1 The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with a detailed account of the total amount that the
Contractor considers payable for works under the Contract within 21 days of issue of certificate of
physical completion of works. The Engineer shall issue a Defects Liability Certificate and certify any
payment that is due to the Contractor within 45 days of receiving the Contractor’s account if it is
correct and complete. If the account is not correct or complete, the Engineer shall issue within 45
days a schedule that states the scope of the corrections or additions that are necessary. If the
Account is still unsatisfactory after it has been resubmitted, the matter shall be referred to the
Competent Authority as defined in the Contract Data, who shall decide on the amount payable to the
Contractor after hearing the Contractor and the Engineer in Charge.
36.2 In case the account is not received within 21 days of issue of Certificate of Completion as provided
in clause 35.1 above, the Engineer shall proceed to finalise the account and issue a payment
certificate within 28 days.
F. Other Conditions of Contract
37. Currencies
All payments will be made in Indian Rupees.
38. Labour
36
Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract 37
Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
42
38.1 The Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided in the Contract, make his own arrangements for
the engagement of all staff and labour, local or other, and for their payment, housing, feeding and
transport.
38.2 The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, deliver to the Engineer a return in detail, in such
form and at such intervals as the Engineer may prescribe, showing the staff and the numbers of the
several classes of labour from time to time employed by the Contractor on the Site and such other
information as the Engineer may require.38
39. Compliance with Labour Regulations
39.1. During continuance of the Contract, the Contractor and his sub-Contractors shall abide at all times
by all existing labour enactments and rules made there under, regulations, notifications and bye
laws of the State or Central Government or local authority and any other labour law (including
rules), regulations, bye laws that may be passed or notification that may be issued under any labour
law in future either by the State or the Central Government or the local authority. Salient features
of some of the major labour laws that are applicable to construction industry are given in the
Contract Data. The Contractor shall keep the Employer and its Employee indemnified in case any
action is taken against the Employer by the competent authority on account of contravention of any
of the provisions of any Act or rules made their under, regulations or notifications including
amendments. If the Employer is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary to
cause or observe, or for non-observance of the provisions stipulated in the
notifications/byelaws/Acts/Rules/ regulations including amendments, if any, on the part of the
Contractor, the Engineer/Employer shall have the right to deduct from any money due to the
Contractor including his amount of performance security. The Employer/Engineer shall also have
right to recover from the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good
the loss or damage suffered by the Employer. The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-
Contractor in no case shall be treated as the employees of the Employer at any point of time.
40. Audit and Technical Examination
Corporation shall have the right to cause an audit and technical examination of the works and the
final bill of the contract including all supporting vouchers, abstract etc. to be made after payment of
the final bill and if as a result of such audit and technical examination any sum is found to have been
overpaid in respect of any work done by the contractor under the contract or any work claimed by
him to have been done under the contract and found not to, have been executed, the Contractor shall
be liable to refund the amount of overpayment and it shall be lawful for the corporation to recover
the same from him in the manner prescribed in clause 24 above and if it is found that the
Contractor was paid less than what was due to him, under the contract in respect of any work
executed by him under it, the amount of such under payment shall be duly paid by the corporation
to the Contractor.39
41. Death or Permanent Invalidity of Contractor
If the Contractor is an individual or a proprietary concern, partnership concern, dies during the
currency of the contract or becomes permanently incapacitated, where the surviving partners are
only minors, the contract shall be closed without levying any damages/ compensation as provided
for in clause 28.2 of the contract agreement. However, if the competent authority is satisfied about
the competence of the survivors, then the competent authority shall enter into a fresh agreement for
the remaining work strictly on the same terms and conditions under which the contract was
awarded.
42. Jurisdiction
39
Section 3 –Part - I General Condition of Contract
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
43
This contract has been entered into the State of Madhya Pradesh and its validity, construction,
interpretation and legal effect shall be subjected to the courts at the place where this agreement is
entered into. No other jurisdiction shall be applicable. 40
[End of GCC]
Contract Data41 Sr no.
GCC Clause
Particulars Data
1 1.14
Employer Managing Director MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore
2 1.15
Engineer in Charge To be appointed or Designated by the Corporation
3 1.16
Engineer An independent Agency or PMC(Project Management Consultants),Consultant employed by Corporation
4 1.22
Stipulated period of completion
20 Months including rainy season
5 3 Language & Law of Contract English & Indian Contract Act 1872 6
4
Address & contact details of the Contractor
As per Annexure H
Address & contact details of the Employer/ Engineer – phone, Fax, e-mail.
Managing Director, MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore Email id:
7 5
Subcontracting permitted for the Contract Value
Not Permitted
8
6
Technical Personnel to be provided by the contractor – requirement, &
As per Annexure-I (Format I-3)
Penalty, if required Technical Personnel not employed
Rs. Thirty thousand per month for each graduate engineer and Rs. Eighteen thousand per month for each diploma engineer Rs 10,000/- per month for each
Subordinate
Technical Supervisory Staff to be
employed as
per Format I-3 9
10 Specifications As per Annexure E
Drawings As per Annexure - N
12
Competent Authority for deciding dispute under Dispute Resolution System
Committee headed by General Manager
MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL
CORPORATION Indore 10 Appellate Authority for
deciding dispute under Dispute Resolution System
Managing Director MADHYA
PRADESH FINANCIAL
CORPORATION Indore 11
13
Period for submission of updated construction program
a) Every 3 months
or
b) At the end of every milestone,
41
Section 3 –Contract Data
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
44
Contract Data41 Sr no.
GCC Clause
Particulars Data
whichever is less
Amount to be withheld for not submitting construction program in the prescribed period
@ 1 % (Percent) of contract amount, subject to a maximum of Rs. 50,000/-
12
14
Competent Authority for granting Time Extension
a) Upto 30 days – General Manager
MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL
CORPORATION
b) More than 30 days –Managing
Director MADHYA PRADESH
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
13
15
Milestones laid down for the contract
Yes
If Yes, details of Milestones As per Annexure – O
Liquidated damage As per Annexure – P 14
17
List of equipment for lab As per Annexure – Q Time to establish lab 30 days from date of signing of the
Agreement Penalty for not establishing
field Laboratory 1% of contract amount per month, Subject to a maximum of Rs. 50,000/- per month of delay
15
18 Defect Liability Period
01 year from the
physical completion of the work
To execute, complete and maintain work in accordance with agreement and special condition of contract (SCC) after issue of physical completion certificate as per annexure U” Note – in accordance with clause 18.3 (GCC), the Engineer in charge shall intimate the contractor about the cost assessed, for making good the defects, action for correction of defects shall be taken by the Engineer in Charge as below: a) Deploy departmental labour and
material or
b) Engage a contractor by issuing a work
order at contract rate/SOR rate
or
c) Sanction supplementary work in a
existing agreement to a contractor for
zonal works or similar other work or
d) Invite open tender
or
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
45
Contract Data41 Sr no.
GCC Clause
Particulars Data
e) Combination of above
16 21
Competent Authority for determining the rate for extra items
Managing Director MADHYA
PRADESH FINANCIAL
CORPORATION Indore
17
27
ny other condition for breach of contract
Yes as below : If the contractor fails to achieve 50 % financial progress in any milestone and/or fails to achieve 75% financial progress in two consecutive mile stone
18
28
Penalty Penalty amount shall be the higher of (a) and (b) mention below: (a)Security deposit as per clause 30 of General Conditions of Contract and (b) Liquidated Damages imposed as per clause 15 or Performance Security (Guarantee) including Additional Performance Security (Guarantee), if any, as per clause 29 of General Conditions of Contract, whichever is higher.
19
29
Performance guarantee (Security) shall be valid up to
5% of agreement cost. This guarantee
shall be valid
until 03 (Three) months from the date of
successful
completion of construction work
including defect liability period (i.e. actual
construction period +12
months defect liability period + 03 month)
and shall be released after 03 months of
successful completion of the work.
20
30
Security Deposit to be deducted from each running bill
At the rate of 5%. of Gross amount of running bill
Maximum limit of deduction of Security Deposit
Up to 5% of Final Contract Amount.
21 31
Clause 31.1 (1) Price Adjustment shall be applicable
NOT APPLICABLE
Clause 31.2.4 Weightages of component in the work
NOT APPLICABLE
31.1 (1) Price adjustment shall be applicable
NOT APPLICABLE
22 3242 Clause 32.1 Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance Applicable
NO Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance payable
Clause 32.2 If yes, NOT APPLICABLE
42
Section 3 –Contract Data
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
46
Contract Data41 Sr no.
GCC Clause
Particulars Data
Unconditional Bank Guarantee 32.3 If yes, Rate of interest
chargeable on advances NOT APPLICABLE
32.4 If yes, Type & Amount of Advance payment that can be paid
NOT APPLICABLE
32.5 If yes, Recovery of advance payment
NOT APPLICABLE
23 33 33.1 Secured Advance Applicable
YES
33.2 if yes, Unconditional Bank Guarantee
By Nationalized/ Scheduled bank
33.2 if yes, Amount of Secured Advance
Upto 5 % of Contract Amount
33.3 if yes, Conditions for secured advance
As elaborated at GCC Clause 33
33.4 if yes, Recovery of Secured advance
NOT APPLICABLE
24
35
Completion Certificate – after physical completion of the Work
As per Annexure - U43
Final Completion Certificate – after final payment on completion of the Work
As per Annexure- V
25 36
Competent Authority for dispute resolution
General Manager MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore
26 39
Salient features of some of the major labour laws that are applicable
As per Annexure-W
27 4144
Appellate Authority for dispute resolution
Managing Director MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore
Section 3 –Contract Data
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
47
ANNEXURE – N (See clause 10 of Section 3 – GCC )
Drawings
Concept Drawing Attached
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
48
ANNEXURE – O (See clause 15 of Section 3 -GCC )
Details of Milestones45 Milestones shall be as follows:- Mile Stone 1: Completion of Basement 2 and Basement 1 Roof slab including footings, raft and side retaining walls to be completed in first 5.5 months from the date of Agreement. Mile Stone 2 : Casting on entire second floor roof slab within first 10 months from the date of Agreement.
Mile Stone 3:
Completion of Complete super structure Rcc work including Staircase, Mumty, Lift room, Overhead Water Tank etc and Electrical ,Plumbing (M.E.P) work upto second floor roof slab in first 15 months from the date of Agreement.
Mile Stone 4: Completion of building in all respect including MEP, Fire fighting, Elevation etc within the 20 months from date of agreement.
45
Section 3 – Annexure O
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
49
ANNEXURE – P (See clause 15 of Section 3 -GCC)
Compensation for Delay
If the contractor fails to achieve the milestones, and the delay in execution of work is
attributable to the contractor, the Employer shall retain an amount from the sums
payable and due to the contractor as per following scale –
i. Slippage up to 25% in financial target during the milestone under consideration
— 2.5% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.
ii. Slippage exceeding 25% but Up to 50% in financial target during the milestone
under consideration.
- 5% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.
Sr.
No.
Time frame Physical Progress as
defined in Milestone
Financial Progress Overall
Progress
1 4 months
from Date of
Agreement
Basement-2 Roof slab
8 crores
19 %
2 5.5 months
from Date of
Agreement
Basement-1 Roof slab
10.5 crores
25%
3 10 months
from Date of
Agreement
Second Floor roof Slab 15 crores 35%
4 15 months
from Date of
Agreement
Complete Structure
Work(Basement+G+6
floors,mumties) and
Electrical ,Plumbing
(M.E.P) work upto
Second Floor Roof slab
31.5 crores 75%
5 20 months
from Date of
Agreement
Complete work in all
respect
41.9 crores 100%
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
50
iii. Slippage exceeding 50% but Up to 75% in financial target during the milestone
under consideration
-7.5% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.
iv. Slippage exceeding 75% in financial target during the milestone under
consideration
-10% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.
Note: For arriving at the dates of completion of time span related to different milestones,
delays which are not attributable to the Contractor shall be considered. The slippage
on any milestone is if made good in subsequent milestones or at the time of stipulated
period of completion, the amount retained as above shall be refunded. In case the
work is not completed within the stipulated period of completion along with all such
extensions which are granted to the Contractor for either Employer’s default or Force
Majeure, the compensation shall be levied on the contractor at the rate of 0.05% of
contract price per day of delay limited to a maximum of 10% of contract price.
The decision of Managing Director shall be final and binding upon both the parties.46
46
Section 3 – Annexure P
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
51
ANNEXURE – Q (See clause 17 of Section 3 -GCC )
List of Equipment for Field Testing Laboratory
A. For Building Works
1. Balances
(i) 7 kg to 10 kg capacity, Semi-Self indicating type –Accuracy 10 gm.
(ii) 500 gm. Capacity, Semi-Self indicating type-Accuracy 1 gm.
(iii) Pan Balance – 5 kg. Capacity, Accuracy 10 gm.
2. Ovens-Electrically operated, thermostatically controlled up to 110 c-Sensitivity 1Degre C.
3. Sieves : as per IS 460-1962.
(i) I.S.Sieves -450mm internal dia of sizes 100 mm, 80,mm 63 mm, 50 mm, 40 mm, 25 mm, 20
mm, 12.5 mm, 10 mm, 6.3 mm, 4.75 mm complete with lid and pan.
(ii) IS Sieves – 200 mm internal dia. (brass frame) consisting of 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 600
microns, 425 microns, 300 microns, 212 microns, 150 microns, 90 microns, 75 microns
with lid and pan.
4. Sieve shaker capable of 200 mm and 300 mm dia sieves, manually operated with
timing switch assembly.
5. Equipment for slump test – Slump Cone, Steel Plate, Tamping rod, steel scale, scoop
6. Dial gauges 25 mm travel -0.01 mm/division. Least count – 2 nos.
7. 100 tones compression testing machine, electrical-cum manually operated.
8. Graduated measuring cylinders 200 ml capacity – 3 nos.
9. Enamel trays (for efflorescence test for bricks).
(i) 300 mm X 250 mm X 40 mm – 2 nos.
(ii) Circular plates of 250 mm dia – 4 nos.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
52
ANNEXURE - R (See clause 31 of Section 3 -GCC )
Price Adjustment
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
53
Annexure – S (See clause 32 of Section 3 -GCC )
Bank Guarantee Form for Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance
To
_____________________[name of Employer]
_____________________[address of Employer]
_____________________[name of Contractor]
In accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of Contract, clause 31
("Mobilization and Construction Machinery Advance") of the above-mentioned Contract
__________________[name and address of Contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") shall
deposit with ______________ [name of Employer] a bank guarantee to guarantee his proper and
faithful performance under the said Clause of the Contract in an amount of
___________________[amount of Guarantee]* ____________________[in words].
We, the _______________[bank of financial institution], as instructed by the Contractor,
agree unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee as primary obligator and not as surety
merely, the payment to _________________[name of Employer] on his first demand without
whatsoever right of obligation on our part and without his first claim to the Contractor, in the
amount not exceeding ____________[amount of guarantee]* ___________________________[in words].
We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the
Contractor or Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which
may be made between __________________[name of Employer] and the Contractor, shall in any
way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any
such change, addition or modification.
This guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of the advance payment
under the Contract until _________________ [name of Employer] receives full repayment of the
same amount from the Contractor.
Yours truly,
Signature and Seal : ____________________________
Name of Bank/Financial Institution: ________________
Address : _____________________________________
Date : ____________
_______________________________________________________________
* An amount shall be inserted by the Bank or Financial Institution representing the amount of the Advance Payment, and denominated in Indian Rupees.47
47
Section 3 – Annexure S
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
54
Annexure – T (See clause 33 of Section 3 -GCC )
Bank Guarantee Form for Secured Advance
INDENTURE FOR SECURED ADVANCES
This indenture made the ___________ day of __________ 20___ BETWEEN ____________
(hereinafter called the contractor which expression shall where the context so admits or
implies be deemed to include his executors, administrators and assigns) or the one part and
the Employer of the other part.
Whereas by an agreement dated ______________ (hereinafter called the said
agreement) the contractor has agreed.
AND WHEREAS the contractor has applied to the Employer that he may be
allowed advance on the security of materials absolutely belonging to him and brought by him
to the site of the works the subject of the said agreement for use in the construction of such of
the works as he has undertaken to executive at rates fixed for the finished work (inclusive of
the cost of materials and labour and other charges)
AND WHEREAS the Employer has agreed to advance to the Contractor the sum
of Rupees _________________________ on the security of materials the quantities and other
particulars of which are detailed in Accounts of Secured Advance attached to the Running
Account Bill for the said works signed by the Contractor on _________ and the Employer has
reserved to himself the option of making any further advance or advances on the security of
other materials brought by the Contractor to the site of the said works.
Now THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH that in pursuance of the said agreement
and in consideration of the sum of Rupees ___________ on or before the execution of these
presents paid to the Contractor by the Employer (the receipt where of the Contractor doth
hereby acknowledge) and of such further advances (if any) as may be made to him as an
advance for the said Contractor doth hereby covenant and agree with these presents and
declare as follows:
That the said sum of Rupees ________________ so advanced by the Employer to48the Contractor
as aforesaid and all or any further sum of sums advanced as aforesaid shall be employed by
the Contractor in or towards expending the execution of the said works and for no other
purpose whatsoever.
48
Section 3 – Annexure T
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
55
(1) That the materials details in the said Account of Secured Advances which have been
offered to and accepted by the Employer as security are absolutely the Contractor's
own propriety and free from encumbrances of any kind and the contractor will not
make any application for or receive a further advance on the security of materials
which are not absolutely his own property and free from encumbrances of any kind
and the Contractor indemnified the Employer against all claims to any materials in
respect of which an advance has be made to him as aforesaid.
(2) That the materials detailed in the said account of Secured Advances and all other
materials on the security of which any further advance or advances may hereafter be
made as aforesaid (hereafter called the said materials) shall be used by the Contractor
solely in the execution of the said works in accordance with the directions of the
Engineer in Charge and Project Management Consultants.
(3) That the Contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate
arrangements for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all risks of the
said materials and that until used in construction as aforesaid the said materials shall
remain at the site of the said works in the Contractor's custody and on his own
responsibility and shall at all times be open to inspection by the Engineer in charge
and Project Management Consultants or any officer authorized by the Employer. In the
event of the said materials or any part thereof being stolen, destroyed or damaged or
becoming deteriorated in a greater degree than is due to reasonable use and wear
thereof the Contractor will forthwith replace the same with other materials of like
quality or repair and make good the same required by the Engineer in charge and
Project Management Consultants.
(4) That the said materials shall not be removed from the site of the said works except
with the written permission of the Engineer in charge and Project Management
Consultants or any officer authorized by the Employer on that behalf.49
(5) That the advances shall be repayable in full when or before the Contractor receives
payment from the Employer of the price payable to him for the said works under the
terms and provisions of the said agreement. Provided that if any intermediate
payments are made to the Contractor on account of work done than on the occasion of
each such payment the Employer will be at liberty to make a recovery from the
Contractor's bill for such payment by deducting there from the value of the said
materials than actually used in the construction and in respect of which recovery has
not been made previously, the value for this purpose being determined in respect of
each description of materials at the rates at which the amounts of the advances made
under these presents were calculated.
(6) That if the Contractor shall at any time make any default in the performance or
observance in any respect of any of the terms and provisions of the said agreement or
of these presents the total amount of the advance or advances that may still be owing
of the Employer shall immediately on the happening of such default be re-payable by
the Contractor to the Employer together with interest thereon at twelve percent per
49
Section 3 – Annexure T
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
56
annum with monthly rests from the date or respective dates of such advance or
advances to the date of repayment and with all costs, charges, damages and expenses
incurred by the Employer in or for the recovery thereof or the enforcement of this
security or otherwise by reason of the default of the Contractor and the Contractor
hereby covenants and agrees with the Employer to reply and pay the same
respectively to him accordingly.
(7) That the Contractor hereby charges all the said materials with the repayment to the
Employer of the said sum of Rupees(*)____________________________ and any further sum or
sums advanced as aforesaid and all costs, charges, damages and expenses payable
under these presents PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that
notwithstanding anything in the said agreement and without prejudice to the power
contained therein if and whenever the covenant for payment and repayment here-in-
before contained shall become enforceable and the money owing shall not be paid in
accordance there with the Employer may at any time thereafter adopt all or any of the
following courses as he may deem best:
(a) Seize and utilise the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of the
said works on behalf of the contractor in accordance with the provision in that
behalf contained in the said agreement debiting the contractor with the actual
cost of effecting such completion and the amount due to the contractor with the
value of work done as if he had carried it out in accordance with the said
agreement and at the rates thereby provided. If the balance is against the
contractor, he is to pay same to the Employer on demand.
(b) Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part thereof and
out of the moneys arising from the sale retain all the sums aforesaid repayable or
payable to the Employer under these presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to
the Contractor.
(C) Deduct all or any part of the moneys owing out of the security deposit or any sum
due to the Contractor under the said agreement.
(8) That except in the event of such default on the part of the contractor as aforesaid
interest on the said advance shall not be payable.
(9) That in the event of any conflict between the provisions of these presents and the
said agreement the provisions of these presents shall prevail and in the event of
any dispute or difference arising over the construction or effect of these presents
the settlement of which has not been here-in-before expressly provided for the
same shall be referred to the Employer whose decision shall be final.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
57
The guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of advance payment
under the contract until____________________________(Name of the Employer) receives full
repayment of the same amount along with the interest accrued thereon from the
contractor.
Yours truly
Signature and Seal____________________________
Name of the Bank___________________________
Address ____________________________
Date ____________________________
(*) An amount shall be inserted by the bank representing the amount of the advance
payment and denominated in Indian Rupees.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
58
Annexure – U (See clause 35 of Section 3 -GCC )
Physical Completion Certificate Name of Work: CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING OF MADHYA
PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION AT INDORE
Agreement No. ……………………..……………..…………. Date …………………..……………..
Amount of Contract Rs ……………………………………….…….
Name of Agency : ……………………………………………………………………………….…
Used MB No. ------------------------------------
Last measurement recorded
a. Page No. & MB No. ________________________________
b. Date _______________________________________________
Certified that the above mentioned work was physically completed on ………………. (Date) and
taken over on ……………….. (Date) and that I have satisfied myself to best of my ability that the
work has been done properly.
Date of issue:-
Managing Director
MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Indore
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
59
Annexure – V (See clause 35 of Section 3 -GCC )
Final Completion Certificate Name of Work: CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING OF MADHYA
PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION AT INDORE
Agreement no. ………………………………………….………. Date …………………………………… Name of Agency : ……………………………………………………………………………………………… Used MB No. ---------------------------------------- Last measurement recorded
a. Page No. & MB No. ________________________________
b. Date _______________________________________________
Certified that the above mentioned work was physically completed on ………………. (date) and
taken over on ……………….. (date).
Agreemented amount Rs. …………………..
Final Amount paid to contractor Rs. ----------------------
Incumbency of officers for the work
I have satisfied myself to best of my ability that the work has been done properly.
Date of issue
Managing Director
MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Indore
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
60
Annexure – W
(See clause 39 of Section 3 -GCC )
Salient Features of Some Major Labour Laws Applicable a) Workmen Compensation Act 1923: - The Act provides for compensation in case of
injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment. b) Payment of Gratuity Act 1972: - Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on
satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if an employee has completed the prescribed minimum years (say, five years) of service or more or on death the rate of prescribed minimum days’(say, 15 days) wages for every completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments employing the prescribed minimum number (say, 10) or more employees.
c) Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952: The Act Provides for
monthly contributions by the Employer plus workers at the rate prescribed (say, 10% or 8.33%). The benefits payable under the Act are: i. Pension or family pension on retirement or death as the case may be. ii. Deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker. iii. Payment of P.F. accumulation on retirement/death etc.
d) Maternity Benefit Act 1951: - The Act provides for leave and some other benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc.
e) Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970: - The Act provides for certain
welfare measures to be provided by the Contractor to contract labour and in case the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided, by the Principal Employer by Law. The principal Employer is required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take license from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of Principal Employer if they employ prescribed minimum (say 20) or more contract labour.
f) Minimum Wages Act 1948: - The Employer is to pay not less than the Minimum
Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the Act if the employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of buildings, roads, runways is scheduled employment.
g) Payment of Wages Act 1936: - It lays down as to by what date the wages are to be
paid, when it will be paid and what deductions can be made from the wages of the workers.
h) Equal Remuneration Act 1979: - The Act provides for payment of equal wages for
work of equal nature to male and female workers and for not making discrimination against female employees in the matters of transfers, training and promotions etc.50
i) Payment of Bonus Act 1965: - The Act is applicable to all establishments employing
prescribed minimum (say, 20) or more workmen. The Act provides for payments of
annual bonus within the prescribed range of percentage of wages to employees
50
Section 3 – Annexure W
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
61
drawing up to the prescribed amount of wages, calculated in the prescribed manner.
The Act does not apply to certain establishments. The newly set-up establishments are
exempted for five years in certain circumstances. States may have different number of
employment size.
j) Industrial Disputes Act 1947: - The Act lays down the machinery and procedure for
resolution of industrial disputes, in what situations a strike or lock-out becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or retrenching the employees or closing down the establishment.
k) Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946: - It is applicable to all
establishments employing prescribed minimum (say, 100, or 50). The Act provides for laying down rules governing the conditions of employment by the Employer on matters provided in the Act and gets these certified by the designated Authority.
l) Trade Unions Act 1926: - The Act lays down the procedure for registration of trade
unions of workmen and Employers. The Trade Unions registered under the Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities.
m) Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986: - The Act prohibits employment
of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and processes and provides
for regulations of employment of children in all other occupations and processes.
Employment of child labour is prohibited in building and construction industry.
n) Inter-State Migrant Workmen’s (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of
Service) Act 1979: - The Act is applicable to an establishment which employs
prescribed minimum (say, five) or more inter-state migrant workmen through an
intermediary (who has recruited workmen in one state for employment in the
establishment situated in another state). The Inter-State migrant workmen, in an
establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided
certain facilities such as Housing, Medical-Aid, Travelling expenses from home up to
the establishment and back etc.51
o) The Building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and
Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996: - All the establishments
who carry on any building or other construction work and employs the prescribed
minimum (say, 10) or more workers are covered under this Act. All such
establishments are required to pay cess at the rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of
construction as may be modified by the Government. The Employer of the
establishment is required to provide safety measures at the building or construction
work and other welfare measures, such as canteens, first-aid facilities, ambulance,
housing accommodations for workers near the work place etc. The Employer to whom
the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer
appointed by the Government.
51
Section 3 – Annexure W
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
62
p) Factories Act 1948: - The Act lays down the procedure for approval of plans before
setting up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions, working hours,
annual earned leave and rendering information regarding accidents or dangerous
occurrences to designated authorities. It is applicable to premises employing the
prescribed minimum (say, 10) persons or more with aid of power or another
prescribed minimum (say, 20) or more persons without the aid of power engaged in
manufacturing process.52
52
Section 3 – Annexure W
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
63
SECTION 353
Conditions of Contract Part – II Special Conditions of Contract [SCC]
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (S C C)
1.0 GENERAL
Special Conditions of Contract shall be read in conjunction with the other Bidding
Documents General Conditions of Contract, Specifications of work, drawings and any
other documents forming part of this contract wherever the context so requires.
Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate sections and
volumes every part of each document shall be deemed to be supplementary to and
complementary of every other part and shall be read with and into the contract so far
as it may be practicable to do so.
Where any portion of General Conditions of Contract is repugnant to or at variance
with any provisions of the special conditions of contract then unless a different
intention appears the provisions of the special conditions of contract shall be deemed
to override the provisions of General Conditions of contract only to extent that such
repugnancy or variance cannot be reconciled with the general conditions of contract
and shall be to the extent of the such repugnancy of variations prevails, it being
understood that the provisions of General Conditions of Contract shall otherwise
prevail.
Wherever it is stated anywhere in these documents that such and such a supply is to
be effected or such and such a work is to be carried out, it shall be understood that the
same shall be effected/ carried out by the Contractor at his own cost, unless a different
intention is specifically and expressly stated herein or otherwise explicit from the
context.
The materials, design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant Indian Standards,
the job specifications contained herein and codes referred to. Where job specifications
stipulate requirements in addition to those contained in the standard codes and
specifications, these additional requirements shall also be satisfied. In the absence of
53
Section 3 –Part -II Special Condition of Contract (SCC)
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
64
any Standard / Specifications / Codes of practice for detailed specifications covering
any part of the work covered in this Bid, the instructions / directions of Project
Management Consultant and Engineer in Charge will be binding on the Contractor.
The description of the items given under Schedule of Rates shall be read in conjunction
with materials and job specifications and in case of any irreconcilable conflict between
them, the rate quoted shall be deemed to be as per description of the item in the
Schedule of Rates. However in such cases the decision of Project Management
Consultant and Engineer In charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 Preamble
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation. Proposes to construct a Office Building
Complex at Plot no A-2 in PU04 commercial scheme of Indore Development Authority
at Scheme no. 54 Vijay Nagar, District Indore (MP). The development of the OFFICE
BUILDING COMPLEX having approximate built-up area of 21,055 sqm.
The present package offers for the Civil, Sanitary, Plumbing, Electrification,
Firefighting & Site Development Works for the proposed OFFICE BUILDING
COMPLEX with approximate built up area of 21,055 sqm. The building has planned for
2 Basements + 6 structures. M/s. Vima- The Dimension has been engaged as Architect
and Project Management Consultants for the Project. The entire work must be carried
out to the satisfaction of Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation and Architect and
Project Management Consultant M/s Vima The Dimension
2.2 Scope of Works
Civil, Sanitary, Plumbing, Electrification, Firefighting & Site Development Works
for the OFFICE BUILDING COMPLEX at Indore (MP), and the work involved would be
in general, but not limited to the ‘SCOPE OF WORK’ as specified except in so far as the
Contract otherwise stipulates the provision of all labour, materials, constructional
plant, machinery, temporary works and everything whether of a temporary or
permanent nature required in and for such manufacture, installation, completion and
maintenance so far as necessary for providing the same as specified in or reasonably
to be inferred from the Contract.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
65
The scope of work and explanatory notes given are neither complete nor exhaustive
but are intended to assist the Contractor to understand the project. The detailed scope
is as described in the Bill of Quantities and Specifications. However, any item of work
required to be carried out for proper and satisfactory completion of work with the
highest standard of workmanship is deemed to be included in the scope of work
whether or not it is specifically included in the Bill of Quantities.
The scope of work covers the requirements of supplying of all manpower,
materials, machinery, equipments, tools, tackles, spares, consumables, loading,
unloading, transportation, storing, carrying out tests, etc. for the Construction,
completion, commissioning and maintenance upto defects liability period.
The scope of work includes but not limited to: i) Excavation Works: The work to be done under this section comprise supply of
all labour, plant and materials and the performance of all work necessary for
excavation for substructure with necessary shoring, strutting, including
disposing of all surplus excavated material from the site as directed by the
Engineer.
ii) Sub-Structure Works: Construction of isolated open RCC foundation, stub
columns / pedestals, plinth beams, masonry below plinth, backfilling, sub base
/ PCC work for plinth, anti-termite treatment, etc. as specified.
iii) Shell & Core for Superstructure: Structural works for Superstructure, Masonry
works, Waterproofing, Plastering works, etc. as specified.
iv) Site Development Works : Area grading, Earth work, substructure works, Roads
and pavements, interlocking pavements, Storm Water Drains, Compound Wall
etc. and other Site Development Works.
v) The Contractor is responsible for proper setting-out of the works in relation to
original points, lines and levels of reference including carrying out lay-outs and
the center lines of the piles, establishing bench marks (at least 4 locations) at
convenient places with marking of RL for references.
vi) Co-ordination of work with other agencies appointed by the Employer.
vii) Providing all necessary assistance to the concerned Service Agencies /
Employer as directed by the Engineer in Charge and Project Management
Consultants for obtaining composite approval from Chief Fire Officer, necessary
statutory approvals for obtaining the Completion and Occupancy Certificate.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
66
The Contractor shall submit all necessary drawings and other submittals for
the part of Civil & Infrastructure Works, if required, as per the regulations to
the concerned Agency for obtaining such approval.
viii) Obtaining all Statutory clearance including Pollution Control Board & other
statutory authorities for Installation & Operation including payments /
liaisoning / incidental charges to be paid for the portion of works carried out
by the Contractor.
ix) Making all construction related statutory payments / taxes / liaisoning charges
including incidentals for obtaining all approvals as mentioned above for the
portion of the work carried out by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall carry out and complete the said work under this contract
in every respect in conformity with the current rules and regulations of the
local Authority, the Bureau of Indian Standards, and with the directions of and
to the satisfaction of the Project Management Consultant and the Employer.
x) Proper shoring and strutting shall be done by contractor to retain the standing
earth work in proper position. Contractor only shall be responsible for any
Accident due to collapse of earth and not the Employer and the Architect.
xi) Enough safety precaution shall be taken by contractor for any adjoining
structure for any accident /mis happening etc.
xii) Stability and design of all formwork, Centering and shuttering shall be
responsibility of Contractor.
xiii) The contractor/Executing Agency should have “A” class electrical contractor’s
valid license from M.P. Electrical Licensing Board, Govt. of M.P., and registered in
appropriate category with M.P government.
xiv) The layout plan and Scheme for External electrification shall be got approved from
concerning MPPKVVCo.Ltd / MPSEB Authorities.
2.3 Execution of Work
The whole of the work as described in the Contract (including the Schedule of
Quantities, Preamble, the Specifications and all drawing pertaining thereto) and as
advised by the Engineer in charge and Project Management Consultants from time to
time is to be carried out and completed in all its parts to the entire satisfaction of the
Engineer in Charge and Project Management Consultants.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
67
Any minor details of manufacture, fabrication and installation which are obviously and
fairly intended, or which may not have been definitely referred to in this Contract, but
which are usual in sound building construction practice and essential to the work, are
to be included in the Contract. Following shall be deemed to be provided for in the
quoted rates:
(a) Labour for maintenance, fixing, carrying, cleaning, making good, hauling,
watering etc.
(b) Plant, double scaffolding, frame work, ladders, ropes, nails spikes, tools,
material and workmanlike protection from weather, shuttering, temporary
supports, plant for and the maintenance of the same.
(c) Covering for the works during inclement weather or strikes or whenever directed, as necessary.
(d) All temporary canvass, lights, tarpaulin, barricades, water-sheets etc.
(e) All such temporary weather-proof sheds at such places and in a manner
approved by the Engineer for the storage and protection of materials against
the effects of Sun or rain.
(f) All minor civil works like breaking and making good of masonry / concrete
walls to original condition for passage of cables, cable trays, etc.
(g) Provision of necessary frames (MS/wooden) for dressing up of wall/RCC
openings and for installation of equipments etc. if instructed by the Engineer in
charge and Project management consultants. Drawings for frame work to be
got approved from Engineer in charge and Project Management consultants.
(h) The whole necessary plant, machinery, scaffolding, tackles, cartage, labour and
removal of the same at the completion of the work. The Engineer in charge and
Project management consultants will be the sole judge in deciding as to the
suitability of the tools and plants that may be brought at the works by the
Contractor for the proper execution of the work.
The rate quoted by the Bidder in the schedule of probable quantities will be
deemed to be for the finished work inclusive of the cost of providing the above
items.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
68
2.4 Jurisdiction
In case of any litigation under this Contract, the Courts of Law at Indore only, shall
have the jurisdiction.
3.0 STATUTORY REGULATIONS
The Contractor shall conform to the provisions of all Act of the Legislature relating to
the works, and to the Regulations and Byelaws of any authority/authorities under
whose jurisdiction the work falls. The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the
Project Management Consultants all notice required by the said Acts, Regulations or
Bye-laws to be given to any authority and pay to such authority, or to any public office
all fees that may be properly chargeable in respect of the works, and lodge the receipts
with the Project Management Consultants. The Contractor shall indemnify the
Employer against all claims in respect of patent rights, and shall defend all actions
arising from such claims, and shall himself pay all royalties, license fees, damage costs
and charges of all and every sort that may be legally incurred in respect thereof. The
Contractor shall also keep free and relieve the Employer of any claims at the instance
of the local authorities or other parties in respect of any damages or due to traffic on
the roads arising out of the execution of the work under this contract.
4.0 LOCATION OF JOB SITE
a. Location : Plot no A-2 in PU04 commercial scheme of Indore Development Authority at Scheme no. 54 Vijay Nagar, District Indore (MP).
b. Plot Size: 2156.31 Sqm
c. Approximate Built Up Area : 21,055 Sqm Approx.
5.0 ACCESS ROADS
The Contractor shall, at his expense, provide such temporary roads on the site as
may be necessary for the proper performance of the Contract and for his own
convenience but not otherwise. Upon completion such roads shall be broken up
and leveled where so required at Contractor’s cost unless the Project Management
Consultant shall otherwise direct.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
69
6.0 The following person(s) / firm(s) shall include their legal representatives or in the
event of their ceasing, person(s) / firm(s) as nominated by the Employer, not being a
person(s) / firm(s) to whom the Contractor shall object for reasons considered
sufficient by the Employer. Provided always that no person(s) / firm(s) subsequently
appointed under this contract shall be entitled to disregard or over-rule any decision
or approval or direction given or expressed in writing.
6.1 Address of Architect & PMC
VIMA- THE DIMENSION 118-119 Navneet Darshan Old Palasia Indore. Tel- 0731-4060487
7.0 BIDDER TO STUDY DOCUMENTS AND VISIT SITE
Submission of the Bid by the Bidder implies that he has read Bid documents and has
made himself aware of the scope specifications of the work, conditions of contract,
drawings, other reports if any, and also the site environment and local conditions.
Bidders are requested to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings before
submitting Bid so as to satisfy themselves about:
(a) Nature of site conditions.
(b) Means of access to the site.
(c) Accommodation they may require for staff/labour at and around site.
(d) Water and Electricity requirements for construction and for staff /labour etc.
(e) Risk, contingencies, safety regulations to be followed and any other
circumstances.
(f) Local conditions and other factors affecting the works.
(g) Acquaint himself with local, hydrological, and climatic conditions.
(h) Acquaint himself with Rules and Regulations of Local authorities including
traffic, airport authorities or any other if any.
The Bidder shall be deemed to have full knowledge of documents and site and no extra
charges consequent on any misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed.
Questions regarding the meaning of any of the Bid documents and discrepancies shall
be forwarded to M/s. Vima- The Dimension in writing as indicated in relevant clauses
of Instructions to Bidders (ITB), prior to the due date of submission of Bid. All
clarifications, interpretations, meanings and specific directions if any, shall be issued
in duplicate in writing to all the Bidders by the Project Management Consultants. One
copy of these shall be returned duly signed and seal affixed along with Bid submission.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
70
8.0 WATER
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements to obtain fresh water for
construction and drinking purposes, from local authorities and pay for the same. All
fees, deposits, water charges, etc. for this connection, cost of providing, laying and
maintaining the pipe lines with necessary fittings, water meters, hose pipes, plumbing
arrangements etc. as well as the charges for the consumption of water shall have to be
borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall, however, arrange at his own cost for providing and laying
necessary pipes with fittings, specials, hose pipes, etc. upto the site from a convenient
point at which the Contractor will be allowed to tap the Employer’s mains. He shall
also make necessary pumping arrangements at site at his own cost. The Employer
does not guarantee the output of water supply and no compensation shall be allowed
for intermittent or inadequate supply or break down in the supply or for delays in
getting water supply, leading to delay in completion of the Works. In all such cases the
Contractor shall make his own arrangements for obtaining water supply approved for
construction purposes at his own cost.
In the event of the Contractor arranges for all his water needs from his own resources
either by drilling a bore well or supply tankers, etc. at his own cost with the prior
approval of the Employer, the Contractor shall obtain approvals, permissions required,
if any, from the local/ municipal authorities at his own cost. The Contractors shall also
pay, any other charges, fees, etc. payable by the Employer to the local/ municipal
authorities etc. on account of this arrangement by him. The Contractor shall hand over
the bore well drilled by him to the Employer free of cost.
All the temporary water supply works will be done as per local regulations and got
approved from the Architect. The temporary line will be removed forthwith after the
completion of the works.
If there is any hindrance caused to the other works due to the alignment of these lines,
the Contractor will re-route and remove the temporary lines at his own cost. In case
sufficient fresh water is not available the Contractor will have to make alternate
arrangements to procure water by tankers in sufficient quantities at his own cost. The
tanker water shall be tested in a laboratory for its suitability and the source from
where is collected shall be got approved by the Architect.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
71
The Contractor will have to make provisions to supply water to other agencies, sub-
Contractors and nominated Contractors. The recovery charges from other agencies
for use of water will be apportioned suitably and the Employer may assist the
Contractor in arriving at necessary charges and making recoveries towards
consumption of water by others.
All charges / taxes in connection with water supply and drainage including sewerage
charges during construction period shall be borne by the Contractor.
Drilling bore wells within the site premises shall be subject to prior written approval
from the Employer and Project Management Consultants.
9.0 ELECTRICITY
The Contractor shall have to make his own arrangement for power supply required for
various works entirely at his own cost including deposit, fees, etc. payable to the
Supply Company / authorities and obtain their permission. All charges, bills on this
account as and when received shall be paid by the Contractor promptly. In case he is
allowed to use power from the Employer’s source, to the extent and capacity available
at or near the site, the Contractor shall have to arrange, at his own cost, for necessary
connecting cables, switches, switch boards, fittings, etc. laying to the requirements of
the Employer and pay to the Employer for energy consumption as per approved tariff
rates of the power supply company / authority.
The Contractor shall also provide necessary distribution arrangement at his own cost.
Employer does not guarantee the adequacy or otherwise of power supply in case it is
drawn from the Employer’s source and no compensation shall be allowed for
intermittent or inadequate supply or break down in supply. In all such cases the
Contractor shall make his own arrangements, at his own cost, for his power supply
requirements. However, it may be noted that once the Contractor takes the
connection from Employer’s source, he shall be liable to pay the full charges as
mentioned above.
The Employer does not guarantee uninterrupted power supply and no compensation
shall be allowed for intermittent or inadequate power supply or break down in the
power supply or for delays in getting power supply, leading to delay in completion of
the Works.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
72
All the temporary works will be done as per local regulations and got approved from
the PMC. The temporary line will be removed forthwith after completion of the works.
If there is any hindrance caused to the other works due to the alignment of these lines
the Contractor will remove and re-route the temporary lines at his own cost. If
continuous and uninterrupted supply of power is not available at all times the
Contractor shall make provision for providing ‘Diesel Generators’ at his own cost so
that progress of the work is not hampered. The Contractor will have to make
provisions to supply power to other nominated Contractors and sub-Contractors. For
power supplied by the Contractor to other agencies recovery shall be made as per
actual consumption.The Contractor shall be responsible for any delay in the project
implementation due to interrupted/Non supply of power. The employer shall has to be
compensated as per the terms of contract
10.0 AREA FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The contractor may be allowed to set up his stores, offices, and erection of plants,
workshops, etc. within the site at the area specifically earmarked by the Employer for
this purposes. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all statutory approval for
construction of all his temporary structures in every respect including making
necessary payments thereto. The Contractor is also responsible for obtaining all
statutory approval regarding PF, ESI, etc. The employer will arrange statutory
approvals for construction like commencement certificate; fire NOC, T & CP, Airport
clearance, etc.
The Employer neither undertake any responsibility for providing the area more than
the above as earmarked by the Employer nor will entertain any claim/ reimbursement
etc. towards arrangement of additional area / land etc. by the Contractor. The
necessary permission from local authorities to set up labour camp / site office / stores,
workshops etc. to be obtained by the contractor and all payments towards the same to
be borne by him. The employer may assist the contractor in giving all the necessary
documents. The contractor will have to dismantle the same and clear the area at the
end of his work and handover the site in good condition before the release of Final Bill.
Intermittent shifting of the labour hutments if required during construction will have
to be done by the contractor at his own cost.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
73
The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for the housing and welfare of his
staff and workmen including adequate drinking water and sanitary facilities. The
Contractor shall also make his own arrangements at his own cost for transport where
necessary for his staff and workmen to and from the Sites of the works. The necessary
drinking water and sanitary facilities for Contractors staff and labours at site shall be
provided and maintained by the contractor without any extra cost.
11.0 RESTRICTED AREAS
The Contractor shall obtain from the Employer / Statutory authorities details of any
restricted areas in or around the site and shall have prominently and clearly displayed
for the information of his staff and work people, notices defining any such restricted
areas. Such notices shall be provided at his own expenses.
12.0 WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT TO THE SATISFACTION OF EMPLOYER /
PROJECT MANAGEMENT CONSULTANT The Contractor shall carry out all the works strictly in accordance with Drawing,
detailed specifications and instructions of the PMC. If in the opinion of the Employer
changes have to be made in the works the Contractor shall carry out the same, and
payment, if any, arising out of these shall be made as per the terms of the contract.
13.0 TIME SCHEDULE
The time for the completion of the work is given in tender document. The work shall
be executed as per the execution programme vide Clause 56 hereinafter prepared by
the Contractor and approved by Project Management Consultants.
14.0 BASIC RATE FOR SUPPLY OF MATERIAL BY EMPLOYER
Not applicable
15.0 Deleted
16.0 PRICE VARIATION ADJUSTMENT (PVA)
No price variation is applicable to this Contract and nothing extra is payable on
account of any price variation over and above the rates quoted against each item in
this Bid.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
74
17.0 The contractor shall indemnify the Employer and Project Management consultants from any accident/Mishap occurring on site.
18.0 The responsibility of implementation of safety measure lies with the Contractor only.
19.0 MOBILISATION ADVANCE
No MOBILISATION ADVANCE is applicable to this Contract
20.0 CONDITIONS OF PAYMENT
20.1 Payment
(a) Contractor shall submit their Running bills monthly to PMC after certification of
Bills by PMC and Verification by Engineer in Charge the payment shall be made
to contractor by Employer.
(b) Payment shall be on the basis of quantum of work actually carried out.Item
rates shall remain valid for any variation in the estimated quantities. Payment
will be made against the permanent works executed.
(c) Extra item of work and rates shall be either as derived from the Bid items or
from analysis of material and labour.
(d) Final payment shall be made only after fulfilling all conditions mentioned
against ‘Testing & Guarantee’.
(e) Vouchers,challans,invoices for various materials required for the works shall
be produced to the Project Management Consultants on demand.
(f) Final bill shall be submitted by the Contractor within 30 days from the date of
completion and payment shall be made on final certification and after
completion of all works and on testing/ commissioning / guarantee.
20.2 Method of Measurement
The work shall be measured as per IS 1200 notwithstanding any general or local
custom except where otherwise specifically described or prescribed in the Contract.
The mode of measurement for this Section shall be on item rate basis and shall include
all quantities specified in the Bill / Schedule of Quantities of this Bid / contract. In case
of work done partly with respect of item rate description / technical specification of
item rate, Project Management Consultant’s discretion will be final in fixing the part
rate for the work done thereof. It shall be further deemed that all variations and
deviations if specifically agreed to in writing shall also form part of this Bid/ contract
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
75
and shall be subject to verification of quantities on the basis of mode of measurements
herein stated.
The Contractor shall give due notice to the Employer / Project Management
Consultants in writing whenever any work is to be buried underground or made
inaccessible, in order that the work may be inspected and correct dimensions taken
before such concealment, in default whereof the same shall be at the option of the
Employer / Project Management Consultants be either opened up for measurement at
the Contractor’s expense or no allowance shall be made for such work.
21.0 ROUNDING OFF PAYMENT
All payments to/receipts from the Contractor shall be rounded off to the nearest
rupee. Wherever the amount to be paid / received consists of fraction of a rupee
(paise), the amount shall be rounded off to the next higher rupee if the fraction
consists of 50 paise or more and if the fraction of a rupee is less than 50 paise, the
same shall be ignored.
22.0 Deleted
23.0 VALUATIONS OF VARIATIONS No claim for an extra shall be allowed unless it shall have been executed under
authority of the Project Management Consultants and Engineer in charge with the
concurrence of the Employer as herein mentioned. Any such extra is herein referred
to as authorized extra and shall be made in accordance with the following provisions.
(a) It is further clarified that for all such authorized extra items where rates cannot
be derived from Bid, the Contractors shall submit rates supported by rate
analysis as per CPWD Rate Analysis worked on the “market rate basis”.
(b) In the event of disagreement, the PMC shall fix such other rates or price as is, in
his opinion appropriate in consultation with the Employer and shall notify the
Contractor accordingly with a copy to the Employer. Until such time as rates or
prices are agreed and fixed, the PMC shall determine provisional rates or prices
to enable on account payment in certificates.
The measurement and valuation in respect of the Contract shall be completed
within the “Period of Final Measurement” stated in the Appendix or if not stated
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
76
then within six months of the completion of the Contract works as defined in
the Notice inviting Bid.
24.0 QUANTITY VARIATION
The quantities provided in the Bill of Quantities are only indicative. The Contractor
will have to execute the work as per agreed rate for the variation in quantities within
25% of the overall cost. The individual item quantities may vary to any extent.
Revised cost, if any, shall be mutually settled and will be applicable only on the portion
beyond the variation mentioned above. There shall be no additional claims as long as
the overall cost is within 25% of the tender cost.
Notwithstanding above, nothing shall, absolve the successful Bidder from not
performing such variation in overall value of the work.
25.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY & STORAGE
All materials and equipments including all consumables, testing appliances, tools &
tackles etc. necessary for completing the work as a whole shall be procured and
supplied by the Contractor at his own cost only from Employer’s / Project
Management Consultant’s approved Vendors. The Contractor should obtain prior
approval from Project Management Consultants for vendors / Sub-vendors before
placing Orders, in case approved Vendor list is not available. The Contractor shall
construct and maintain a good store/ warehouse for storage of materials to be
procured and supplied by him / materials supplied by Employers and other Agencies
as aforesaid at site of work. The materials supplied by the Contractor shall be
approved by the Project Management Consultants before being put to work.
26.0 MATERIAL SUPPLIED BY THE EMPLOYER
If any materials are supplied by the Employer, the Contractors must satisfy themselves
that the same conform to the Specifications. If the Contractor have any complaint,
about the said materials, or the quality there of the Contractor before using the said
materials in writing all their objections to the Employer. Should the Contractors fail to
do so, they will deemed to have satisfied themselves as to the quality and the
suitability of the said materials for being used in the Contract works and the
Contractors will be in the same position as if the Contractors themselves had
purchased the said materials.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
77
27.0 –Deleted-
28.0 INSURANCE POLICIES
The Contractor shall be responsible for all injury or damage to persons, employees,
labourers, animals or things, and for all damage to property, which may arise from any
factor/ omission on the part of the Contractor or any Sub-Contractor or any nominated
Sub-Contractor or any of their employees. The liability under this clause shall cover
also, interalia any damage to structures, whether immediately adjacent to the works or
otherwise, any damage to roads, streets, footpaths, bridges as well as damage caused
to the building and other structures and works forming the subject matter of this
contract. The Contractor shall also be responsible for any damage caused to the
buildings and other structures and works forming the subject matter of this contract
due to rain, wind, fire, flood or high tide or other inclemency of weather. The
Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer and hold him harmless
in respect of all and any loss and expenses arising from any such injury or damage to
persons or property as aforesaid and also against any claim made in respect of injury
or damage, whether under any statute or otherwise and also in respect of any award
or compensation or damage consequent upon such claims. The Contractor shall, at his
own expense, effect and maintain till the Defects Liability Period is over, with an
insurance company approved by the Employer, Contractors All Risks Policy for
Insurance for the full amount of the contract including earthquake risk in the joint
names of the Employer and the Contractor ( the name of the former being placed first
in the policy) beneficiary Employer against all risk as per the standard all risk policy
for Contractors and deposit such policy or policies with the Employer before
commencing the works.
The Contractor shall reinstate all damage of every sort mentioned in this clause so as
to do delivery of the whole of the works complete and perfect in every respect and so
as to make good or otherwise satisfy all claims for damage to property or third parties.
The Contractor shall also indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer against all
claims which may be made against the Employer by any persons in respect of anything
which may arise in respect of the works or in consequence thereof and shall at his own
expense, effect and maintain until the virtual completion of the contract, with an
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
78
Insurance Company approved by the Employer a third party insurance policy in
the joint names of the Employer and the Contractor (name of the former being
placed first in the policy) against such risks and deposit such policy or policies before
commencement of the works. The minimum limit of the coverage under the policy
shall be Rs.5.0 lakhs per person for any one accident or occurrence and
minimum Rs.20.0 lakhs in respect of damage to property for any one accident or
occurrence. The Contractor shall also indemnify the Employer against all claims
which may be made upon the Employer, whether under the Workmen’s Compensation
Act or any other statue in force, during the currency of this contract or at Common
Law in respect of any employee of the Contractor or of sub-Contractor and shall be at
his own expense effect and maintain until the virtual completion of the contract, with
an Insurance Company, approved by the Employer, a policy of Insurance against such
risks and deposit such policy or policies with the Employer from time to time during
the currency of this contract.
In default of the Contractor insuring as provided above, the Employer may so insure
and may deduct the premiums paid plus the administrative fees of 25% of the
sum payable to other insuring agency as departmental charges from any money
due or which may become due to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any liability which may not be covered by the
Insurance Policies referred to above and also for all other damages to any person,
animal or defective carrying out of this contract, whatever, may be the reasons due to
which the damage shall have been caused.
The Contractor shall also indemnify and keep indemnified the Employer against all
and any costs, charges or expenses arising out of any claim or proceedings relating to
the works and also in respect of any award of damage or compensation arising there
from.
Without prejudice to the other rights of the Employer against Contractors in respect of
such default, the Employer shall be entitled to deduct the sum paid to the Insurance
Company with 25% extra as departmental charges from any sums payable to the
Contractor the amount of any damages, compensation costs, charges and other
expenses paid by the Employer and which are payable by the Contractor under this
clause.
The Contractor shall upon settlement by the Insurer of any claim made against the
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
79
insurer pursuant to a policy taken under this clause, proceed with due diligence to
rebuild or repair the works destroyed or damaged. In this event all the monies
received from the Insurer in respect of such damage shall be paid to the Contractor
and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any further payment in respect of the
expenditure incurred for rebuilding or repairing of the materials or goods destroyed
or damaged.
The Contractor, in case of re-building or reinstatement after damage shall be entitled
to such extension of time for completion as the PMC may deem fit, but shall, however,
not be entitled to reimbursement by the Employer of any shortfall or deficiency in the
amount finally paid by the insurer in settlement of any claim arising as set out herein.
Without prejudice to his liability under this clause, the Contractor shall also cause all
nominated sub-Contractors to effect for their respective portions of the works, similar
policies of insurance in accordance with the provisions of this clause and shall produce
or cause to produce to the Employer such policies. The Contractor shall not permit a
nominated sub-Contractor to commence work at the site unless the said insurance
policies are submitted. In the event of failure of the sub Contractor to take out such a
policy of insurance before commencing the works at the site, the Contractor shall be
responsible for any claim or damage attributable to the said sub-Contractor.
29.0 INSPECTION BY STATUTORY AUTHORITIES
The Contractor shall also give every facility to the authorized representatives of
statutory agencies/ authorities to inspect the works whenever required and shall
observe and abide by any instructions given by the Employer and the Project
Management Consultants in regard to the use of plant, equipment and temporary
works whether in respect of fire hazards or general safety and to any restrictions on
smoking or the use of naked lights by persons employed by the Contractor.
Compliance of such requirements shall accounted for in the quoted rates and the
contractor has to bear such costs.
The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all claims in respect of the above,
and shall defend all actions arising from such claims.
30.0 TECHNICAL AUDIT
The Employer shall have a right to cause a technical examination and audit of works
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
80
and final bills of the Contractor including all supporting vouchers, abstract, etc. to be
made at the time of payment of the bill. If as a result of this examination or otherwise
any sum is found to have been overpaid in respect of any work done by the Contractor
under the contract the Contractor shall be liable to return the amount of over payment
and it will be lawful for the Employer to recover the same from any sum or sums due
to him and in any other manner legally permissible and if it is found that the
Contractor was paid less than what was due to him under the contract in respect of
any work, executed by him under the contract, the amount of such under payment
shall be duly paid by the Employer.
Any sum of money due and payable to the Contractor (including security deposit
returnable to him) under this contract may be appropriated by the Employer and set
off against any claim of the Employer for the payment of a sum of money arising out of
or under any other contract made by the Contractor with the Employer.
31.0 FORECLOSURE OF THE CONTRACT
If at any time after acceptance of the Bid, Employer shall decide to abandon/reduce
the scope of the works for any reason whatsoever and hence not require the whole or
any part of the work to be carried out, the Project Management Consultants shall give
notice in writing to that effect to the Contractor after consulting the employer and
the Contractor shall act accordingly in the matter. The Contractor shall have no claim
to any payment of compensation or otherwise whatsoever, on account of any profit or
advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the works in full but
which he did not derive in consequence of the foreclosure of the whole or part of the
works.
The Contractor shall be paid at contract rates full amount for works executed at site
and in addition, reasonable amount as certified by the Project Management
Consultants and Engineer in Charge for the items hereunder mentioned which could
not be utilized on the work to the full extent in view of the foreclosure:
i) Any expenditure incurred on preliminary site work, e.g temporary access
roads, temporary labour huts, staff quarters and site office; storage
accommodation and water storage tanks.
ii) The Employer shall have the option to take over Contractor’s materials or any
part thereof either brought to site or of which the Contractor is legally bound to
accept delivery from suppliers (for incorporation in or incidental to the work)
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
81
provided however, Employer shall not be bound to take over the materials or
such portions thereof as the Contractor does not desire to retain. For materials
taken over or to be taken over by Employer cost of such materials as detailed
by Project Management Consultants shall be paid. The cost shall, however, take
into account purchase price, cost of transportation and deterioration or damage
which may have been caused to materials whilst in the custody of the
Contractor.
iii) If any materials supplied by the Employer are rendered surplus, the same
except normal wastage shall be returned by the Contractor to Employer rates
not exceeding those at which these were originally issued for less allowance for
any deterioration or damage which may have been caused whilst the materials
were in the custody of the Contractor. In addition, cost of transporting such
materials from site to Employer’s stores, if so required by Employer shall be
paid.
iv) Reasonable compensation for transfer of Tools & Plants from site to
Contractor’s permanent stores or to his other works, whichever is less. If Tools
& Plants are not transported to either of the said places, no cost of
transportation shall be payable.
v) Reasonable compensation for repatriation of Contractor’s Site Staff and
imported labour to the extent necessary.
The Contractor shall, if required by the Project Management Consultants furnish to
him books of account wage books, time sheets and other relevant documents and
evidence as may be necessary to enable him to certify the reasonable amount payable
under this condition.
The reasonable amount of items on (i), (iv) and (v) above shall not be in excess of 2%
of the cost of the work remaining incomplete of the date of closure, i.e. total stipulated
cost of the work as per accepted Bid less the cost of work actually executed under the
contract and less the cost of Contractor’s materials at site taken over by the Employer
as per item (ii) above. Provided always that against any payments due to the
Contractor on this account or otherwise, the Employee/Project Management
Consultants shall be entitled to recover or be credited with any outstanding balances
due from the Contractor for advance paid in respect of any tool, plants and materials
and any other sums which at the date of termination were recoverable by the
Employer from the Contractor under the terms of the Contract.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
82
32.0 FORCE MAJEURE
The term “force majeure” as employed in the contract shall have the same meaning as
given on clause 7 of the General Condition of Contract (GCC) and it will also include all
such other causes over which the Contractor has no control and are accepted as such
by the Engineer in charge and Project Management Consultants whose decision shall
be final and binding.
33.0 WORK TO BE CONTINUED DURING THE PENDANCY OF THE
ARBITRATION The Contractor shall continue the construction works with due diligence and speed so
as to complete the same within the period agreed upon, notwithstanding any dispute
or difference or question is referred to arbitration. The works shall not be delayed on
account of any such reference made to the Arbitration.
34.0 EMPLOYER MAY USE WORKS BEFORE ENTIRE COMPLETION
Before completion of the whole of the works, the Employer shall be entitled to make
use of any portion of the works which the Project Management Consultants may
consider to be fit for use, without liability or claim of any kind by the Contractor for so
doing, and any such use shall not relieve the Contractor of his contract obligations, nor
shall the Defects Liability Period expire for any part of the work so used until the
specified period after the whole of the work so used until the specified period after
the whole of the works are completed as herein specified and certified by the Project
Management Consultants. Further, the Employer may enter into possession of the
works and may use the same without stating any objection they may then or
afterwards have in regard to quality of materials and workmanship or failure in any
way to meet the contract requirements and the Employer shall not be precluded
thereby from thereafter stating and enforcing such objections, their rights in this
respect being held to be reserved.
35.0 –DELETED-
36.0 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
In case of any conflict in interpretation, the following order of precedence shall
prevail:
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
83
(a) For Contract Conditions :
i) Special Conditions shall prevail over General Conditions.
ii) Addenda / Corrigendum / Clarifications issued shall prevail over Special
Conditions.
(b) For technical clarifications and general guidelines towards technical specification
and workmanship, technical specification shall prevail over Bills of Quantities, Bid
drawings and Contract Conditions.
(c) Bill of Quantities (BOQ) shall prevail over all for items, units and scope in brief
read in conjunction with technical specification and Bid drawing, for units rate
quoted. Changes to BOQ other than asked by Employer stands deleted.
(d) For drawings, written dimensions shall prevail over scaled dimensions.
For execution of works, approved shop drawings / approved working sketches shall
prevail over Bid drawings.
37.0 DRAWINGS
The Drawings issued along with Bid documents are indicative and issued for bidding
purpose only. Detailed drawings, on the basis of which actual execution of the work is
to be carried out, will be furnished to the Contractor progressively based on the
programme evolved after the award of the work. The Contractor will not be entitled
for any claim for any variation in the detailed drawings and the Bid drawings. Under
no circumstances shall dimensions be scaled from these Drawings.
The Contractor shall follow the Bid drawings in preparation of his shop drawings, and
for subsequent installation work. He shall check the drawings of other trades to verify
spaces in which his work will be installed.
Maximum headroom and space conditions shall be maintained at all points. Where
headroom appears inadequate, the Contractor shall notify the Project Management
Consultants / Employer before proceeding with the installation. In case installation is
carried out without notifying the work shall be rejected and Contractor shall rectify
the same at his own cost.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
84
The Contractor shall examine all architectural, structural, plumbing, HVAC and other
services drawings and check the as-built works before starting the work, report to the
Project Management Consultants / Employer any discrepancies and obtain
clarification. Any changes found essential to co-ordinate execution of his work with
other services and trades, shall be made with prior approval of the Project
Management Consultants / Employer without additional cost to the Employer.
37.1 Shop Drawings
The Contractor shall prepare and submit two sets of detailed shop drawings and bar
bending schedules to the Project Management Consultants for their approval of all
works and any other item required to be fabricated or purchased by the Contractor.
These shop drawings shall contain all information required to complete the Project as
per specifications and as required by the PMC /Employer. These Drawings shall
contain details of construction size, arrangement, operating clearances, also the details
of all related items of work by other Contractors.
Each item of equipment / material proposed shall be a standard catalogue product of
an established manufacturer strictly from the list of approved make / manufacturers
included in the Bid.
When the Project Management Consultants makes any amendments in the above
drawings, the Contractor shall supply fresh sets of drawings with the amendments
duly incorporated along with check print, for approval. The Contractor shall submit
after approvals further required number of sets of shop drawings to the Project
Management Consultants / Employer for the exclusive use by the Project Management
Consultants / Employer and all other agencies. No material or equipment may be
delivered or installed at the job site until the Contractor has in his possession, the
approved shop drawings for the particular material / equipment / installation.
Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval sufficiently in advance of planned
delivery and installation of any material to allow Project Management Consultants
ample time for scrutiny. No claims for extension of time shall be entertained because
of any delay in the work due to his failure to produce shop drawings at the right time,
in accordance with the approved programme.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
85
Manufacturer’s drawings, catalogues, pamphlets and other documents submitted for
approval shall be in two sets. Each item in each set shall be properly labeled, indicating
the specific services for which material or equipment is to be used, giving reference to
the governing section and clause number and clearly identifying in permanent marker
the items and the operating characteristics. Data of general nature shall not be
accepted.
Samples of all materials shall be submitted to the Project Management Consultants /
Employer prior to procurement. These will be submitted in two sets for approval and
retention by the Project Management Consultants / Employer and shall be kept in
their site office for reference and verification till the completion of the Project.
Approval of shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements or
of building dimensions. Where drawings are approved, said approval does not mean
that the drawings supersede the contract requirements, nor does it in any way relieve
the Contractor of the responsibility or requirement to furnish material and perform
work as required by the contract.
Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of material / equipment, other than
that specified or detailed on the drawings, which requires any redesign of the
structure, partitions, foundation, or any other apart of the mechanical, electrical or
architectural layouts; all such re-design and all new drawings and detailing required
therefore, shall be prepared by the Contractor at his own expense and got approved by
the Project Management Consultants / Employer.
Where the work of the Contractor has to be installed in close proximity to, or will
interfere with work of other trades, he shall assist in working out space conditions to
make a satisfactory adjustment. If so directed by the Project Management Consultants
/ Employer, the Contractor shall prepare composite and coordinated working
drawings and sections at a suitable scale, not less than 1:50, clearly showing how his
work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades. If the Contractor installs
his work before coordinating with other trades, or so as to cause any interference with
work of other trades, he shall make all the necessary changes without extra cost to the
Employer.
Within two weeks of approval of all the relevant shop drawings, the Contractor shall
submit six copies of a comprehensive variation in quantity statement, and 85uthoriz
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
86
price list of recommended ( by manufacturers) imported and local parts and tools,
covering all equipment and materials in this contract.
Shop drawings shall be approved by the Project Management Consultants based on the
details as per various categories indicated hereinafter:
Category – I : Submission complete in all respect and thereby approved.
Category – II : Submission complete but shall be approved on
incorporation of comments / modifications as suggested
by the Project Management Consultants.
Category – III : Submission rejected due to inadequate details and
returned to Contractor for re-submission.
37.2 Delay in preparing & Submission of Shop drawing :
Contractor’s failure to prepare and submit necessary shop drawings within the
specified time schedule, the Employer / Project Management Consultants reserves the
right to get the shop drawings prepared by engaging other Agencies so as to ensure
timely completion of the Project.
Without prejudice to the other rights of the Employer against Contractors in respect of
such default, the Employer shall be entitled to deduct the sum paid to the other
Agencies with 15% extra as departmental charges from any sums payable to the
Contractor the amount of any damages, compensation costs, charges and other
expenses paid by the Employer and which are payable by the Contractor under this
clause.
Notwithstanding the above, Employer may not assign the work to any outside Agency
as mentioned above. However the Contractor shall not be released from his obligation
to perform as stipulated herein.
37.3 As-built and Record Drawings
The Contractor shall during the course of execution, prepare and keep updated a
complete set of ‘record’ drawings recording all works on the tracings or reproducible,
which shall be corrected to show each and every change from the working drawings
and showing the exact location, size and kinds of work etc. This set of drawings shall
be kept on the site and shall be used for record purpose. Changes recorded shall be
countersigned by the Project Management Consultants and the Contractor. Copies of
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
87
‘record’ drawings shall be supplied to the Project Management Consultants on request.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit complete ‘record’ drawings on tracings or
reproducible as directed by the Project Management Consultants within 30 days of the
completion of that portion of the work to which the tracing pertains.
In addition to hard copies of record drawings, the Contractor shall also supply a
Compact Disc containing these drawings in a digital form (done with AutoCAD -2004
or latest version).
In case, the Contractor fails to submit the approved,completed Records and as built
drawings, he shall be liable to pay sum equivalent to 0.2 (zero point two) percent of
the value of work subject to maximum of Rs. 10.00 lakhs (Ten lakhs) or as may be
fixed by the Project Management Consultants in consultation with employer and his
decision shall be final and binding.
38.0 COPY RIGHT OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS & OTHER DOCUMENTS
Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by Principal Architects for
this project are solely the instruments for Principal Architect’s services. These shall be
used only with respect of this Project. The Principal Architects shall be deemed as the
author of these documents. The Principal Architects shall retain all common law
statutory and other reserved rights, including the Copyright. The Employer shall be
allowed to retain copies of Principal Architect’s drawings, specifications and other
documents for information and in connection with the Employer’s use and occupancy
of the Project. Any reproduction of these drawings, specifications and documents, in
whole or in part, in written form, drawings or as a constructed entity, without the
prior consent of the Principal Architects shall be considered as a violation of the
Principal Architects Copyright and shall be dealt with in the relevant Court of Law.
Principal Architect’s drawings, specifications and other documents shall not be used
by the Employer or others on other projects.
39.0 DETAILS OF CONTRACT TO BE KEPT CONFIDENTIAL
The Contractor shall not without the prior permission of the Employer publish or
disclose the details of the present contract to any one particularly to any person in the
trade or who may be tempted to include any detail in a technical paper or such other
documents. The Contractor shall not use the Drawings/ Design of this project in other
works.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
88
40.0 DIMENSIONS AND LEVELS
All dimensions and levels shown on the Drawings shall be verified by the Contractor
on the site and he will be held responsible for the accuracy and maintenance of all the
dimensions and the levels.
Figured dimensions are in all cases to be accepted and no dimension shall be scaled.
Large-scale details shall take precedence over small-scale drawings. In case of
discrepancy the Contractor shall ask for clarification from the Project Management
Consultants before proceeding with the work.
41.0 MANAGEMENT OF PROJECT BY CONTRACTOR
Subject to the provision in the Bid document and without prejudice to Contractor’s
liabilities to provide adequate qualified and skilled personnel on the work, Contractor
shall deploy minimum required personnel as mention in this tender document and
augment the additional work force as decided by the Project Management Consultants
depending on the exigencies of work. The Bidder shall submit the details of minimum
site personnel proposed by him.
(a) The Contractor shall ensure that senior planning and installation/ execution
personnel from his organisation are assigned exclusively for this project. They
shall have minimum 10 years of experience in this type of installation /
execution. The Contractor shall have on site at all times during working hours
throughout the course of the Contract at least one competent senior
representative holding senior management position in his organisation, who
shall be empowered to make decisions binding on the Contractor in respect of
all matters likely to arise in connection with the execution & co-ordination of
the Works at site and shall keep the Project Management Consultants and the
Employer informed at all times about the name and designation of such
representative. Contractor’s Senior Representative shall have the power to take
joint measurement and sign the measurement books/bills. Any directions,
explanations, instructions or notices given by the Project Management
Consultants to such representative shall be held to be given to the Contractor.
(b) Contractor’s Employees
The Contractor shall provide and employ after approval from the Project
Management Consultants on the site in connection with the execution,
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
89
completion and maintenance of the Works all Engineering staff / technical
assistants as are qualified, skilled and experienced in their respective trades,
foremen and leading hands as are competent to give proper supervision
ensuring quality & output to the work they are required to supervise, and
also such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour as are necessary for the
proper and timely execution, completion and maintenance of the works.
(c) Removal of Contractor’s Employees
The Contractor shall on the direction of the Employer/Project Management
Consultants immediately remove from the works any person employed
thereon by him who may, in the opinion of the Employer/Project
Management Consultants, be incompetent or misconducts himself and such
person shall not be again employed on the works without the permission of
the Employer/Project Management Consultants.
(d) Unauthorized Persons
No unauthorized persons are to be allowed on the site. The Contractor shall
instruct all such persons to keep out and shall take steps to prevent
trespassing.
(e) Project Monitoring
The Project Management shall be done through modern technique. The
Contractor’s office at site shall be fully equipped with telephone, fax, modem,
e-mail, computers, plotter, photocopier etc. Execution Engineers and
supervisors shall be provided with mobile (Cellular Phone) communication
system so that they can always be reached.
(f) Quality Control & Assurance
The Contractor shall assign adequate number of full time Engineer who
would be exclusively responsible for ensuring strict quality control &
assurance, adherence to specifications, and ensuring the desired class of
workmanship for the entire work.
(g) The Contractor shall engage their representatives / Supervisors
full time for the effective control of labour force during the contract period.
(h) Safety /Health Officer
The Contractor shall appoint a qualified Safety / Health Officer to ensure
the full compliance of safety norms and maintain safety records to the
satisfaction of Project Management Consultants and shall submit monthly
safety report to the Project Management Consultants in approved Proforma.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
90
42.0 BYE-LAWS AND REGULATIONS The work shall be in conformity with the Byelaws, Regulations and Standards of the local authorities concerned, in so far as these become applicable.
43.0 LIABILITY FOR COST OF REPAIRS
The Contractor shall always keep free and relieve the Employer of any claims at the
instance of the local authorities or other parties in respect of any damages or due to
traffic on the roads arising out of the execution of the work under this contract.
44.0 LABOUR LAWS
The Contractor shall obtain necessary license from the licensing authority under ‘The
Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970’ and Central Rules made
thereunder and produce the same to the Project Management Consultants before the
start of the job. He shall also comply with all obligations under the said Act/Rules as
well as other applicable labour laws.
The provision of EPF & FP Act, 1952, ESIC Act and the Rules / Schemes framed there
under shall be applicable to the eligible Contractor and his eligible employees to be
engaged for this job. The Contractor shall furnish the code number allotted by
Regional Provident Fund Commissioner Authority to the Project Management
Consultants.
The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all claims in respect of all labour
laws as detailed above during the entire execution period.
45.0 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall without prejudice to his overall responsibility to execute and
complete the work as per specifications and time schedule, progressively deploy
adequate equipment and tools and tackles and augment the same as decided by the
Project Management Consultants depending on the exigencies of the work so as to suit
the construction schedule.
The Contractor shall be required to provide at site, standby provisions for all
construction equipments during the entire execution period.
46.0 CONSTRUCTION RECORDS
The Contractor shall keep and provide to the Project Management Consultants full and
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
91
accurate records of the dimensions and positions of all new work and any other
information as required by the Project Management Consultants. The Contractor shall
not carry out any important operation without the consent in writing of the Project
Management Consultants.
46.1 Site Order Book
A site order book with pages in duplicate will be maintained by the Project
Management Consultant. The orders regarding the work shall be entered in this book
by the Project Management Consultant or any other officer authorized by him and the
Contractor and the authorized representative of the Contractor must sign the same in
token of having received such instructions.
47.0 FRONTS FOR WORKS WHERE OTHER AGENCIES ARE INVOLVED INCLUDING CO-ORDINATION The work involved under this contract include such works where other agencies might
also be working within the same area and part of the job shall have to be taken up and
completed after other agencies have completed their job. Also work shall be carried
out in such manner that the work of other independent agencies operating at the site
is not hampered due to any action of the Contractor. Proper co-ordination with other
agencies will be Contractor’s responsibility. The Contractor will be required and
bound to take up and complete such works as and when the fronts are available for the
same and no compensation of any nature whatsoever shall be admissible to the
Contractor on this account leading to delay in completion of the Works. In case of any
dispute in co-ordination, the decision of Project Management Consultants shall be final
and binding on the Contractor.
48.0 PROTECTION OF WORKS OF OTHER SERVICES AGENCIES.
The Contractor shall take adequate precautionary measures and shall ensure that
related works carried out by other Agencies is protected from any damage during the
course of execution of his works. Any damage to such works of other Agencies, shall be
made good at the Contractor’s expense.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
92
49.0 QUALITY OF MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP & COST OF TESTS
49.1 Samples
All samples of adequate numbers, sizes, shades & pattern as per specification
shall be supplied by the Contractor without any extra charge. Apart from
adhering to any special provision made in the specifications regarding
submission of samples the Contractor shall within reasonable time of his
receipt of Letter of Acceptance / Order, provide to the Project Management
Consultants samples, which shall be kept in a sample room of approx. area of
120 sq. ft. along with the detailed literature of all materials he proposes to use
in the building irrespective of the fact that a specific make / material might
have been stipulated. If certain items proposed to be used are of such nature
that samples cannot be presented or prepared at the site, detailed literature /
test certificate of the same shall be provided instead to the satisfaction of the
Project Management Consultants. Before submitting the samples/ literature the
Contractor shall satisfy himself that the material/ equipment for which he is
submitting the samples/ literature meet with the requirement of the
specification. The Project Management Consultants shall check the samples
and give his comments and/or approval to the same. Only when the samples
are approved in writing by the Project Management Consultants, the Contractor
shall proceed with the procurement and installation of the particular material/
equipment. The approved samples shall be signed by the Project Management
Consultants and Engineer in charge with permanent marker for identification
and shall be kept on record at site office until the completion and acceptance of
the work and shall be available at the site for inspection/ comparison at any
time. The Contractor shall keep with him a duplicate of such samples to enable
him to process the matter.
For items of work where the samples are to be made at the site, the same
procedure shall be followed. All such samples shall be prepared at a place
when it can be left undisturbed until the completion of the project.
The Project Management Consultants shall communicate his comments/
approval to the Contractor after consultation with the Employer to the samples
at his earliest convenience. Any delay that might occur in approving of the
samples for reasons of its not meeting with the specifications or other
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
93
discrepancies, inadequacy in furnishing samples of best qualities from various
manufacturers and such other aspects causing delay on the approval of the
materials/ equipments, etc. shall be to the account of the Contractor. In this
respect the decision of the Project Management Consultants shall be final.
On delivery of the supplies of materials/ equipment for permanent works at the
site, the Contractor shall specifically arrange to get the supply inspected by the
Project Management Consultants and Employer and compared with the
approved samples and his specific approval obtained before using the same in
the work.
49.2 Cost of Samples, Tests, Inspection and Acceptance:
The successful Contractor shall conduct Inspection at Site / Factory / Place of
Manufacture for all items of work which he is intending to execute as per
Schedule of Quantities. The Contractor shall make all arrangement for
inspection of samples, prior to installation or dispatch. The cost of making any
Test, cost of sample material, transportation, loading / unloading etc. shall be
borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall forward all relevant copies of Sample Approval, Test
performance / acceptance by Project Management Consultants in approved
Performa for record purpose.
The Contractor shall indicate in his offer the place of source of supply of
materials, manufacturing units, test Laboratories etc. which he has considered.
The Contractor shall give clear 15 days notice in writing for all such tests to be
carried out at relevant place of Manufacture, Works, Sub-works etc. The cost
incidental to such tests being carried out shall be borne by the Contractor and
shall be deemed to have been included in the specific unit rate of that item.
50 QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM
Quality Assurance (QA) is essentially the system of planning, organizing and
controlling the human skill for reliable application of code requirements and Bid
specifications to assure and achieve quality in work.
Q.A. System is an integral part of every work function and to this extent is the
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
94
responsibility of the Contractor. Therefore, the total system of internal and external
controls, testing and quality control, acceptance criteria and documentation is to be
covered in the ‘Quality Assurance System’ proposed by the Contractor in the approved
proforma.
The quality assurance system proposed shall include:
Quality Plan
Quality Control
Quality Assurance Plan
Quality Surveillance
Quality Policy
Quality Audit
Total quality management.
The main Contractor and sub-Contractors, material supplier, manufacture, specialist
agency/ Contractor Consultant, and Employer/ utility are the parties involved in QA
system. Some or all parties mentioned above are involved and have various degree of
responsibility in any specific item of work in the project. The Contractor therefore has
to submit the organization chart indicating the scope and inter relation between
various parties, which form the organization of Q.A. system. This organization may be
a single level, two level or multi level controlling / auditing system, so defined by the
number of independent parties involved in checks / controls.
50.1 Quality Assurance, Health, Safety & Environmental Manual
A Manual constituting a base document outlining policy, procedures, compliance,
acceptance criteria and documentation etc. shall be prepared by the successful Bidder
and submitted to the Project Management Consultants for approval within 15 days
from the date of receipt of Acceptance Letter. The Document shall be in line with the
tender document and got project management consultant. The document shall
generally cover aspects listed below, but is not limited to the same.
i) Identification of all parties involved in QA/HSE and their inter-relationship.
ii) Internal QA system of each party.
iii) Levels of cross checking/ verification in case of multiple verifications/ controls,
including systems of inspection and audit, wherever applicable.
iv) Organization of personnel, responsibilities and lines reporting for QA/HSE
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
95
purpose.
v) Criteria for acceptance/ rejection, including identification of proper authorities
for such decisions.
vi) Inspection at the end and during defect liability period/ maintenance period.
These Items to be covered for Maintenance manual also.
51 GUARANTEES & LIABILITIES
The Contractor shall furnish necessary guarantees on approved proforma that the
work executed under this contract conforms with sound & established engineering
practices, national / international standards and Indian Codes & Regulations wherever
applicable for the purpose specified, free from defects / faults and suitable for
respective uses for which it is intended.
The said guarantee shall be valid upto the end of defects liability period or 12 months
from the date of commissioning whichever is later unless otherwise specified. All the
Guarantees shall be submitted before final payment and shall not in any way limit any
other rights to correction, which the Employer may have under the Contract.
The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer / Project Management Consultants in
consequence of the design, manufacturing defect, patent manufacturing defect,
construction defect, found in the constructed work at any time in a period
commencing with the grant of phase completion certificate by the Employer to the
Contractor in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the said contract.
52 LABOUR STRENGTH & WORKING HOURS
The labour strength requirement is subject to variation from time to time, which the
Contractor should be prepared to meet at short notices and no extra claim for this will
be considered.
Depending upon the requirement, the works may have to continue beyond the normal
working hours to the extent of round the clock and holidays also for which no extra
claim would be entertained.
53 SPECIALIST AGENCY
The Contractor shall get all specialized work such as Waterproofing, Anti-termite
treatment, etc. through specialist Agencies. The names of such specialist Agencies, the
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
96
Contractor proposes to use, shall be submitted to the Project Management Consultants
along with details of their experience and on approval by the Project Management
Consultants the particular Agencies only shall be appointed for carrying out the work.
The Employer/Project Management Consultants shall have the right to reject any
specialist Agencies proposed in which case the Contractor shall get the work executed
by another specialist Agencies who meets with the approval of the Employer/Project
Management Consultants and no claim by the Contractor regarding this aspect shall be
entertained.
54 SITE CLEANING
The Contractor shall take care for cleaning the work site from time to time for easy
access to work site and also from safety point of view.
Working site should always be kept cleaned upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer in
charge and Project Management Consultants. Before handing over any works to
Employer, the Contractor in addition to other formalities to be observed as detailed in
the document shall clear the site to the entire satisfaction of Employer/Project
Management Consultants.
Debris, Garbage, waste and refuse emanating from Contractor’s work site shall be
removed, transported and disposed off the site by the Contractor at his cost to soil
dumps as approved by the local authorities including dumping, leveling etc.
conforming to local byelaws and regulations as directed by such authorities.
The dumping of disposal of refuse or any other contaminant into any nallah / other
water course or areas other than those as approved by local authorities will not be
permitted.
The Contractor shall include the cost of keeping the site clean in accordance with this
clause including initial and final cleaning to the satisfaction of Project Management
Consultants, in the quoted price.
In the event of the failure of the Contractor to maintain proper cleanliness in the site,
Project Management Consultants have the right to suspend the work and engage the
entire work force including the Supervisory Staff, free of cost, for the proper Site
Cleaning to the satisfaction of the Employer / Project Management Consultants.
The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all claims in respect of the above,
and shall defend all actions arising from such claims in respect thereof.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
97
54.1 Disposal of Rubbish
1 The Contractor shall cart away from site and deposit where directed by the
Project Management Consultants all refuse, etc. arising from the Works both as it
accumulated, at completion of the Works or at the direction of the Project Management
Consultants.
2 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain a certificate from the local authorities
concerned to the effect that all rubbish arising out of Contractor’s activities at the
construction site or any other offsite activities borrow pits and / or disposal area(s) has
been properly disposed off.
This certificate from the authority shall be dated not later than the (last) Certificate of
Completion of Works and is to be enclosed with the Payment Certificate in which the
Contractor requests for payment of any Retention Money due to him.
55 WORK DURING NIGHT
Subject to any provisions to the contrary contained in the Contract none of the
permanent work shall save as herein provided be carried on during the night or on
Holidays without the permission in writing of the PMC, save when the work is
unavoidable or absolutely necessary for the saving of life or property or for the safety
of the Works in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the PMC. Provided
always that the provisions of this clause shall not be applicable in the case of any work,
which becomes essential to carry out by rotary or double shifts in order to achieve the
progress and quality of the part of the works being technically required/ continued
with the prior approval of the PMC.
All work at night shall be carried out without unreasonable noise and disturbance and
with the approval of the PMC and in addition that of the local authority, if so
applicable. The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer from and against any liability
for damages on account of noise or other disturbance created while or in carrying out
the work and from and against all claims, demands, proceedings, costs, charges and
expenses whatsoever in regard or in relation to such liability.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
98
56 PROGRAMME OF WORKS
56.1 Controlled Time Schedule (CTS):
The Contractor shall, after the acceptance of his tender submit to the Engineer in
charge and Project management consultant for their approval a C.T.S. showing the
order of procedure along with sectional milestones in which he proposes to carry out
his works. The Controlled time schedule must be updated and provided by the
contractor to the Engineer on a weekly basis. The Contractor shall whenever required
by the Engineer, also provide in writing a general description of the arrangements and
methods which the Contractor proposes to adopt for the execution of the works.
On failure by the contractor to adhere to the approved Construction schedule, the
Employer based on Project Management Consultant’s advice, or otherwise, reserves
the right to take reasonable steps to achieve the approved construction schedule,
through an alternative agency or agencies, by removal of part of scope or entire scope,
at the risk and cost of the Contractor, and deduct the additional expenses from any
sums that may be due then or at any time thereafter may become due to the
Contractor or from its performance bond, on this account. This right and the recourse
therein to the Employer is in addition and supplementary to any other recourse
available under the contract.
56.2 Programme to be Modified
Subject to the provisions of relevant Clause of GCC, if at any time it should appear to
the Project Management Consultant that the actual progress of the works does not
conform to the approved programme referred to in above Clause, the Contractor shall
produce a revised and detailed programme showing the modifications to the original
programme necessary to ensure the completion of the works within the time for
completion as defined in contract document.
The submission to and approval by the Engineer of such programmes or the furnishing
of such particulars shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his duties or
responsibilities under the Contract.
56.3 Cash Flow
The detailed programmes shall also show the estimated Cash Flow required for each
month to complete the works.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
99
56.4 Progress Report/Photograph
Four copies of fortnightly progress reports containing the following shall be submitted
by the Contractor to the Employer through the Project Management Consultant every
fortnight.
i) Fortnightly detailed progress report showing the progress of individual
activities of programme as achieved at site till such period and being suitably
marked on the approved network diagram, or as directed by the Project
Management Consultant, shall be provided by the Contractor indicating the
actual state of progress during the course of the contract, together with other
details of procurement and delivery schedules of materials/ equipments, as
required by the Project Management Consultant.
ii) Three copies of coloured photographs in 5” x 7.5” size (Progress Photographs
to be included along with monthly progress reports only) in hard and soft
copies showing important progress of work at locations directed by the Project
Management Consultant. Short description along with date has to be
incorporated in the respective photographs.
iii) Labour report in the form prescribed by the Project Management Consultant.
iv) Material receipt, equipment and machinery report in the form prescribed by
the Project Management Consultant.
v) Supervisory staff reports in the form prescribed by the Project Management
Consultant.
vi) The Contractor shall not publish any photographs taken from the work without the
written permission of the Employer during or after the execution period.
57 SITE MEETINGS
Progress and quality evaluation meetings will be held at the site every week. The
Contractors senior Representative-in-charge of the project along with his site-in-
charge and other staff including staff of approved sub-Contractors and suppliers as
required shall participate in these progress review meetings and ensure all follow up
actions. Any additional review meetings shall be held if required, as decided by the
Employer/Project Management Consultants which also shall be attended by the above
referred representative.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
100
58 GUARDING AND PROPER LIGHTING The Contractor shall provide and maintain at his own cost through out the contract till
handing over Employers all areas fully ventilated, illuminated and guarded. Any
instruction in this regard given by the Employer/Project Management Consultants for
the protection of the Works or for safety and convenience of those employed on the
Works or the public shall be carried at the Contractor’s cost.
59 FACILITIES FOR CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES ( Office, Store etc.)
The Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary office(s), workshops, stores,
shelters, sanitary facilities, canteen and other temporary shelters for themselves and
their staff at site to the satisfaction of the Project Management Consultants.
The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for the housing and welfare of his
staff and workmen including adequate drinking water and sanitary facilities. The
Contractor shall also make his own arrangements at his own cost for transport where
necessary for his staff and workmen to and from the sites of the works. The necessary
drinking water and sanitary facilities for Contractors staff & labour & visitors at site
shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor at no extra cost.
On the completion of the Works the Contractor shall clear away and remove from the
Site all Temporary buildings including labour shed, site office, stores, Constructional
Plant, surplus materials, rubbish and Temporary Works of every kind and leave the
whole of the site and works clean and in a workmanlike condition, to the satisfaction
of the Employer/Project Management Consultants. In the event of the failure of the
Contractor to produce necessary Site Clearance Certificate issued by Project
Management Consultants to this effect, payment of Final Bill shall not be released.
60 CRECHE FACILITY
The Contractor shall at his own expense, make adequate arrangements for the
provision of temporary Crèche (Bal-Mandir) facility for the children of construction
labours employed by the Contractor at site and the Contractor shall maintain &
operate it upto the satisfaction of Project Management Consultants without any extra
cost.
The Creche shall be adequately fenced all around so as to prevent the movements of children on work place.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
101
61 OFFICE ACCOMMODATION FOR PROJECT MANAGEMENT
CONSULTANT’S / EMPLOYER’S REPRESENTATIVE AND VISITING OFFICIALS (a) The Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain without any extra cost an
office accommodation of about 2000 Sft. Covered area with adequate toilet
facilities, partitions and maintain the same without any extra cost for the use of
Project Management Consultants’s & Employer’s Representatives, visiting and
inspecting officials.
(b) The office spaces shall be well lighted and cooled and shall be provided with
adequate number of electric lights, plug points in each room, Air Condition, ceiling
fans, drinking water cooler and all required furniture, fittings and sanitary wares
including cabinets and drawing stands. The office floor level shall be fixed
considering the high flood level of the area.
If any shortfall in these facilities occurs, the Project Management Consultants/
Employer will arrange for the same and the cost incurred will be recovered from the
Contractor with 25% extra for additional overheads / departmental charges from any
money due or which may become due to the Contractor.
62 ENVIRONMENTAL SAFEGUARDS
The Contractor shall take action of following points and note the stipulations as under
as regards environmental safeguards as stipulated by the Ministry of Environment and
Forests.
i) Appropriate measures shall be undertaken while undertaking digging activities
to avoid degradation of water quality.
ii) Borrow pits and other scars created during the construction shall be properly
leveled and treated.
iii) Adequate provision for infrastructure facilities, i.e. water supply, fuel,
sanitation, etc. shall be ensured for labourers during construction period in
order to avoid damage to the environment.
iv) No excavation from or dumping of waste material into any water
body/wetlands shall be done.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
102
v) Borrow sites for earth, quarry sites for construction and dump site shall be
identified keeping in view:
(a) No excavation or dumping on private property is carried out without
written consent of the Employer.
(b) No excavation or dumping shall be allowed or wetlands, forests areas or
other ecologically valuable or sensitive locations;
(c) The excavation work shall be done in consultation with soil
conservation and watershed development agencies working in the area
(d) Construction spoil including bituminous material, and other hazardous
material must not be allowed to contaminate water course and the
dump sites for such materials must be identified well in advances
before construction and lined properly so that they do not leach into the
ground water;
vi) The trees which are necessary to be felled should be identified before hand and
necessary approval from the competent authority should be obtained for felling
the same. Sufficient number of trees of suitable species should be planted in
lieu of the trees felled as per the requirement of Central and local government
rules applicable.
vii) A contingency plan shall be prepared to combat with accidents so that the
victims of accident can be provided immediate medical help. Some essential
equipment, building and other facilities may require for the purpose.
viii) The Employer or any other competent authority may stipulate any other
condition for environmental safeguard, subsequently, if deemed necessary,
which should be complied with.
The above mentioned stipulations shall be enforced among others under the Water (prevention and Control of pollution) Act, 1974, the Air (prevention and Control of pollution) Act, 1981 the Environment (Protection ) Act 1986, the Hazardous Chemicals (manufacture, Storage and Import) Rules, 1989, the Environment Impact Assessment Notification of January, 1994 and its amendment of May, 1994, the Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and the rules made thereunder from time to time.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
103
63 FIRE FIGHTING ARRANGEMENT
i) The Contractor shall provide suitable arrangements for firefighting at his own
cost. For this purpose, he shall provide requisite number of fire extinguishers
and adequate number of buckets, some of which are to be always kept filled
with sand and some with water. These equipments shall be provided at
suitable prominent and easily accessible places and shall be properly
maintained.
ii) The Contractor may be subject to periodic fire prevention inspections and any
deficiency or unsafe condition shall be corrected by the Contractor at his own
cost and to the approval of the PMC and the relevant authorities.
These fire prevention inspections shall include but not limited to the following :
(a) Proper handling, storage and disposal of combustible materials, liquids
and wastes.
(b) Work operations, which can create fire hazards.
(c) Access for firefighting equipment.
(d) Type, size, number and location of fire extinguishers or other firefighting
equipment.
(e) Inspection and maintenance records for extinguishers.
(f) Type, number and location of containers for the removal of surplus
materials and rubbish.
(g) General housekeeping.
64 SAFETY PRACTICES DURING CONSTRUCTION
The Contractor shall pay penalty for violation or non-observance of the safety
practices during construction shall be as follows:-
vii) Violation of applicable Safety, Health and Environment related norm, a penalty
of Rs. 5,000/- per occasion).
ii) Violation as above resulting in:
(a) Any physical injury, a penalty of 0.5% of the contract value (maximum of
Rs.2,00,000/-) per injury in addition to Rs.5,000/- as in item a above.
(b) Fatal accidents, a penalty of 1% of the contract value (maximum of
Rs.10,00,000/-) per fatality in addition to Rs.5,000/- as in item a above.
The above shall be in addition to those penalty that have been enforced
by the Statutory Authorities.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
104
65 PERMITS FOR ROCK BLASTING
The Contractor must obtain valid license/permit for controlled rock blasting if
permitted from concerned competent authority under whose jurisdiction the work
falls, and pay to such authority all fees that may be chargeable in respect of the work .
66 HOARDING/PUBLICITY
The Contractor shall put up a suitable hoarding of approx. size 4m x 2m in English to a
design to be prepared by the Contractor including the font size, other arrangements of
the lettering etc. and approved by the Employer/Project Management Consultants. The
hoarding shall also include the name of the Project, the Employer and the Architect
and Project Management Consultant.
Any permission of local authorities if required shall be obtained by the Contractor at
his own cost.
No advertisement may be placed on any hoarding, fencing, building or scaffolding
erected in connection with this contract without the written permission of the
Employer/Project Management Consultants.
67 SAFETY CODE
1 Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all work that cannot be
safely done from the ground, or from solid construction except such short
period work as can be done safely from ladders. When a ladder is used an extra
mazdoor shall be engaged for holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for
carrying materials as well, suitable footholds and handholds shall be provided
on the ladder and the ladder shall be given as in inclination and not steeper
than 1/4 to 1 (1/4 horizontal and 1 vertical).
2 Scaffolding or staging more than 3.25 metres above the ground or floor, swung
or suspended from an overhead support or erected with stationary support,
shall have a guard rail properly attached, bolted, braced and otherwise secured
at least one meter high above the floor or platform of such scaffolding or
staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof
with only such openings as may be necessary for the delivery of materials.
Such scaffolding or staging shall be fastened as to prevent it from swaying
from the building or structure.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
105
3) Working platforms, gang ways and stairways shall be so constructed that they
do not sag unduly or equally, and if height of a platform or gangway or
stairway is more than 3.25 metres above ground level or floor level, it shall be
closely boarded, have adequate width and be suitably fenced, as described in 2
above.
4) Provided with suitable means to prevent fall of persons or materials by
providing suitable fencing or railing with a minimum height of one meter.
5) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other
working places. Every ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable single
ladder shall be over nine meters in length, width between side rails in a rung
ladder shall be in no case be less than 30 cm for ladders upto and including
three meters in length. For longer ladders the width shall be increased at least
6 mm for each additional 30 cm of length. Uniform step spacing shall not
exceed 30 cms. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from
electrical equipment. No materials on any of the site shall be stacked or placed
as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. The
Contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect public from
accidents and shall be bound to bear expenses of defence of every suit action
or other proceedings at law that may be brought by any person for injury
sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any damages
and costs which may be awarded in any such suit action or proceedings to any
such person or which may with the consent of the Contractor be paid to
compromise any claim by any such person.
6) Excavations and Trenching:
All trenches 1.5 metres or more in depth shall at all times be applied with
atleast one ladder for each 30 metres in length or fraction thereof, ladder shall
be extended from bottom of trench to atleast one meter above surface of the
ground. Sides of a trench which is 1.5 metres or more in depth shall be stepped
back to give suitable slope or security held by timber bracing, so as to avoid
the danger of sides collapsing. Excavated material shall not be placed within
1.5 metres of edge of trench or half of depth of trench, whichever is more.
Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under no circumstances shall
undermining or under cutting be done.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
106
7) Demolition:
Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the process of the
work:
(a) All roads and open areas adjacent to the work site shall either be closed
or suitably protected.
(b) No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be source of danger
over a cable or apparatus used by operator shall remain electrically
charged.
(C ) All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to person employed,
from risk or fire or explosion, or flooding. No floor, roof or other part of
a building shall be so overloaded with debris of materials as to render it
unsafe.
8) All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Project
Management Consultants shall be available for use of persons employed on the
Site and maintained in a condition suitable for immediate use; and the
Contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by
those concerned.
(a) Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials cement and lime
mortars/concrete shall be provided with protective footwear and
protective goggles.
(b) Those engaged in handling any materials which is injurious to eyes shall
be provided with goggles.
(c) Those engaged in welding works shall be provided welder’s protective
eye-shields.
(d) Stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective
clothing and seated at sufficiently safe intervals.
(e) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in use,
the Contractor shall ensure that manhole covers are opened and
manholes are ventilated atleast for an hour before workers are allowed
to get into them. Manholes so opened shall be cordoned off with
suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent
accidents to public.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
107
(f) The Contractor shall not employ men below the age of 18 and women
or the child labour on the work of painting with products containing
lead in any form. Whenever men above the age of 18 are employed on
the work lead painting, the following precautions shall be taken.
9) No paint containing lead or lead products shall be used except in the form of
paste of readymade paint.
10) Suitable face masks shall be supplied for use by workers when paint is
supplied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubbed and
scrapped.
11) Overalls shall be supplied by the Contractor to workmen and adequate
facilities shall be provided to enable working painters to wash during and on
cessation of work.
12) When work is done near any place where there is risk of drawing all necessary
equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps
taken for prompt rescue of any persons in danger and adequate provisions
made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during
the course of the work.
13) Use of hoisting machines, tools and tackle including their attachments
anchorage and supports shall conform in the following:
i) These shall be of good mechanical construction, sound material and
adequate strength and free from patent defects shall be kept in good
repair and in good working order.
14) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension
shall be of durable quality and adequate strength, and free from patent defects.
15) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified
and no person under the age of 21 years shall be in charge of any hoisting
machine including any scaffold winch or give signals to operator.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
108
16) In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle swivel
and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension, safe
working load shall be ascertained by adequate means. Every hoisting machine
and all gear referred to above shall be plainly marked with safe working load.
In case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load, each safe
working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly
indicated. No part of any machine or of any gear referred to above in this
paragraph shall be loaded beyond safe working load except for the purpose of
testing.
17) In case of departmental machine, safe working load shall be notified by the
Project Management Consultants. As regards Contractor’s machine the
Contractor shall notify safe working load of each machine to the Project
Management Consultants whenever he brings it to site of work and get it
verified by the Project Management Consultants.
18) Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of
hoisting appliances shall be provided with efficient safeguard; hoisting
appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to the minimum
risk of accidental descent of load adequate precautions shall be taken to
reduce to the minimum risk of any part of a suspended load becoming
accidentally displaced. When workers are employed on electrical installations
which are already energized, insulating mats, working apparel such as gloves,
sleeves and boots, as may be necessary, shall be provided. Workers shall not
wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials which are good
conductor of electricity.
19) All scaffolds, ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described herein
shall be maintained in a safe condition and no scaffold, ladder or equipment
shall be altered or removed while it is in use. Adequate washing facilities shall
be provided at or near places of work.
20) The Contractor should ensure to arrange due precautionary measures and
supervision to avoid accident and causes of accident. It is the responsibility of
the Contractor to ensure full compliance with safety regulations and all
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
109
statutory requirements in respect of staff / labourers employed by him and his
sub-Contractors, if any.
21) The Contractor must be careful regarding “Safety First” during working and in
the Employer’s premises.
22) Site work is quite different from work in an workshop. The Contractor shall
bear this point in mind so that proper work methods to avoid accident and
causes of accident can be evolved.
23) The Contractor must clearly bear in mind that a competent supervisor shall
always be on site when his men are at work. Lapse on this point shall be
viewed seriously irrespective of occurrence of any accidents.
24) The Contractor shall ensure that safety precautions expected of his
professional works are completely understood by his supervisors and workers
and that these are followed. The Contractor shall also ensure that in every job
that he does taking cognizance of varying site conditions, his staff are
completely knowledgeable about the hazards and dangers associated with the
work for which due alertness and safe working methods shall be followed.
25) The Contractor must ensure provisions of adequate fire fighting capacity to
deal with fires at incipient stage itself. Such provision should not be less than 2
of 20 gallon foam extinguishers properly maintained by him. The Contractor’s
staff should know the use of the above mentioned fire-extinguishers.
26) Smoking is strictly prohibited in areas with combustibles or inflammables and
in other areas where smoking is prohibited.
27) It is entirely the Contractor’s responsibility to see that safety appliances such
as safety belts, lifelines, helmets, etc. depending on the jobs are provided by
him. The Contractor’s supervisors shall ensure that they are used. If the
Contractor need any suggestion on the matter he can approach the Project
Management Consultants, but any lapse on matters of safety will be viewed
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
110
seriously.
28) No unauthorized electrical connection should be made. Electrical connections,
welding sets, etc. should be got approved by an authorized representative of
Project Management Consultants.
29) All equipments used for carrying out work such as ladders, cranes, tractors,
welding sets or any tools, machinery, etc. shall be rendered safe so that no
injury or accident will occur when used in the expected manner. Should any
accident occur the Contractor is entirely responsible for it including
compensation that may arise of the incident
30) Safety Precautions of Portable Electrical Appliances
Precautions in handling of portable electrical appliances are more significant
under monsoon conditions. Some likely situations are highlighted here for your
attention and action to ensure that condition and method of usage conform to
safety of personnel and property.
31) Broken sockets / pin plugs / locate connections:
These conditions cause sparking leading to fault conditions of electric shock
situations. Wires shall not be directly inserted in sockets, as an earth leak on
phase socket can give a shock to operator.
32) Polarity of phase / phases, neutral and earth:
Certain appliances may give violent electric shock during work if polarity
conditions are not satisfied.
33) Joints in flexible cables:
Usage of portable appliances is such that electrical and physical integrity of a
joint may be suddenly affected leading to severe sparking and fire if
combustible or flammable materials are at the joint. Perhaps this may not be
noticed by operator at all. For this and similar reasons, joints in cable or
portable appliances are not permitted at all.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
111
34) Appliances-body grounding and system grounding:
In the absence of body grounding or because of ineffective body grounding of
appliances operator may receive severe shock (in case of phase to body fault)
during usage. Further all earth pin sockets must have low impedance and
mechanically firm earthing according to lndian Electricity Rules so that safety is
assured to operator even under such fault conditions.
35) Water reduces affectivity of insulation depending upon exposure. Presence of
water on ordinary switches may give a shock during operation. Switches in
chronic leakage areas should preferably be de-energised until rectification.
36) These safety provisions shall be brought to the notice of all concerned by
display on a notice board in Hindi and English at a prominent place at the
workspot. Persons responsible for ensuring compliance with the Safety Code
shall be named therein by the Contractor.
37) To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety
precautions, arrangements made by the Contractor shall be open to inspection
by the Project Management Consultants or his representatives and the
Inspecting Officers as defined in the Contractor’s Labour Regulations.
38) Notwithstanding the above conditions 1 to 25, the Contractor is not exempted
from the operation of any other Act or Rule in force.
39) For the safety of handling glass, the provisions of the latest standards listed
below or necessary instructions issued by the Project Management Consultants
shall be applicable.
ANSI : Z 97.1.84 Safety Glazing Materials used in Buildings.
CPSC : 16 CFR 1201 Specification for Safety of Glass.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
112
68. ENVIRONMENT, SAFETY & HEALTH (ESH) PLAN
1.0 General 1.1 Safety Management Procedures 1.2 Design Development for Safety 1.3 Safety Meetings 1.4 Training 1.5 Tool Box Talks & Safety Seminars 1.6 Skills Training 1.7 Safety Auditing 1.8 Unsafe Act Auditing 1.9 Accident Reporting and Investigation 1.10 Temporary Works and False Works 1.11 Scaffold Controller 1.12 Rubbish Removal 1.13 Control of Substances Hazardous to Health 1.14 Environmental Consideration
2.0 Fire Prevention Plan & General Procedures 3.0 Contractor Quality Requirements (to be submitted by the Contractor) 4.0 Project Planning and Implementation Procedures (to be submitted by the
Contractor)
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
113
ENVIRONMENT, SAFETY & HEALTH (ESH) PLAN
SAFETY - GENERAL
1.1 Safety Management Procedures
Guide to Requirements for Contractor/Sub Contractor Organisation & Arrangements for Health & Safety
(i) Introduction Project Manager chooses Contractor / Sub Contractors with care & will only use those who share our commitment to safety. Project Manager recognizes that your company does have this commitment, but accept that you need to know the standards expected of you on this project. These guidelines have been prepared for this purpose. (ii) Contractual Responsibilities The responsibility for safety and accident prevention on site, in respect of the Contractor/Sub Contract works, rest primarily with you as Contractor / Sub Contractors. Part of your contract requires you to co-operate at all times with Project Manager & to rectify immediately any matters brought to your attention. Failure to rectify any substandard act or condition will entitle Project Manager to make other arrangements & allows the Client to deduct any associated cost from the contract sum. Compliance with all current Health & Safety Legislation is mandatory within your contract. Additionally you are required to comply with the provisions of the Safety Management Procedures, as well as the other safety items noted. These are available for inspection upon request. You will be deemed to have allowed for the costs of these provisions within your fixed Unit price. Our purpose in putting these in writing is to make sure that we are fair to all Contractor/Sub contractors when they tender, so that all tender on the same basis. 1.2 Design Development for Safety (if applicable) (i) Objective To remove or reduce potential hazards to the greatest extent practicable at the design stage. (ii) Construction Methods & Design As a Contractor / Sub Contractor you are a specialist in your field & you should comment, where you think necessary to improve safety on the project design, construction method or build ability. (iii) Refurbishment / Demolition Make a search for information regarding a building to be refurbished or demolished including - Former use of the building - Existing drawings or nature of the structure
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
114
- Likely exposure to asbestos, chemicals, disease, ionizing radiation or other substances hazardous to health.
- Contaminated ground Consider carefully information provided by Project Manager on the above. (iv) Retained Structures Facades & other structures or architectural items for retention must be fully assessed by qualified engineers & detailed proposals submitted to Project Manager for consideration before work proceeds. 1.3 Safety Meetings (i) Pre-start Kick off & Method Statement meeting (Mobilization Meeting) An important part of the Safety management Procedures is a meeting to be held, specifically on the subject of safety, between yourselves, Project Manager & Safety Managers. At this meeting you will present your detailed Method Statement, Safe Systems of Work & explain how you will manage & control safety on your Contractor / Sub contract works. (ii) Regular Monthly Site Safety Meeting You must ensure that your appointed Site Supervisor responsible for the safety of your operations attends each monthly/weekly site safety meeting. This is chaired by Project Manager, PM site management and the trade unions if any will be represented along with the contractor/Sub Contractors representatives. (iii) Daily Progress Meeting Safety must be an item at daily meetings between Contractor and Sub Contractors. 1.4 Training The elements of training outlined below are essential to the success of the Safety Management Procedures & must be conducted by Contractor / Sub Contractors for their own personnel. (i) Management & Front Line Supervision All Contractor / Sub Contractors must provide in-house or external courses on health & safety at a minimum of 1 days training per year for each of their Manager, Supervisors & Foremen. (ii) Induction All Contractors / Sub Contractors’ employees must attend an induction session when first joining the contract. These will be conducted either by Project Manager or the Contractor / Sub Contractor as appropriate to the project. Contractor / Sub contractors must also make their employees aware of the following site rules & conditions specific to the project.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
115
- Employee Responsibilities - Reporting defects in plan equipment – name contact.
- Safe Practices in relation to their work content - Explain agreed method Statement / Safe System of Work.
- Define specific hazard areas on site - (overhead power lines etc.) - Explain policy on: Safety Helmets, Alcohol, Drug Abuse & Horseplay. - Details of First Aid arrangements - Provision for Welfare - Canteens, Toilets & Accommodation - Fire Prevention Provisions & Emergency Procedures - Accident reporting requirements & procedures
- Explain requirements for the use of personal Protective Equipment relative to the task & issue procedures - (Goggles, Ear Defenders etc.).
- Define procedures for debris / material control - Explain policy regarding operation of specific plant & equipment (training) - Where scaffold is to be used - State rules regarding safe use, alteration &
access.
(iii) Specialist It may be necessary when working on or adjacent to certain operations to carry out specific training to make operatives aware of the additional hazards (e.g. Railways, Airports & Live Plant or Processes). This training may be carried out by the organization responsible for the operation or may be a tailor made course run by yourselves or Project Manager. (iv) First Aid All Contractor / Sub Contractors must have within their workforce trained first aiders who hold a current certificate (where such certification is prescribed by legislation or custom & practice) (v) Fire Fighting Required annually for all personnel (vi) Safety Refresher Refresher training, to reinforce & expand on the tool box talks should consist of a 1 hour training session held at a maximum of 4 monthly intervals for all site staff. This should be organized by the Contractor / Sub Contractor for his own employees and he should be prepared also to release them for training led by Project Manager. 1.5 Tool Box Talks & Safety Seminars (i) Tool Box Talks Tool Box talks consist of a 10 minute session each month, to be held on a regular basis on a particular morning. Tool Box talks are Mandatory. They are to be conducted by the immediate front line supervisor of the workers concerned (i.e. typically held by a foreman
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
116
for 10-12 workers). Topics for tool box can be provided by PM but notes prepared by your staff which are task specific are to be preferred. Project Manager requires a written record of tool box talks held, who conducts them & the names of personnel attending. This ensures.
- All personnel on site do get regular safety instruction - Front line supervision are made to learn the contents of talks & appreciate
their own responsibilities for Safety & Health. Part of the value of tool box talks is to seek feedback from the workforce about safety hazards faced during their activities. These comments should be recorded in writing and the matter investigated and corrected before the next meeting. Project Manager is to be given written notice of the action taken or reason for no action. (ii) Safety Seminars for Workforce. At least 2 safety seminars a year are to be provided by yourselves, with the active participation of your site management, aimed at our entire site workforce. These may be held jointly with the Contractors union where your workforce has union representation. (iii) Safety Seminars for Front Line Supervisors Your senior management on site is to actively participate in 2 safety seminars a year specifically aimed at your front line supervision. This will display commitment and leadership to these key personnel and reinforce, in them, their own responsibilities for safety and the workforce they control. 1.6 Skills Training
(i) Objective All site operatives must be trained in accordance with legal requirements and good industrial practice. (ii) Required Standard Where a legal or recognized training standard exists for the certification of user / operators of plant./ equipment then it is mandatory that only such certificated personnel are to be permitted to use/operate the respective items of plant / equipment. Copies of all relevant training certificates are to BE passed to Project Manager before authorization to use/ operate any plant equipment can be given by the Contractor / Sub Contractor. Where no such legal or recognized training standard exists, prior to the used/operation of any plant/ equipment, the Contractor / Sub contractors is required to nominate and certify in writing individual user/operators and their competency. 1.7 Safety Auditing (i) Objective Contractor / Sub contractors should monitor their own works on site and immediately correct any defects found.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
117
(ii) Required Standard Contractor/ Sub Contractors must have their own Safety Officer or Consultant visiting site on a regular basis to review safety performance, together with their resident Site Safety Supervisor and all reports on safety defects must be actioned promptly. (iii) Site Safety Supervisor Every Contractor / Sub contractor is required to nominate a site Safety Supervisor. The Site Safety Supervisor needs to be at least an experienced foreman, who has the respect of the other foreman on site & who is able to command the labour rubbish etc. The Site Safety Supervisor must have received some formal training in order to be able to discharge his responsibilities adequately. The Site Safety Supervisor must have time to carry out his functions & on larger work elements this will be a full time role. As a guide:
Workforce 250+ - Full time function Workforce 100 -250 - 50% of time as a minimum Workforce under 100 - As required by the nature of the work The site Safety Supervisor MUST attends the monthly site safety meetings. 1.8 Unsafe Act Auditing (iv) Objective To reduce significantly the potential for accidents in the individuals work practices, both the unsafe acts committed and the unsafe conditions created. (v) Required Standard Each Contractor / Sub Contractor Manager & front line Supervisor is to spend 1 hour each week auditing their works for unsafe acts & thereby giving leadership & example to their workforce. (vi) Technique Preparation: - Select areas of greatest hazard or activity to audit - Use tool box talks to set objectives/standards for the workforce - Set a good personal example. Observation - Take time to watch an activity or situation - Concentrate on people - Look for unsafe acts, violation of safety rules or unsafe conditions - Recognize good as well as bad practices
Discussion - Discuss with the workforce how the job could be done more safely
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
118
- Encourage them to identify hazards & to suggest improvements - Ensure that all unsafe acts & conditions are discussed - Commend good safety practices Follow - up - Check at random for repetition of safety violations - Give formal written warnings for repeated violations by individuals - Contractor / Sun Contracts auditor are to report their findings on a weekly basis to
Project Manager’s Safety Manager together with actions taken. 1.9 Accident Reporting & Investigation (i) Accident Reporting All accidents occurring on site must be reported to PMC. Where statutory reporting of accident requirement exist the Contractor /specialized Agencies is responsible for making such reports promptly and is to supply PMC with a copy of such reports. Major injuries of fatalities are to be reported. (ii) Accident Investigation All accidents which occur are to be investigated by the Contractor /specialized Agencies concerned. The following should also be present if possible.
- The injured person (s) - The immediate Supervisor or Foreman - Trade/ Contractor’s Safety Officer or Consolations & Site Safety Supervisor - A PMC representative
Discuss what went wrong & ways in which work practices can be improved to avoid such an accident in the future, in a blame free atmosphere. For all major accidents PM Safety Manager must also be present. A short written report of the investigation findings & proposals for remedial action is to be provided to Project Manager within 3 days. The following additional events will also require investigation. - Occupational illness - Fire or Explosion - Property damage - Hazardous substance discharge - - Major near miss incidents. The employer shall neither be responsible nor involved in reporting of such matter and shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
119
1.10 Temporary Works and False Work (i) Objective To provide a planned management approach to temporary works & false work design & erection. (ii) Required Standard All temporary works & false work MUST be designed by a qualified engineer & made available to Project Manager for review prior to loading. The Contractor/Sub contractor is required to develop his own scheme. In every case where a contractor/ sub-contractor is required to provide a design for Temporary works or false works the following procedures must be followed:
- Discuss the conceptual scheme with Project Manager. - Based on the agreed concept provide a detailed design, backed up by full calculations,
from contractors qualified engineer with temporary works expertise. - Supply the detailed drawings & calculations to the Project Manager for Architects
review allowing adequate time for checking. - Discuss the scheme with the Project Manager to ensure co- ordination of the scheme
with other works /trades. - Install the temporary works or false work. - The trade/sub-contractor must then have a competent person check the erected works
thoroughly in accordance with the drawings and issue to Project Manager a written “ready to load certificate’
- Project Manager must be given adequate time to review the works prior to loading. - Once loaded the scheme is to be monitored weekly by the “Contractors Competent
Person and the results recorded in the scaffold register. (iii) A Competent Person A competent person is someone with expertise and experience to carry out the task according to the anticipated technical difficulty. Ideally this will be Civil /Structural Engineer or some other experience person such as a senior manager or foreman. The competent person must be made aware of his responsibilities, willing to accept them & based on site. (iv) Facade Support Schemes Facade support schemes require particular close monitoring to ensure that: - Wedges remain tight - Cracks do not develop - The wall remains plumb & true to line A monitoring system is to be established at the outset & baseline readings taken against which to monitor the wall. Readings should then be taken monthly with a visual inspection weekly.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
120
(v) Demolition Demolition operations are to be considered as temporary works & will require detailed method statements & assessments of structures in any cases. Where heavy machinery is to be used on structures, at ground or high level, then the support for such machines must be carefully considered by a competent person and the realties forwarded to Project Manager’s works co-ordinator.
1.11 Scaffold Controller (i) Objective To provide a planned system or the control of scaffold operations & use (ii) Required Standard Every Contractor /Sub Contractor, using scaffolding, must appoint a Scaffold Controller and institute a scaffold control system. (iii) Competent person The Scaffold Controller must have adequate skill, knowledge & experience to perform this task. (iv) Scaffold Design Brief It is vital that an adequate brief is given to scaffold contractors stating - The required usage - The required design loading - The foundations for the scaffold - no scaffold contractor will take
responsibility for the strength of the ground or building upon which a scaffold is based. The advice from Engineers and Project Manager as necessary.
- Advise the scaffold contractor that the provision of BS5973:1981 or the equivalent local standard is to be complied with in full. - The brief should be in writing. (v) Drawing & Design Check All scaffold structures, with the exception of birdcage & independent scaffolds, require drawing and calculations which are to be supplied to the Project Manager. In such cases the scaffolds are to be considered as temporary works & referred to the Temporary Works co-coordinator. (vi) Trained Scaffolders All scaffolders must be in possession of a training certificate. On international projects, if no such certification exists the respective scaffold contractor is to certify in writing the competency of his scaffolders in relation to the complexity of the scheme. (vii) Handover Certificate
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
121
A handover certificate is required upon completion of erection of every scaffold, signed by a competent person from the scaffold contractor who has inspected the scaffold. The scaffold should then be inspected by the Contractor / Sub Contractor’s Scaffold Controller & a copy of the handover certificate supplied to the Project Manager. (viii) Scaffold Register All scaffolds are to be inspected weekly by the Contractor/Sub Contractor’s Scaffold Controller & the results entered in a register. (ix) Mobile Access Scaffolds. Mobile access scaffolds are the cause of many accidents due to faulty erection & use. They also require weekly inspection & an entry made in the register. Copies of the manufacturer’s assembly instructions for prefabricated system must be held on site for reference.
1.12 Rubbish Removal (i) Objective To maintain a clean and safe site by good rubbish control (ii) Required Standard All rubbish is to be removed from site within 24 hours of it being created. As a Contractor / Sub contractor you are required to make positive arrangements & plans on how you are to remove rubbish to the waste containers / skips & agree these with Project Manager. Contractor/ Sub Contractors defaulting on rubbish removal arrangements will be charged with the cost of any alternative arrangements Project Manager make for the removal of the rubbish.
1.13 Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (i) Objective To protect your workforce from the short or long term health effects of working with substances hazardous to their health. (ii) Required Standard All Contractor/Sub Contractor are required to make an assessment of every substance they are to use on the project, determining its effect on health and where necessary provide information, training & protective equipment to their employees.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
122
1.14 Environmental Considerations (i) Objective You are required to be a “Good Neighbour” & conduct your works with a respect for the environment. (ii) Required Standard
- Ensure that effluent arising from the works is not harmful & does not cause deposits or contamination in drains or sewers.
- Keep roads & sidewalks clear of mud, debris, materials and the like. Co-operate with Project Manager, the Police & Local Authorities in this respect.
- Ensure that existing services are not damaged & are maintained in good order. - Take effective action to protect occupiers of adjacent buildings or land and the
general public from any danger, discomfort, disturbance, trespass or nuisance. This may require the provision of temporary screens, enclosures, restricted operating periods and notices.
- Reduce to an absolute minimum by control & physical means nuisance arising from dust.
- Control noise on site & comply with any noise constraint imposed by the local Authority. Minimize nose from plant by using effective silencers, shields or barriers as necessary. Correct maintenance reduces noise levels. Concrete breakers must be fitted with mufflers.
- Provide effective, secure, well lit & signed fencing, barriers or screens as needed for the proper execution of your works.
2.0 FIRE PREVENTION PLAN & GENERAL PROCEDURES
The Contractor / Sub Contractor shall allow for & shall be deemed to have allowed in the bid for the following matters, in addition to all other matter necessary in order to comply with the requirements of the Contractor/Sub Contract, and all current Health & Safety Legislation.
(ii) Fire Precautions
(a) No combustible site accommodation is allowed inside or within 10m of a building. Where units have to be used in these circumstances they must be of constructed of non-combustible materials and have a half hour fire rating inside to outside & outside to inside. Use non-combustible furniture where practical.
(b) Smoking will be banned on high risk & fit out contracts except in canteens.
(c) Plywood & chipboard may only be used as protection on floors only. Vertical protections are to be non-combustible. Debris netting & weather protection sheeting are to be fire retardant.
(d) Portable tungsten/halogen lamps are banned.(must be fixed)
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
123
(iii) Electricity
(a) Contractor/Sub Contractors employees must not work on or in proximity to energized circuits of any voltage unless adequate safety measures have been taken & the work operation has been reviewed & approved by Project Manager or its agent & a permit to work system established. Only authorized Contractor / Sub Contractor’s employees are allowed to work on or repair electrical equipment.
(b) All electrical installations must comply with the Institute of Electrical
Engineers current regulations dealing with onsite electrical installations.
(c) All Portable tools must be of 110V fitted with one incoming MCCB or RCCB. In case of high leakage current, incoming MCCB shall be provided with earth leakage relay (30mA sensitivity) and CBCT only after specific and prior approval from Project Manager. - All outgoing feeders shall have RCCB of 30mA sensitivity. - All sockets shall be of metal clad type fitted with 30 mA sensitivity RCCB. - All sockets shall have a earth pin connection (3P + E or 2P + E)
(d) When portable or semi-mobile equipment, operates at voltages in excess of
110V the supply must be protected by a Residual Current Device (RCD) regardless of any such device fitted on to the equipment. The RCD must have a tripping characteristic of 30 mA at 30 milliseconds.
(e) All site accommodation must be protected by RCD device, this includes boxes
to which connections are made for work on site.
(f) The site engineer or supervisor responsible for carrying out work at site shall obtain work permit from the Safety Manager to carryout hazardous work at site. Some of hazardous jobs are listed below:
Welding work Excavation Working at height Hoisting of equipment and structures to heights Working on live electrical panel or distribution board. Confined space
(g) All electrical work shall be carried out by electricians holding valid permits and licenses.
(h) Lamp holders on festoon lighting must be moulded to flexible cable and be of
the screw-in type. Clip on guards are to be fitted to each lamp unit.
(h)All tungsten - halogen lamps must be fitted with a glass guard to the element. These lamps
must be permanently fixed at high level.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
124
(iv) Oxygen / Acetylene / Fuel Gases
(a) Flash - back (Spark) arrestors and pressure gauges must be fitted to this equipment.
(b) Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG) cylinders must not be stored or left in areas below
ground level overnight.
(c) The quantity of Oxygen, Acetylene & Liquid Petroleum Gas Cylinders at the point of work shall be restricted to a maximum of 1 day’s supply.
(v) Cartridge Tools (a) Cartridge tools must not be used.
(vi) Temporary or Permanent installation of any form of Equipment
(Lifts / Escalators / Mechanical Service Aids)
(a) During installation & testing the Contractor/Sub Contractor’s engineer shall be in attendance.
(b) All control mechanism panel & wiring diagrams must be printed in the local
language and in English. All control mechanism, panel wiring diagrams must be supplied to Project Manager at or prior to installation.
(c) All escalators (including safety notices) shall be designed & installed in
accordance with BS 2655 Part 4, 1969 or the equivalent India’s design standard.
(vii) Design & Inspection requirements for Temporary Works & Scaffolding
(a) No aluminum tube shall be used, except for proprietary mobile towers, unless
otherwise agreed with Project Manager’s Temporary Works & Scaffold Co-coordinators.
(b) Drawings & calculations must be submitted to Project Manager’s co-
coordinator, prior to commencement on site of the Contractor/Sub Contract Works, for all Temporary Works, Excavations, Tower Crane & Hoist Installation and all Scaffolds (Other than Birdcage & Independent Tied scaffolds). Design shall conform to BS 5975:1982 & BS 5973:1981 or the equivalent India standards respectively.
(a) Concrete works design shall conform to BS 8110:1985 or the equivalent India
Standard. Scaffold loadings shall conform to BS 5973:1981 table 1 or the equivalent India standard. Regularly used scaffold access will, however, be designed for an imposed load of 1.5kN/m2.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
125
(viii) Temporary Works & Scaffolding continued
(a) Project Manager will not approve temporary work or scaffold designs but the Contractor/Sub Contractor shall take account of any comment on such designs made by Project Manager or its agent.
(b) The Contractor/Sub Contractor shall inspect & approve all Temporary Works,
False-work & Scaffolds after erection & before access or loading is allowed. Completed & approved Temporary Works, False-work & Scaffolds must be tagged with a Scafftag or similar safety system & the ‘Safe Structure’ insert displayed. One tag is required per 32 m2 face area, together with a central record system & weekly inspections made thereafter.
(ix) Mobile Scaffold Towers
(a) All method Statement must be presented detailing the demolition procedures / techniques to be used which shall be agreed with Project Manager prior to commencement of work on site. Additionally, all towers are to be erected complete with access ladder, safety rails & kick boards whatever the height.
(x) Demolition
(a) A method statement must be presented detailing the demolition procedures/techniques to be used which shall be agreed with Project Manager prior to commencement of work on site. Additionally, where manual / piecemeal demolition is required a safe working platform is to be provided.
(xi) Roofing & Sheet Material Laying
(a) A Method Statement must be presented detailing the procedures to be adopted which shall be agreed with Project Manager prior to commencement of work on site. Additionally, Mobile Elevation Work Platforms or the equivalent are to be used to install roofing and sheet materials wherever practicable & a suitable base is available. The Contractor/Sub Contractor shall ascertain, before the date of tender, the nature of the base available.
(xii) Erection of Structures
(a) A Method Statement must be presented detailing the procedures to be adopted
which shall be agreed with Project Manager prior to commencement of work on site.
(b) Safety Harnesses & Lines shall be provided by the Contractor/Sub
Contractor for use by the erection team who must wear & use them.
(c) Additionally, Mobile Elevating Work Platforms or the equivalent are to be used to erect structures wherever practicable & a suitable base is available. The Contractor/Sub Contractor shall ascertain before the date of tender the nature of the base available.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
126
(xiii) Cranes - Safe Erection/Operation
(a) Safety harnesses will be worn & used at all times by personnel engaged on the erection/alteration/dismantling of tower cranes.
(b) A copy of the current Test Certificate is to be submitted to Project Manager
before any crane (tower or mobile) is brought into operation on the site.
(c) The maximum working hours of a crane driver or banksman is to be restricted to 72 hours per week.
(d) All crane drivers based on this project must hold a Construction License /
Certificate of Training Achievement for the class of crane operated. If no comparable local training standard exists, the contractor/sub-contractor supplying the crane is required to certify, in writing, the driver/operator competency. All banksman/slingers on this project must hold a training certificate. If no such certification schemes exist, the Contractor/Sub Contractor employing the banksman/slinger is to certify, in writing, competency.
(e) Only certified slinger/ banksman may sling loads or guide crane / load
movement.
(f) All lifting tackle must hold a current test certificate. On this project all lifting tackle must be thoroughly examined every 6 months & a statuary inspection report raised. If no comparable local requirement exists, the Contractor/Sub Contractor’s crane operator is required to certify, in writing, the satisfactory condition of the lifting tackle. The Contractor/Sub Contractor is to be responsible for the management & maintenance of lifting tackle.
(g) All fibrous/web slings MUST be destroyed & replaced 6 months after first used.
(xiv) Hoists
(a) A copy of the current test certificate is to be submitted to Project Manager before any hoist (personnel or material) is brought into operation on the site. Where the range of travel is increased or reduced a copy of the revised test certificate is to be so submitted.
(b) Each landing gate must be fitted with a mechanical or electrical
interlock to prevent movement of the hoist when any such gate is in the open position..
(c) Safety harnesses will be worn & used by personnel erecting / altering /
dismantling hoists.
(xv) Suspended Cradles
(a) Suspended cradles may only be installed / moved / dismantled by a specialist contractor.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
127
(b) For this project suspended cradles must comply with BS 5974:1982 & for powered units BS 6037:1981 or equivalent Indian standard.
(c) All powered suspended cradles must incorporate independent safety lines to
over speed breaking devices & independent suspension lines for personal safety harness attachment.
(xvi) Asbestos – Strictly Prohibited
(xvii) Laser Survey Instruments
(a) Laser Instruments of class 3B & 4 are prohibited from use on the project.
Where laser instruments of class 3A are used a Competent Person must have received safety training & have been appointed Laser Safety Supervisor by the Contractor/Sub Contractor.
(xviii) Materials Guards
(a) All scaffolds used for storing materials, for brick or block laying, for access to
formwork or for any other purpose where materials may accidentally fall are to be provided with wire mesh guard or guards of a substantial material by the Contractor/Sub Contractor, in addition to the kick board.
(xix) Safety Helmets
(a) Project Manager operate & enforce a policy of wearing of Safety helmets on any
site where there is any danger of head injury. The Contractor/Sub Contractor shall assume that this policy is applicable unless notice to the contrary is received from Project Manager. All operators to have suitable / adequate safety protection issued by contractor for all operations.
(xx) Footwear Eyewear, Safety Belts & Harnesses
(a) Project Manager enforce a policy that sensible footwear must be worn at all times. Steel toe-cap footwear should be used where there is a foreseeable rise of injury. Protective eyewear must be provided and worn where necessary. Safety belts and harnesses should be used in accordance with client and Project Manager Safety requirements. The contractor / sub-contractor is to ensure that all his employees conform to this policy.
(xxi) Consumption of Alcohol & Drugs
(a) Project Manager operate & enforce a total prohibition upon the consumption of alcohol & drugs (other than those required for medical purposes) on the site. This will include the exclusion or removal from the site any person believed to have consumed alcohol or non-medicinal dragons.
(xxii) Workplace Safety Inspections
(a) Contractor/Sub Contractors are required to make regular safety inspections of
their workplace. This is to involve every line manager from Project Manager to
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
128
Foreman taking 1 hour every week to make such inspections of his/her areas of responsibility & CORRECTING unsafe situations observed.
(xxiii) Noise
(a) Project Manager operate & enforce policy of noise reduction. All Contractor/Sub Contractors are required to adopt this policy. Prior to the use of any plant or the commencement of any noisy work on the site the Contractor/Sub Contractor is required to submit a noise assessment & complete the Project Manager Noise Control Checklist. These are to be agreed with the Project Manager appointed Environmental Cosordinator.
(xxiv) Environmental Protection
(a) Contractor/Sub Contractors must conform to Project Manager Environmental
Policy & comply with the requirements of its aims regarding good Neighbor Policy, Pollution Control.
(xxv) Safety Policy
(a) Contractor/Sub Contractors are required to provide the name of the person
responsible for safety on the site, their site safety supervisor & their safety officer all of whom are essential appointments. Contractor/Sub Contractors’ Safety Officers are to agree with Project Manager a frequency of visits & Safety inspections.
(xxvi) Safe System of Work & Method Statement
(a) Contract/ Sub Contractors are required to present & agree safe systems of
work & method statement with Project Manager prior to commencement of works on site.
(xxvii) Compliance of all Health and Safety Regulation
It is a term of contract that the contractor his employees and any sub-contractor appointed shall:
(a) Whilst on site premises comply with all health and safety legislation and health
and safety regulations in force from time to time; and
(b) Ensure that all equipment and tools brought on to the premises will be in a safe condition, have recently been checked and that all personnel using the equipment and tools have been trained in their safe operation; and
(c) Ensure that training has been given in the safe operation of the work to be
carried out on the premises.
(xxviii) Contravention of Safety Legislation
(a) The Contractor/Sub Contractor is advised that PM’s Project Management, Supervision, WILL stop the Contractor/Sub Contract works if there is, or there is likely to be a contravention of the requirements of current health & safety legislation. Failure to correct any sub-standard act or condition will entitle
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
129
Project Manager to make alternative arrangements & allow the client to deduct any associated cost from the contract sum.
Environmental Policy Furniture Procurement Policy. Regards to the purchase of office furniture and/or modular office furniture systems. This policy states the procurement or acquisition of goods and/or services that have a reduced effect/impact on environmental factors when compared with that of equal goods or competing services shall be given preferable consideration. Any and all evaluations of said goods and or services will take into consideration production, manufacturing, maintenance, waste disposal, energy efficiency, materials acquisition, packaging, performance, cost and the needs of the end user. This policy will apply to all acquisitions of furniture and modular furniture for the headquarters campus and all other satellite offices. It is Client’s policy to: • Weigh environmental factors as early as possible during the planning and decision making process • Make readily available and share research data and documentation gathered during the exploratory acquisition phase to all personnel involved in purchasing • Purchase products that minimize environmental impact, toxins. pollutants, to the greatest extent possible keeping with availability, price and safety concerns • Whenever possible, purchase products that include recycled content, conserve energy, reduce greenhouse gas emissions, are unbleached and/or non-chlorine during manufacture, are lead and mercury free, and use only wood from sustainable harvested sources Benefits gained from this policy, self-evident but listed here for emphasis, include: • Minimization of environmental impact and energy usage • Reduction of toxins in the workplace • Reduction of materials dumped in landfill • Increased awareness of Green purchasing options and environmental concerns through the discovery and information sharing process • Increased productivity A) Extant Inventories Reuse The Facilities staff in conjunction with the Purchasing Authority is encouraged to suggest that the Initiating Requestor first consider checking existing surplus before placing a purchase order for a new item. A.1) Remanufactured/Recycled Content Products
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
130
Preference will be given to products featuring recycled content whenever available and economically feasible. Use of recycled wood products, wood cellulose or plastic will be opted in all applicable circumstances regarding furniture or modular furniture systems. Other environmental impacts shall also be given consideration including indoor air quality. A.2) Wood/Timber/Forestry Practices In all possible cases, we will acquire wood and wood products originating from Contractors harvesting in an environmentally sustainable manner. When possible and available, preference will be given to wood and wood products certified by a performance based third party certification systems.
Construction/Build-Out Environmental Policy Contractor will take every step possible to integrate sustainable and Green Building practices for current projects in facility renovation, new construction. Systems policy, construction, remodeling, renovation, and repair developments will be designed with consideration for compliance with all applicable energy codes and regulations. Sustainable design features in the specifications and project planning stages shall be considered along with the budgetary constraints of each retro /new development project. The goal shall be consideration of a sustainable, durable design to achieve a low life cycle cost. Client’s objective shall be to implement the sustainable building model in a cost effective manner while minimizing our environmental footprint. The project planning process will measure environmental performance, identify economic concerns, costs savings, and use an extended life cycle costing approach to determine actual value. Client encourages the usage of materials and systems with reduced environmental Impacts. Preferred consideration shall be given to materials and methods with recycled content and extended life cycles. Considerations will include energy required in manufacturing, energy efficiency, maintenance and replacement costs.
Schedule of Fines / Charges for violations of rules and regulations.
This schedule of fines / charges would be applicable to Contractors who / whose subcontractors / Contractors are in breach of the Client’s Site Safety, Site Safety Cycle and Environmental Rules and Regulations No. Nature of Offence Charge / fine amount 1. Smoking in the premises and/or
consumption of alcohol and/or use of illegal substances.
Rs. 5,000 + Immediate suspension of all labor indulging in such activities
2. Burning of waste or smouldering of combustible materials on site other than for heat treatment processes required for the execution of the Sub Contract works.
Rs. 2,000
3. Failure to wear personal protective equipment (P.P.E.) e.g. Safety helmets, safety boots, goggles etc. respirator, ear
Rs. 500 per worker when lack of
enforcement of the usage of P.P.E. by the
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
131
plugs, safety belts which shall include failure to anchor belt to a secure structure.
Subcontractor is observed by the Client.
OR Rs. 1,000 where issuance of the
required P.P.E. by the Subcontractor
equipment is not carried out.
4. Failure to attend general safety induction course conducted by the Client / the Client.
Rs. 300 per worker for not attending the
course and workers to attend course
within 2 working days or be dismissed.
5. Failure to attend a notified site safety meeting.
Rs. 2,000
7. Failure to submit a written report for an accident and/or other dangerous occurrence, to the Client within 24 hours of its occurrence.
Rs. 2,000
8. Failure to carry out within the specified time the necessary improvement action against any notified safety violation.
Rs. 5,000
9. Damage to or misuse of the Client’s property.
Rs. 2,000 and payment by Contractor for
the cost of items damaged.
10. Failure to maintain work area, facility storage and preparation yard, office premises and workers changing and rest area in a clean and orderly state and free from health and fire hazards.
Rs. 2,000 and the Contractor shall clean
up the disorderly and untidy areas
within 1 day.
11. Obstruction of passageways, entrances, doorways, stairs, access to firefighting equipment etc. and/or the erection unsafe accesses and crossings.
Rs. 2,000
12. Failure to provide Site Safety Supervisor/Representative as per the requirement of the latest ordinance.
Rs. 2,000
13. Using defective or uncertified slings for lifting operations.
Rs. 5,000
14. Executing unsafe hoisting of materials and include unsafe use of lifting appliances.
Rs. 5,000
15. Erecting and/or using unsafe or unstable, scaffolds, working platforms and temporary structures.
Rs. 5,000
16. Failure to provide and use proper working platforms and safe means of access to the work place, where work is required to be carried beyond a person’s normal reach.
Rs. 5,000.00 and the worker to be
immediately banned from the site if an
individual receives 2 violations.
17. Allowing workers to occupy or work on unguarded elevated platforms, floor edges and without adopting adequate safety
Rs. 7,000.00
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
132
measures against the risk of a person falling from height.
18. Not providing safety barricades/barriers to hazardous floor edge openings, gaps and shafts.
Rs. 7,000
19. Rendering scaffold or working platform unsafe by tampering/alternation.
Rs. 5,000 and all rectification costs to be
borne by the contractor.
20. Placing of heavy items unsafely on scaffold or working platform.
Rs. 2,000
21. Throwing or allowing objects to drop from heights.
Rs. 7,000 and workers to be
immediately banned from the site.
22. Stacking or leaving materials including work in progress articles and tools in unstable condition and or along floor edges such they are likely to endanger workers.
Rs. 7,000
23. Failure to effectively cordon off guard and warn other workers from entering into the danger areas when they are likely to be affected by falling materials from the Sub Contract Work.
Rs. 7,000
24. Violating the permit to work system for example, but not limited to Failure to comply to Look out procedures, Confined space entry permits, Other hazardous work e.g. hot work
Rs. 5,000 and workers to be
immediately banned from the site.
25. Dismantling and rendering any safety guards or protective features of any part of a machine or any part of a building structure to the extent that such guards and protective features are not operational or are incapable of providing the necessary protection for its design and purpose.
Rs. 7,000
26. Adopting unsafe tapping, connections, termination of electrical lines and including the use of defective electrical fittings, power cables and electrical tools. Allowing cables / equipment to be submerged in water.
Rs. 2,000
27. Using any defective or unsafe equipment. Rs. 2,000
28. Unauthorized use of fire equipment provided for emergency purposes.
Rs. 2,000
29. Failure to comply with an order issued by the Client’s Construction manager, site agent, site safety supervisor safety officer and environmental officers in regard to safety/environmental matters.
Up to Rs. 7,000
30. Threatening safety / personnel Rs. 1,00,000 fine worker to be banned
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
133
misbehavior, fighting or intentional causing hurt to others.
from the site and a report will be made
to the police.
31. Other safety/environmental violations which are in breach of safety or environmental ordinances and regulations.
Rs. 1,000
32. Failure to wear safety harness and anchor to a secure structure, whilst working on a gondola.
Rs. 7,000 and worker to be banned from
site immediately.
33. Tampering with the safety features of a gondola / winches ./ scaffolding
Rs. 7,000 and worker to be banned from
site immediately.
34. Access and egress to gondola other than at a designated landing.
Rs. 7,000 and worker to be banned from
site immediately.
35. Failure to provide valid certificates for lifting appliances and accessories including any lifting appliances / accessories on vehicles delivering goods to the site, or for plant being used on site.
Rs. 5,000
36. Failure to provide voltage-reducing devices on welding machines.
Rs. 2,000
37. Obstruction of passageways, entrances, doorways, stairs, access to firefighting equipment etc. and/or the erection unsafe accesses and crossings.
Rs. 2,000
38. Failure to attend the Morning Site Assembly Meetings.
Rs. 500
39. Failure to tidy up the Sub contract works after each day work
Rs. 1,200
40. Failure to attend the Site Safety Walk Rs. 1,000
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
134
SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
1- The items and rates given by the contractor/bidder for finished items of
work covering all materials, required labour, wastage, temporary work,
tools, plants, overhead charges, lead and lifts, transportation, cleaning of
obstacles if any, required to complete the work unless otherwise specified.
2- The contractor/Executing Agency should have “A” class electrical
contractor’s valid license from M.P. Electrical Licensing Board, Govt. of
M.P., and registered in appropriate category of M.P. departments as per
N.I.T. conditions, unless otherwise specified.
3- The layout plan for External electrification shall be got approved from
concerning MPPKVVCo.Ltd & MPSEB. Authorities.
4- All materials will be confirming to relevant IS specifications wherever they
exist.
All materials, fitting appliances etc. used in installation work shall be as per
approved list of Tender Document.
5- The contractor will be responsible for submitting the guarantee certificates
for a period of 24 months from the date of charging, and handing over of
installation to the MPPKVVCo.Ltd for Transformer,Circuit breaker and
other equipment and accessories.
6- The contractor shall submit the bill of purchase of materials, Test Certificate
etc. and Excise gate passes (wherever required) before making payment.
7- The contractor shall be responsible for arranging inspections of authorities of
Electricity Board( MPPKVVCo.Ltd), Electrical Licensing Board and other
local bodies, getting Approval & supervision of installation from them .
8- Contractor is fully responsible for Submit the required documents & fee to
MP Electrical Licensing Board for Receiving of charging certificate of
Transformer & Lines etc& Submit to MPPKVVCo.Ltd .for charging of
Transformer & Lines.
9- The contractor will be responsible for handing over of full Installation ( x-
mar/Lines etc) to MPPKVVCo.Ltd & Handing over submit to No final
payment will be made till the same recived .
10- The contractor will be responsible for taking shutdown required from
MPPKVVCo.Ltd for execution of work and commissioning of work at
his own risk & cost.
11- The rate quoted shall be deemed to be inclusive of all taxes, duties including
service tax if any.
12- Income Tax, Labor Welfare, and any other cess taxes etc. shall be deducted
from the bill of contractors as per rules.
13- The contractor shall make his own arrangements of water supply, site office,
store and electricity at site for execution of work.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
135
14- The contractor will be responsible to send & deposit Old dismantled material
of Line etc to nearer MPPKVVCo.Ltd area store & get receipt on his
own cast. & submit the material submission receipt to Corporation.
15- No any other charges will be paid to contractor for layout, drawing,
inspections, charging certificates,, handing over etc.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
136
SECTION 4
BILL OF QUANTITIES (BOQ)
General Description of work: CONSTRUCTION OF OFFICE BUILDING AND
COMMERCIAL COMPLEX OF MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION AT
INDORE
Probable Amount of Contract: .
S. No.
Particulars of Item of Work
Quantity Unit Rate Amount (in figure)
Amount (in words)
Remarks
I II III IV V VI VII VIII 1.
2.
3.
4.
5. AS PER APPENDIX ATTACHED
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Total Amount (Rs. In Figure)
Total Amount (Rs. In Words) Rs
.
Managing Director
MADHYA PRADESH FINANCIAL CORPORATION Indore
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
137
SECTION 5
AGREEMENT FORM AGREEMENT
This agreement, made on the _________________ day of ________________ Between ___________________ (name and address of Employer) (hereinafter called " the Employer)
and____________________________________ (name and address of contractor) hereinafter called "the
Contractor" of the other part.
Whereas the Employer is desirous that the Contractor execute
________________________________________________________________ (name and identification number of Contract) (hereinafter called "the Works") and the Employer has accepted the Bid by the Contractor for the execution and completion of such Works and the remedying of any defects therein, at a cost of Rs._________ ______________________________________________________________ NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSED as follows:
1. In this Agreement, words and expression shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the conditions of contract hereinafter referred to and they shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement.
2. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as hereinafter mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute and complete the Works and remedy any defects therein in conformity in all aspects with the provisions of the contract.
3. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying the defects wherein Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.
4. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be ready and construed as part of this
Agreement viz.
i. Notice Inviting Tender with all amendments. ii. Letter of Acceptance iii. Contractor's Bid iv. Condition of Contract: General with all annexures and Special with all annexures v. Contract Data vi. Bid Data vii. Drawings viii. Bill of Quantities, Specifications, Approved list of Make/Materials and ix. Any other documents listed in the Contract Data as forming part of the Contract.
In witnessed whereof the parties there to have caused this Agreement to be executed the day
and year first before written.
The Common Seal of ____________________________________________ was hereunto affixed in the presence of: Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the said ____________________________ _________________________________________________________________ in the presence of: Binding Signature of Employer _________________________________________
Binding Signature of Contractor _________________________________________54
54
Section 5 – Agreement Form
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
138
SECTION 6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications for Building Work 1.0 PREAMBLE 1.1. The Provisions contained herein shall be read in conjunction with the other Bidding
Documents. 1.1.1. General
The Specifications covering the materials and the workmanship aspects as well as method of measurements and payments are included in this section. These specifications cover the items of civil and non-civil works coming under scope of this document. All work shall be carried out in conformity with the same. These specifications are not intended to cover the minute details. The works shall be executed in accordance with good practices followed for achieving high standards of workmanship, thus ensuring safety and durability of the construction. All codes and standards referred to in these specifications shall be the latest thereof, unless otherwise stated.
Work shall be executed in accordance with the CPWD specifications, MP PWD specifications and I.S.I. specification enforce at the time of execution of work. In case of any contrast in the provision of the schedule of items and the aforesaid specification, the provision in the schedule of items shall take precedence. The decision of Enigineer in charge and PMC shall be final and binding on the Contractor in matter of dispute.
1.1.2. Inclusive Documents
The provisions of special conditions of contract, those specified elsewhere in the tender document, as well as execution drawings and notes, or other specifications issued in writing by the EIC and consultant shall form part of the of this project.
1.1.3. The attention of the contractor is drawn to those clauses of codes which require supporting
specification either by the EIC and consultant or by „Mutual agreement between the supplier and purchaser‟. In such cases, it is the responsibility of the bidder / contractor to seek clarification on any uncertainty and obtain prior approval of the EIC and consultant in consultation with MPFC before taking up the supply/construction. In absence of such prior clarification, the EIC and Architect choice/design will be final and binding on the contractor without involving separately any additional payment.
1.1.4. Defective Works
All defective works are liable to be demolished, rebuilt and defective materials replaced by the contractor at his own cost. In the event of such works being accepted by carrying out repairs etc., as specified by the EIC and Architect, the cost of repairs will be borne by the contractor.
In the event of the work being accepted by a given „Design Concession‟ arising out of but not limited by a given under sizing, under strength, shift in location and alignment etc., and accepting design stress in members which are higher than those provided for in the original design or by accepting materials not fully meeting the specifications etc., the bidder will be paid for the works actually carried out by him at suitably reduced rate of the tender rates for the portion of the work thus accepted.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
139
1.2. SITE INFORMATION 1.2.1. The information given hereunder and provided elsewhere in these documents is given in
good faith by the „Employer but the Contractor shall satisfy himself regarding all aspects of
site conditions and no claim will be entertained on the plea that the information supplied by
the Employer is erroneous or Insufficient. 1.3 FOR CIVIL WORKS
All works shall be carried out in accordance with latest CPWD Specifications with up to
date correction slips wherever applicable unless and otherwise specified. 1.4 Materials
1.4.1 Water: Water use shall be clean and free from injurious quantities of alkalis acids, oils,
salts, sugar, organic materials, vegetable growth, or other substances that may be
deleterious to civil work. The PH value of water shall be less than 6. The IDA does not
guarantee the supply of water. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for supply
of water. In case the IDA agrees to supply, the contractor shall pay the cost of water at the
rates fixed by the IDA. 1.4.2 Earth:
For filling and terracing shall be free from all rubbish organic or vegetable growth including
roots, weeds etc. All clods shall be first broken down. 1.4.3 Sand:
Sand shall be clean Narmada sand of approved quality from Nemawar and Tawa Region
and free from Salt, earth, dust or other impurities. If required by the EIC and consultant it
shall be washed with clean water nothing extra shall be paid for washing and not more than
5% of fine materials will be allowed, as tested by settlement in water and passing through
10,000 mesh sieve 1.4.4 Portland Cement:
Cement shall comply with the Indian standard specification and shall be of Indian or other
make to be approved by the Engineer In charge and consultant. When stored in bag those
shall be raised 300 mm above ground and stacked in rows of 10 bags high 0.6 m. clear
from the walls. 1.4.5 Cement Mortar:
Cement mortar shall be of proportions specified for each type of work in the schedule. It
shall be composed of Portland cement and sand. The ingredients shall be accurately
gauged by measure and shall be well and evenly mixed together in a mechanical pan
mixer, care being taken not to add more water than is required. No mortar that has begun
to set shall be used. River sand shall be used unless otherwise specified.
If hand mixing is allowed, then it shall be done in brick tanks. The gauged materials shall
be pout in the tank and mixed dry. Water will then be added and the whole mixed again
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
140
until it is homogenous and of uniform colour. Not more than one bag of cement shall be
mixed at onetime and which can be consumed within half hour of its mixing. 1.4.6 Aggregates (See also specification for RCC work) Aggregate shall be cone crushed from hard B.T. stone to size as specified under items of
work. In general 40mm maximum gauge aggregate shall be used for mass concrete in
foundations and 20mm and down gauge, graded aggregate broken from approved quality
of stone for R.C.C. work. Grading of Aggregate:
40mm gauge: The grading shall be such that not more than 5% shall exceed 40mm and
not less than 25% smaller than 20mm. No piece shall in any case be larger than 45mm. It
shall be screened free from dust or other foreign materials. Metal should be machine
graded.
20mm nominal gauge: It shall be as given in R.C.C. specifications. If proper gauge of
aggregate is not being obtained sieving may be insisted upon in which case the contractor
shall supply necessary sieves and labour at his own cost. 1.4.7 Bricks:
Bricks shall be First class Chimney bricks or of quality approved by the Engineer-in-Charge
and consultant free from grit and other impurities, such as lime, iron and other deleterious
salts, well burnt, copper colored, sounds, hard, square with sharp edges and shall give
ringing sound when struck with a mallet. They shall be of uniform size, no brick after 24
hours immersion in water shall absorb more than 20% of its weight. Bricks used shall be
best available local bricks (Average crushing strength shall not be less than 35 kg/sq. cm.
when thoroughly soaked). 1.4.8 Scaffolding:
Scaffolding shall consist of Steel scaffolding, props, trusses and necessary plates. All the
scaffolding members before installation shall be checked for their strength and stiffness
and tied up properly, if available, may also be used. Where scaffolding is necessary it shall
be erected on double supports. Holes shall not be made in wall for support. Planks shall be
fixed and tied together. In case of finishing work such as plastering painting and
distempering no part of the scaffolding should touch the structure. Where ladders are used
gunny bags shall be tied up at the ends to prevent any damage to work by sliding or
tripping. 1.4.9 HCR-TMT Reinforcement Bars
High corrosion resistant Thermo Mechanically Tested (TMT) hot rolled deformed bars
(steel reinforcement). 1.4.10 Glass:
Sheet or plate Glass shall be approved Indian make (Modi Guard/ Saint Gobain/ Asahi) of
thickness as stated in the schedule of quantities and visually clear when viscid from any
direction. It shall be free from bubbles, waves and all other defects.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
141
2.0 Earth Work in Excavation and back Filling: Excavation:
The foundation trenches or pits or area below floors be dug to the dimensions shown on
drawings and to a depth which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge a stratum of good
hard soil is met with. Excavation for basements or large areas will be similarly carried out.
The excavation shall be carefully carried out to the levels, shapes and dimensions as
shown or figured on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer In charge. The excavated
material shall be stacked at a sufficient distance or as directed by Engineer In charge away
from the edge of the Excavation so as not to damage tit. Should any of the excavation be
taken down below the proper levels, the contractor shall fill in such excavation at him own
expense with base concrete well rammed imposition until it is brought up to the proper
level; filling in with excavated materials will not be allowed for this purpose. Back Filling:
Back filling in side of trenches pits and basement or below floors or over raft foundation
shall be done with approved soil obtained from excavation in not more than 15 cms
(Compacted) layers. Each layer shall be flooded with water and rammed hard before
adding the next layer. Such filling shall be brought up to levels as directed without extra
charge and shall form part of the item of excavation unless taken separately in the
schedule. Timbering of trenches:
When the trenches are to be taken deep the sides of the trenches shall be protected by
creating timber shoring and strutting. The timbering shall be close or open depending on
the nature of the soil and work. The arrangement of timbering size and spacing of
members shall be as directed by the Engineer-In-charge. Nothing extra on this account
shall be admissible unless otherwise taken separately in the schedule. Trimming and leveling:
The bottom of all excavations should be trimmed and leveled in accordance with the
drawings. Bottoms of the trenches, pits or basement shall be rammed and watered before
concrete is deposited. Classification of soil:
All soils shall be taken as ordinary soil unless hard rock, soft rock or old masonry or
concrete sand which requires special treatment for the purpose of excavation are met with,
when an additional item shall be formed. 2.1 Measurement:
Excavation in trenches, basements, pits and under floors shall be the products of the exact
length and width of the lowest step of the footings according to the drawing or the
instructions of the Engineer In charge and the depth measured vertically. Where the
ground is not level average depth shall be taken.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
142
For basements and large areas the Engineer In charge at his discretion may allow for
additional excavation to facilitate plaster or other finish to the basement walls and take into
consideration the nature slope of the soil. Nothing extra will be allowed for pumping of
bailing out water or for shoring, timbering and shrugging unless otherwise stated in the
schedule.
Surplus quantity of excavated soil which requires to the disposed off shall be arrived at by
calculation i.e. total quantity in excavation less quantity used for back filling less quality
filled under floors, and less any other disposal done within project area.
Filling below floors or over raft foundation with earth or sand other than obtained
from excavation:
This shall be done with good hard murrum or sand of non expansive nature obtained from
outside the site in 15 cm (Compacted) layers, each layer being watered and thoroughly
rammed. It shall include purchase of hard murrum, its cartage from outside (non within the
site), screening if necessary and filling etc. Further flooding with water shall be done by
making barbs and keeping pools full of water. Measurement: In cubic meter of actual work
done of the consolidated earth or sand. 2.2 Cement Concrete (Plain and Reinforced) (See also RCC specifications) 2.2.1 Mixing:
All proportions shall be by Weight/volume as specified except cement which shall be
proportioned by weight unless otherwise specified. Mixing shall be done in RMC
Plant/mechanical mixer of 1 bag capacity with hopper arrangement as per specifications of
reinforced concrete work. However, in special cases hand mixing may be allowed by
Engineer In charge when the following procedure shall be adopted. The several materials
shall be accurately gauged in boxes and thoroughly mixed on a water-tight platform in
boxes and thoroughly mixed on a water tight platform of adequate size, by being turned
over at least thrice dry till the colour is uniform and then twice wet. Water shall be added
gradually and no more than necessary to sufficiently wet the materials, only that much
concrete shall be mixed which can be used within half an hour. Each stack shall however
not be larger than consuming one bag of cement. All such stacks shall be placed distract
from each other.
In case hand mixing is allowed the contractor shall put in 10% more cement than specified
without extra charges. 3.0 Specification of Anti – Termite Treatment 3.1 Chemicals
The chemicals used for the soil treatment shall be the following:
The concentration shown against in aqueous emulsion: Chemicals Concentration
Chloropyritos 20 EC or 1.0% (by weight)
Other chemical as approved by govt. brand
subject to approval of EIC/Architect.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
143
3.2 Treatment of Column Pits. Wall Trenches and Basement Excavation:
The bottom surface and side (upto a height of 30 cm from the bottom) of the excavations
made for column pits, trenches and basements shall be treated with the chemical emulsion
mentioned at 5 liters per sq.mt. of surface area. 3.3 Treatment to Backfill Earth:
After the column foundations, wall foundation, and retaining wall of the basement comes
backfilling. Backfill in immediate Contact with the foundation structure shall be treated with
the chemical emulsion at the rate of 15 liters/m2 of the vertical face of the sub-structure for
each side. The earth is usually returned in layers and each treatment emulsion shall, be
directed towards the concrete or masonry surfaces of the columns and wails so that the
earth in Contract with these surfaces is well treated with the chemical. 3.4 Treatment to R.C.C. Framed Structures
The treatment described in 2.13.2 and 2.13.3 above applied essentially to masonry
foundations where there are voids the voids in the joint through which termites can seek
entry in to the superstructure. Hence, the foundations require to be completely enveloped
by a chemical barrier. In the case of R.C.C. framed structures with columns and plinth
beams and R.C.C. basements the Concrete mix is rich and dense (being 1:2:4 or M-.150 or
richer). It is unnecessary to start the treatment from the bottom of excavations for start at a
depth of 50 cm. below ground level. From this depth, the backfill around the columns,
beans and R.C.C. basement walls shall be treated at the rate of 15 liters/m2 of the verticals
surface. The other details of the treatment shall be as laid down in 3 above. 3.5 Treatment of Top Surfaces of Plinth Filling :
After the earth filling is completed within the plinth area and before the dry rubble packing
or sub grade is treated with chemical emulsion at 5 liters per sq.mtr. light Roding of the
surface maybe carried out to facilitate proper absorption of the emulsion. 3.5.1 Treatment of Upper Floors :
Special care shall be taken to establish continuity of the vertical barrier on inner wall
surfaces from the ground level (where it had stopped with the treatment described in 2.13.3
above) up to the level of the filled earth surface. To achieve this a small channel 3 x 3 cm.
shall be made at all the junction of wall and columns with the floor (before laying the sub
grade) rod holes made in the channel up to the ground level 15 cm. apart and the chemical
emulsion poured along the channel at the rate of 15 liters per linear meter so as soak the
soil right to the bottom. The soil should be tamped back in to place after this operation. 3.5.2 Treatment at Junction of Walls and Floor :
Special care shall be taken to establish continuity of the vertical barrier on inner wall
surface from the ground level (where it had stopped with the treatment described in 1.13.3
above) up to the level of the filled earth surface. To achieve this, a small channel 3 x 3 cm.
shall be made at all the junctions of wall and rod holes made in the channel up to the
ground level 15 cm. apart and the rod moved backward and forward to break-up the earth
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
144
and chemical emulsion poured along the channel at the rate of 15 liters per linear meter so
as to soak the soil right to the bottom. The soil should be tempted back in to place after this
operation. 3.5.3 Treatment to Soil along External Perimeter of Building:
Finally the earth around the external perimeter of the building up to a depth of 30 cm. shall
be treated at the rate of 4.5 liters per running meter of the plinth wall to facilitate this
treatment solid MS. Rods should be driven into the soil as close as possible to the plinth
wall at intervals of 15 cm. and up to a depth of 30 kcm, land the rods move backwards and
forward in a direction parallel to the wall to break up the earth so that the chemical
emulsion mixes intimately with the soil. 3.5.4 Treatment of Soil Surrounding Pipes, Wastes and Conduits
When pipes wastes and conduits enter the soil inside the area of the foundation, the soil
surrounding the point of entry must be loosened around each such pipe, waste or conduit
for a distance of 15 cm. and up to a depth of 7.5 cm. before treatment is commenced.
When they enter the soil external to the foundation, they shall be similarly treated unless
they stand clear of the walls of the building by about 7.5 cm. for a distance of over 30 cm. 3.5.5 Treatment to Timber in Superstructure:
Wood work including glazed T.W. windows, commercial flush door with frame shall be
treated before installation with an oil based preservative made up as follows :-
Endosulfan 35% EC 5 Liter
Or
Other chemical as approved by Govt., brand
subject to approval of EIC/Architect.
Kerosene 95 Liter
Total 100 Liter
All timber and commercial flush doors including frame to be used in the work shall be
impregnated in brush painting with one of the oil based preservative, on the basis of which
the contractor has quoted his rates, before it is fixed in position by the building Contractor
in order to ensure complete penetration of the insecticide. 3.5.6 Spraying Equipment:
A pressure pump shall used to carry out spraying operations to facilitate proper penetration
of chemical in to the earth.
3.5.7 Measurement:
The rate quoted by the Contractor for the item in the schedule of quantities for treatment to
foundations and plinth and super-structure shall include for all items specified above and
to. Guarantee shall be for the entire building. Payment shall, however, be made on the
Measurements of plinth area (horizontal plane i.e. area covered) by the outer lines of the
external walls irrespective of the depth of foundations excluding areas open to sky.
3.5.8 The above specifications are in line with the I.S. code of practice for anti-termite
measures in building. I.S. 16313 (part –II) 1971.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
145
4.0 Specifications for Reinforced Concrete Work General Definitions: Specified means specified in the specification in any standards, codes, similar
document mentioned herein. „I.S.‟ shall mean a standard specification issued by the Indian
Standard Institution. „Approved‟ shall mean approved in writing by the Architects or their
authorized representative or the Engineer-in-charge. All R.C.C work shall be carried out in strict accordance with this specification and I.S.
specifications and the working drawings and other details of the Consulting Engineers
which shall be studied thoroughly and any discrepancies in the dimensions on the
drawings or any points not clear to the contractor brought to the notice of the Architects for
clarification well in advance and before proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall allow for all wastage in all materials.
He shall also allow for all tests of concrete materials and if required produce
manufacturer‟s certificate for cement and steel. No concrete work shall be cast in the absence of the clerk-of-works. The Contractor‟s
Engineer-in-charge shall personally checked that both the form work and reinforcement
have been correctly placed and fixed, and satisfy himself that all work preparatory to the
casting is completely ready, before requesting the Clerk-of-works or the Architect‟s
representative for final inspection and approved , and for this purpose at least 24 hours
notice shall be given by the Contractor. All exposed RCC and PCC work shall carried out in strict accordance with this specification
and the additional specifications for such work set forth separately. Wherever required or instructed Contractor will have to carry out control Concrete work in
respect to temperature maintaining the temperature of 23 degree centigrade which if
required will have to be achieved by mixing ICE blocks with water during mixing, placing
and curing. Materials
The materials used in the works shall be new and of the qualities and kinds specified.
Materials delivered to the works shall be equal to the approved samples which shall be
deposited with the Engineer at least 35 days before they are required for use in work.
Delivery shall be made sufficiently in advance of constructional requirements to enable
further samples to be selected and tested if so desired by the Engineer. No material shall
be used in the works until approved.
Materials failing to comply with this specification shall be immediately removed from the
works at the Contractor‟s cost.
Cement
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
146
The cement shall be of 43/53 Grade Portland cement of approved brand and manufacture
and shall comply in all respects with the latest I.S. Codes.
Aggregate
All aggregates shall conform to I.S.383-1963. Aggregates shall, where possible, be derived
from a source that normally produces aggregates satisfactory for concrete and if requested
by the Engineer the Contractor shall supply evidence to this effect. If he is instructed to do
so the Contractor shall supply samples of the aggregates for the purpose of making
preliminary concrete test cubes as hereinafter specified. Fine Aggregates:
The fine aggregate shall be natural sand around derived by crushing suitable gravel of
stone and sand shall be free from coagulated lumps. Sand derived from a stone unsuitable
for coarse aggregate shall not be used in fine aggregate
Coarse Aggregate:
The coarse aggregate shall be crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed gravel. Other
materials having the characteristics specified later for coarse aggregate shall not be used
without approval.
The pieces of aggregate shall be angular or, except for concrete surfaces subject to
abrasion, rounded in shape and shall have granular or crystalline or smooth (but not
glassy) non-powdery surfaces. Friable, flaky and laminated pieces, plea, and shale shall
only be present is such not to affect adversely the strength the durability of the concrete as
ascertained by tests concrete cubes as specified later.
The strength of the aggregate shall be such that the aggregate crushing value as specified
in I.S.383 shall not exceed 45 percent or 30 percent for concrete surfaces subject to
abrasion.
After twenty four hours‟ immersion in water, a previously dried sample shall not have
gained in weight more than 5 per cent and not more than 10 per cent if it is to be used in
place concrete or elsewhere if described.
The grading shall be according to table II of I.S.383. Reinforcement
The reinforcement shall be (a) mild steel conforming to I.S. 432-1996, (b) ribbed tor steel
conforming to I.S. 1786-1966. The type of reinforcement used in each part of the works
shall be as described herein.
The Reinforcement shall be HRC-TMT Reinforcement Bars – High Corrosion Resistant,
Thermo Mechanically Tested (TMT) Hot Rolled Deformed.
5.1 MARBLE / GRANITE WORK 5.1.1 GENERAL
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
147
Marble shall be hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in texture with crystalline texture
as far as possible. It shall generally be uniform in colour and free from stains, cracks,
decay and weathering. 5.1.2 Marbles are metamorphic rocks capable of taking polish, formed from the re-
crystallization of lime stones or dolomite lime stones and are distinguished from lime
stone by even visibly crystalline nature and non-flaky stratification.
Note : Marble is a product of nature hence it is difficult to guarantee uniformity of colour,
veining or other characteristics that may be represented in any sample submitted. A
sample will indicate only an average of colour, veining and other general texture and
specified finish. 5.1.3 Granite Stone
It shall be of any colour and size as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. Granite shall be
plain machine cut and mirror polished. The stone shall be smooth and of even surface
without holes or pits. 5.1.4 Approval of Sample
Before starting the work, the contractor shall get samples of marble / granite approved by
the Engineer-in- Charge. Approved samples shall be kept in the custody of the Engineer-
in-Charge and the marble supplied and used on the work shall conform to samples with
regard to soundness, colour, veining and general texture. 5.1.5 SAMPLING
In any consignment all the blocks/slabs/tiles of the same group, size and finish shall be
grouped together to constitute a lot. Sample shall be selected and tested separately for
each lot for determining its conformity or otherwise to the requirements of the
specification. The number of blocks/slabs/tiles to be selected for the samples shall
depend upon the size of the lot and shall be in accordance with the Table 7.3
TABLE 5.3
Sample Size and Criteria for Conformity
Number of Number of blocks /
Permissible No. of Sub Sample Size in slabs in the to be
Blocks/slabs in the defectives Nos. selected in sample
lot
(1) (2) (3) (4)
Up to 25 3 0 2
26 to 100 5 0 2
101 to 200 8 0 3
201 to 500 13 0 4
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
148
Note: The blocks/slabs/tiles in the sample shall be taken at random and in order to ensure to
randomness of selection, random tables may be used.
5.4 VITRIFIED TILE FLOORING 5.4.1 Pressed Ceramic Tiles
The tiles shall be of approved make and shall generally conform to IS 15622. They shall
be flat, and true to shape and free from blisters crazing, chips, welts, crawling or other
imperfections detracting from their appearance. The tiles shall be tested as per IS 13630. Classification and Characteristics of pressed ceramic tiles shall be as per IS 13712. The
tiles shall be square or rectangular of nominal size. Table 1, 3, 5, and 7 of IS 15622 give
the modular preferred sizes and table 2, 4, 6 and 8 give the most common non modular
sizes. Thickness shall be specified by the manufacturer. It includes the profiles on the
visible face and on the rear side.
Manufacturer/supplier and party shall choose the work size of tiles in order to allow a
nominal joint width upto 2mm for uncertified floor tiles and upto 1mm for rectified floor
tiles. The joint in case of spacer lug tile shall be as per spacer. The tiles shall conform to
table10 of IS 15622 with water absorption 3 to 6% (Group BII). The top surface of the tiles shall be glazed. Glaze shall be either glossy or matt as
specified. The underside of the tiles shall not have glaze on more than 5% of the area in
order that the tile may adhere properly to the base. The edges of the tiles shall be
preferably free from glaze. However, any glaze if unavoidable, shall be permissible on
only upto 50 per cent of the surface area of the edges. 5.5 Pointing and Finishing
The joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement slurry with wire/coir brush or trowel to a
depth of 2 to 3 mm and all dust and loose mortar removed. Joints shall then be flush
pointed with white cement added with pigment if required to match the colour of tiles.
Where spacer lug tiles are provided, the half the depth of joint shall be filled with
polysulphide or as specified on top with under filling with cement grout without the lugs
remaining exposed. The floor shall then be kept wet for 7 days. After curing, the surface
shall be washed and finished clean. The finished floor shall not sound hollow when tapped
with a wooden mallet.
5.6 PRESSED CERAMIC TILES IN SKIRTING AND DADO
7.6.1 The tiles shall be of approved make and shall generally conform to IS 15622. The
tiles shall be pressed ceramic covered by a glaze thoroughly matured and fitted to the
body. The tiles shall be sound, true to shape, flat and free from flaws and other
manufacturing defects affecting their utility. The top surface of the tiles shall be glazed.
The underside of the tiles shall not have glaze on more than 5% of the area in order that
the tile may adhere properly to the base. The edges of the tiles shall be free from glaze;
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
149
however, any glaze if unavoidable shall be permissible on only upto 50 per cent of the
surface area of edges. The glaze shall be free from welts, chips, craze,
specks, crawling or other imperfections detracting from the appearance when viewed from
a distance of one meter. The glaze shall be either glossy or matt as specified. The glaze
shall be white in colour except in the case of colored tiles when colors shall be specified by
the Engineer-in-Charge. There may be more than one colour on a tile.
5.6.1 (a) Dimensions and Tolerances
Glazed pressed ceramic tiles shall be made square or rectangular in sizes Table 1, 3, 5 & 7
of IS 15622 give the modular sizes and table 2, 4, 6 & 8 of IS 15622 gives the sizes of non
modular tiles. Tiles shall conform to IS:15622 for dimensional tolerance, physical and
chemical properties. Half tiles for use as full tiles shall have dimensions which shall be
such as to make the half tiles when jointed together (with 1 mm joint) match with
dimensions of full tiles. Tiles may be manufactured in sizes other than those specified.
Above The thickness of the tiles shall be 5 mm or 6 mm or as specified. The dimensions of
fittings associated with the glazed tiles namely cover base, round edge tile, angles corner
cups, ridge and legs, cornices and capping beads shall be of the shape and dimensions as
required and the thickness of fittings shall be the same as the thickness of tiles given
above. 5.6.2 Preparation of Surfaces
The joints shall be raked out to a depth of at least 15 mm in masonry walls.
In case of concrete walls, the surface shall be hacked and roughened with wire brushes.
The surface shall be cleaned thoroughly, washed with water and kept wet before skirting is
commenced.
5.6.3 Laying
12 mm thick plaster of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) mix of as specified
shall be applied and allowed to harden. The plaster shall be roughened with wire brushes
or by scratching diagonal at closed intervals.
The tiles should be soaked in water, washed clean, and a coat of cement slurry applied
liberally at the back of tiles and set in the bedding mortar. The tiles shall be tamped and
corrected to proper plane and lines. The tiles shall be set in the required pattern and
jointed. The joints shall be as fine as possible. Top of skirting or dado shall be truly
horizontal and joints truly vertical except where otherwise indicated. Odd size/cut size of
tile shall be adjusted at bottom to take care of slope of the flooring. Skirting and dado shall
rest on the top of the flooring. Where full size tiles cannot be fixed these shall be cut (sawn)
to the required size and their edges rubbed smooth. Skirting /dado shall not project from
the finished “surface of wall” by more than the tile thickness; undulations if any shall be
adjusted in wall.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
150
5.6.4 Curing and Finishing
The joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement grout with wire/coir brush or trowel to a
depth of 2 to 3 mm and all dust and loose mortar removed. Joints shall then be flush
pointed with white cement added with pigments if required to match the colour of tiles. The
work shall then be kept
wet for 7 days. After curing, the surface shall be washed and finished clean. The finished
work shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet. 6 DOORS 6.1 FLUSH DOOR SHUTTERS
6.1.1 Flush door shutters shall have a solid core and may be of the decorative or non-
decorative (Paintable type as per IS 2202 (Part I). Nominal thickness of shutters may be
25, 30 or 35 mm. Thickness and type of shutters shall be as specified.
6.1.2 Width and height of the shutters shall be as shown in the drawings or as indicated by
the Engineer-in-Charge. All four edges of the shutters shall be square. The shutter shall be
free from twist or warp in its plane. The moisture content in timbers used in the
manufacture of flush door shutters shall be not more than 12 per cent when tested
according to IS 1708.
6.1.3 Core The core of the flush door shutters shall be a block board having wooden strips held in a
frame constructed of stiles and rails. Each stile and rail shall be a single piece without any
joint. The width of the stiles and rails including lipping, where provided shall not be less
than 45 mm and not more than 75 mm. The width of each wooden strip shall not exceed 30
mm. Stiles, rails and wooden strips forming the core of a shutter shall be of equal and
uniform thickness. Wooden strips shall be parallel to the stiles. End joints of the pieces of
wooden strips of small lengths shall be staggered. In a shutter, stiles and rails shall be of
one species of timber. Wooden strips shall also be of one species only but it may or may
not be of the same species as that of the stiles and rails. Any species of timber may be
used for core of flush door. However, any non-coniferous (Hard wood) timber shall be used
for stiles, rails and lipping.
6.1.4 Face Panel
The face panel shall be formed by gluing, by the hot-press process on both faces of the
core, either plywood or cross-bands and face veneers. The thickness of the cross bands as
such or in the plywood shall be between 1.0 mm and 3.0 mm. The thickness of the face
veneers as such or in the plywood shall be between 0.5 mm and 1.5 mm for commercial
veneers and between 0.4 mm and 1.0 mm for decorative veneers, provided that the
combined thickness of both is not less than 2.2 mm. The direction
of the veneers adjacent to the core shall be at right angles to the direction of the wooden
strips. Finished faces shall be sanded to smooth even texture. Commercial face veneers
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
151
shall conform to marine grade plywood and decorative face veneers shall conform to type I
decorative plywood in IS 1328.
6.1.5 Lipping
Lipping, where specified, shall be provided internally on all edges of the shutters. Lipping
shall be done with battens of first class hardwood or as specified of depth not less than 25
mm. For double leaved shutters, depth of the lipping at meeting of stiles shall be not less
than 35 mm. Joints shall not be permitted in the lipping.
6.1.6 Rebating
In the case of double leaves shutters the meeting of stiles shall be rebated by 8 mm to 10 mm.
The rebating shall be either splayed or square type as shown in drawing where lipping is provided.
The depth of lipping at the meeting of stiles shall not be less than 30 mm.
6.1.7 FITTINGS 6.1.7.1 Fitting shall be of mild steel brass, aluminum or as specified. Some mild steel
fittings may have components of cast iron. These shall be well made, reasonably smooth,
and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws and other defects. Screw holes shall be
counter sunk to suit the head of specified wood screws. These shall be of the following
types according to the material used. Aluminum Fittings : These shall be anodized to natural matt finish or dyed anodic coating
not less than grade AC 10 of IS 1868.
The fittings generally used for different type of doors and windows are indicated in
Appendix H attached. The fittings to be actually provided in a particular work shall,
however, be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. Screws used for fittings shall be of the
same metal, and finish as the fittings. However, chromium plated brass screws or stainless
steel screws shall be used for fixing aluminum fittings. These shall be of the size as
mention in Drawing or as specified by Engineer in charge and PMC.Fittings shall be fixed
in proper position as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
These shall be truly vertical or horizontal as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home
with screw driver and not hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth
for the counter sinking of hinges. 1 Butt Hinges These shall be of the following types according to the material used.
Mild steel butt hinges (Medium).
Cast brass butt hinges light/ordinary or heavy.
Extruded aluminum alloy butt hinges.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
152
Cast Brass: These shall be light/ordinary or heavy as specified. These shall be well made
and shall be free from flaws and defects of all kinds. These shall be finished bright or
chromium plated or oxidized or as specified. These shall generally conform to IS 205. Hinge Pin : Hinge pin shall be made of brass or of stainless steel. The hinge pins shall be
firmly riveted and shall be properly finished. The movement of the hinge pin shall be free,
easy and square and shall not have any play or shake.
Extruded Aluminum Alloy : These shall be manufactured from extruded sections. These
shall be well made and free from flaws and defects of all kinds. These shall generally
conform to IS 205. 2 Spring Hinges (Single or double acting)
These shall be single acting when the shutter is to open on one side only or double acting
when the shutter opens on both sides. These shall be made of M.S. or brass as specified,
and shall generally conform to IS 453. Hinges shall work smoothly and shall hold the door
shutter truly vertical in closed position. Each double-acting spring hinge shall withstand the
following tests which shall be carried out after fixing it to a swing door in the normal
manner.
When the door is pushed through 90° and released 2000 times on each side in quick
succession the hinge shall show no sign of damage or any appreciable deterioration of the
components during or on completion of the test.
The door shall require a force of 2.0 ± 0.5 kg for 100 mm hinges and 3.0 ± 0.5 kg for 125
mm and 150 mm hinges at a distance of 45 cm from the hinge pin to move the door
through 90º. The size of spring hinge shall be taken as the length of the plate.
7 M.S. Locking Bolt with Holes for Pad Locks
7.1 This shall conform to IS 7534.
7.2 This shall be of mild steel polished bright or copper oxidized batch electro galvanized or
stove enamelled. In case of stove enamelled locking bolts, the bolt may be finished bright.
8 Door Latch
8.1 This shall be of mild steel, cast brass, or as specified and shall be capable of smooth
sliding action. In case, of mild steel latch, it shall be copper oxidized (black finish) or as
specified and in case of brass, it shall be finished bright, chromium plated or oxidized or as
specified. The size of door latch shall be taken as the length of the latch..
8.2 Locking bolts, spring and strike plate shall conform to IS 2209.
8.3 Handles: These shall conform to IS 4992.
8.4 Keys: Each lock shall be provided with two keys.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
153
9 Kicking Plates
9.1 This shall be of brass (finished bright or chromium plated or oxidized) bronze, stainless
steel, aluminum or as specified. Aluminum kicking plates shall be anodized and the anodic
coating shall not be less than grade AC-10 of IS 1868. It shall be made from a plate of
minimum thickness 3.0 & 1.5 mm in case of stainless steel. Shape of the plate shall be as
specified. This shall have beveled or straight edges and shall be fixed by means of counter
sunk or rounded screws of the same material and finish as that of the plate. The shape and
pattern shall be according to the drawings and as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
10 Door Handles (Doors and Windows) 9.15.19.1
These should generally conform to IS 208. The door handles shall be well made and free
from defects. These shall be finished correct to shape and dimensions. All edges and
corners shall be removed and finished smooth so as to facilitate easy handling. Cast
handle shall be free from casting defects. Where the grip portion of the handle is joined
with the base piece by mechanical means, the arrangement shall be such that the
assembled handle shall have adequate strength comparable to that of integrally cast type
handles. 10.1 Door handles shall be of the following types according to the material used:
Cast or Sheet Aluminum Alloy Handles : These shall be of aluminum of specified size,
and of shape and pattern as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The size of the handle
shall be determined by the inside grip of the handle. Door handles shall be of 100 mm size
and window handles of 75 mm size unless, otherwise specified. These shall be fixed with
25 mm long wood screws of designation No. 6. Aluminum handles, shall be anodized and
the anodic coating shall not be less than grade AC 15 – IS 1868 as specified. The finish
can be bright natural, matt or satin or dyed as specified.
Cast Brass Handles: These shall be of cast brass of specified size and of the shape and
pattern as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. The size of the handle shall be determined
by the inside grip of the handle. Door handles shall be of 100 mm size and window handles
of 75 mm size, unless otherwise specified. These shall be fixed with 25 mm long wood
screws of designation No 6. Brass handles shall be finished bright satin or nickel chromium
plated or copper oxidized or as specified. of this specification. 11 Hanging Rubber Door Stopper
11.1 These shall be of cast brass, finished bright, chromium plated or as specified.
Aluminum stopper shall be anodized and the anodic coating shall not be less than grade
AC-10 of IS 1868. The size and pattern of the door stopper shall be approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The size shall be determined by its length.
11.2 Universal Hydraulic Door Closer (Exposed Type)
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
154
11.3 These shall be made of cast iron/aluminum alloy/zinc alloy and of shape and pattern
as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
11.4 These shall generally conform to IS Specifications for door closers (Hydraulically
regulated) IS 3564.
11.5 The door closers may be polished or painted and finished with lacquer to desired
color. Aluminum alloy door closer shall be anodized and the anodic coating shall not be
less than grade AC 15 of IS 1868. All dents, burrs and sharp edges shall be removed from
various components and they shall be pickled, scrubbed and rinsed to remove grease, rust,
scale or any other foreign elements. After pickling, all the M.S. parts shall be given
phosphate treatment in accordance with IS 3618.
11.5.3 The nominal size of door closers in relation to the weight and the width of the door
size to which it is intended to be fitted shall be given in Table 9.19. 12.0 Painting, Washing and Distempering:
Rates shall include:- All leads and lifts for all materials. All scaffolding, ladders, paints cans, brushes and other appliance required for the work. Preliminary knotting and subsequent stopping in the case of first coat. Sand papering or finish of wood work before application of first coat and rubbing and
cleaning of old coats. Cleaning the surfaces of ironwork to make it free from all rust, scales, for 1
st coat (no
chemical to be used for all cleaning). Protection of all stains, smears, splashing and droppings of every kind from such places
and things. Work at any height and of any description. For colour wash the colouring material shall be of approved make and approved by
Engineer-in-charge. Oil bound distemper, cement paint and supersnowsem shall be of approved make. Synthetic enamel paint shall be of apocolite of approved make Primer on steel and other
metal surfaces shall be used with red oxide zinc chromate of approved make.
Before starting the distemper, oil bound distemper painting, snowcem etc. the contractor
must bring the full quality of approved brand, quantity required for the work and will remove
the empty containers only after the work is measured and checked.
WALL PAINTING WITH PLASTIC EMULSION PAINT
The plastic emulsion Paint is not suitable for application on external, wood and iron surface and surfaces which are liable to heavy condensation. These Paints are to be used
on internal surfaces except wooden and steel. Plastic Emulsion Paint as per IS 5411 of approved brand and manufacture and of the required shade shall be used.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
155
Painting on New Surface The wall surface shall be prepared as follows The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted off. All rust, dirt, scales, smoke
splashes, mortar droppings and grease shall be thoroughly removed before painting is
started. The prepared surface shall have received the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge
after inspection, before painting is commenced. Application The number of coats shall be as stipulated in the item. The Paint will be applied in the
usual manner with brush, spray or roller. The Paint dries by evaporation of the water
content and as soon as the water has evaporated the film gets hard and the next coat can
be applied. The time of drying varies from one hour on absorbent surfaces to 2 to 3 hours
on non-absorbent surfaces. The thinning of emulsion is to be done with water and not with
turpentine. Thinning with water will be particularly required for the under coat which is
applied on the absorbent surface. The quantity of water to be added shall be as per
manufacturer‟s instructions. The surface on finishing shall present a flat velvety smooth
finish. If necessary more coats will be applied till the surface presents a uniform
appearance. Precautions Old brushes if they are to be used with emulsion Paints, should be completely dried of
turpentine or oil Paints by washing in warm soap water. Brushes should be quickly washed
in water immediately after use and kept immersed in water during break periods to prevent
the Paint from hardening on the brush. In the preparation of wall for plastic emulsion painting, no oil base putties shall be used in
filling cracks, holes etc. Splashes on floors etc. shall be cleaned out without delay as they will be difficult to remove
after hardening. Washing of surfaces treated with emulsion Paints shall not be done within 3 to 4 weeks of
application.
EXTERIOR PAINTING ON WALL 1 Material
The paint shall be (Textured exterior paint / Weather Proof/ exterior Emulsion Paint of
approved brand and manufacture.
This paint shall be brought to the site of work by the contractor in its original containers in
sealed condition. The material shall be brought in at a time in adequate quantities to suffice
for the whole work or at least a fortnight‟s work. The materials shall be kept in the joint
custody of the contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge. The empty containers shall not be
removed from the site of work till the relevant item of work has been completed and
permission obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge. 2 Preparation of Surface
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
156
For new work, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned off all mortar dropping, dirt dust,
algae, fungus or moth, grease and other foreign matter of brushing and washing, pitting in
plaster shall make good, surface imperfections such as cracks, holes etc. should be
repaired using white cement. The prepared surface shall have received the approval of the
Engineer in charge after inspection before painting is commenced. 3 Application [
3.1 Before pouring into smaller containers for use, the paint shall be stirred thoroughly in its
container, when applying also the paint shall be continuously stirred in the smaller
containers so that its consistency is kept uniform. Dilution ratio of paint with potable water
can be altered taking into consideration the nature of surface climate and as per
recommended dilution given by manufacturer. In all cases, the manufacturer‟s instructions
& directions of the Engineer-in-charge shall be followed meticulously. The lids of paint
drums shall be kept tightly closed when not in use as by exposure to atmosphere the paint
may thicken and also be kept safe from dust.
3.3.1 Paint shall be applied with a brush on the cleaned and smooth surface. Horizontal
strokes shall be given, First and vertical strokes shall be applied immediately afterwards.
This entire operation will constitute one coat. The surface shall be finished as uniformly as
possible leaving no brush marks. 3.3.2 Preparation of Surface: (Synthetic Enamel Paints) i) Iron and Steel Work:
The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned. Sand papered and/or rubbed with emery cloth of
necessary to remove grease, mortar or any other foreign materials. In case of rusted
surface, it shall be first cleaned with steel wire brushes till the corroded crust is removed.
The prepared surface shall be shiny and free from brush marks patches, blisters, and other
irregularities. The surface thus finished shall be got approved before painting.
ii) Wood Work Painting:
All surfaces shall be thoroughly planed and sand papered.
Knotting and stopping: In case the surface having knots and nail holes, they shall be
filled with stopping and knotting materials. The knotting material shall consist of pure
shellac dissolved in methyl spirit. For stopping, Russian tallow or putty shall be used, the
later should consist of two parts of whiting (Powdered chalk), one part of white lead mixed
together in double boiled linseed oil and well kneaded. The surface thus treated shall be
allowed to dry up and then sand papered. Alternatively readymade approved synthetic
putty may be used.
13.0 MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
13.1. Gypsum Board False Ceiling Work
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
157
Providing and fixing at all height false ceiling of 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum board
conforming to IS: 2095 including providing and fixing of frame work made of special
sections power pressed from M.S. sheet and galvanized in accordance with zinc coating
600 as per IS: 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide X 15 mm thick with
flanges of 22 mm and 37 at 1200 mm centre to centre one flange fixed to the ceiling with
dash fastener 12.5 mm dia X 40 mm long with 6 mm dia. Bolts to the angle hangers of 25 X
25 X 5 mm of required length, and other end of angle hanger being fixed with nuts and
bolts to 6.1 channels 45 mm X 15 mm X 0.9 mm running at the rate of 1200 mm centre to
centre to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80 mm with tapered
flanges of 26 mm each having clips of 10.5 mm at 450 mm centre to centre shall be fixed in
a direction perpendicular to 6.1 channel with connecting clips made out of 2.64 mm dia. X
230 mm long 6.1 mm wire at every junction including fixing the gypsum board with ceiling
section and perimeter channels of ceiling fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at
450 mm centre to centre with 25 mm long drive – all screws @ 230 mm interval including
joining and fixing to a flush finish of tapered and square edges of the gypsum board with
recommended filler, paper tapes, finished and two coats of primer suitable for gypsum
board as per manufacturers specification and also including the cost of making openings
for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cut outs made with frame of perimeter channels suitably
fixed finishing of all joints neatly to proper line & level including providing of additional
framework for electrical fixtures. Including giving access door panels wherever required for
installing A/C diffusers, cutouts for fire sprinklers, Light fixtures etc. as per the
specifications approved by architects Including necessary scaffolding supports, suspenders
etc. all complete as per drawing and specification and direction of the architect and finally
the tapered and square edges of the board are to be jointed and finished with regular site
filler, paper tape, finisher and primer suitable for gypsum plaster board to give smooth and
even finish includes all material labour but excluding the cost of painting. All the above
material to be used are of M/s India Gypsum Co.(above 6m to 9m from finished floor level). 13.2 Gypsum Cornice Casting and fixing into place, plaster of Paris molding/ Cornice of sizes as per design item
complete with painting to give an even shade of sizes as follows 40 mm x 40 mm, 40 mm x 75 mm, 75 mm x 150mm
Or as instructed and approved by Engineer In Charge/ Architect 13.3 Iron Work:
Rates shall include all leads, lifts for all materials. All forging, drilling, tapping, punching etc. and every description of workmanship necessary
to fabricate, finish erect and fix in position all steel and iron work in a good manner.
All bolts and nuts including holding sown and anchor plates, rivets, packing pieces, gusset
plates, cleats, wedges etc. (weight for all these articles being taken in the main articles).
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
158
Spikes, nails and screw required (weight not to be included in the main articles).
Nothing, finishing etc.
All necessary templates, pattern. Moulds etc.
All handling of bars/structural sections including straightening, removing harmful scales,
coal or bitumen or lime etc., if any from the surface properly.
The measurement should be of the finished fabricated section no wastage to be accounted
for.
The glass pans to steel work shall be fixed with glazing clips and putty confirming to I.S.S.
False works concreting of bed blocks shall be included in the items of angle iron door
frames, steel windows and grills and no extra payment for these items will be paid.
Before placing any order for steel windows the samples of windows shall be prepared first
and get approved and be kept at the site as specimen.
In reinforcement, standard hooks, and spacer bars shall be measured and paid separately.
However the overlaps shall be provided by the Contractor as per I.S. specification where
ever necessary and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
No.18 S.W.G., annealed steel binding wire shall be used to bind the reinforcement.
All reinforcement, cross bars, spacer bars etc. shall be accurately tied at all inter sections
and laps in such a way that the reinforcement net work and skeletons will give rigid
structure, not liable to be displaced during concreting.
All reinforcement shall be placed and maintained in the position shown on the drawings or
as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall provide approved types of
supports and spacers at specified intervals for maintaining the reinforcement in position
and to give specified cover.
The reinforcement shall be kept clean form leaser rust coating etc. Oiling of bars is strictly
prohibited.
The steel used in reinforcement and other structural steel shall be measured as per the
actual quantity of steel placed in the finished structure. The hooks, and spacer bars shall
be measured.
13.4 Stainless Steel Balustrade/Railing
Providing & fixing grade 304 glossy/mat finished stainless steel railings as per drawings
for stairs case, balconies etc. at any floor including all the nut bolt, fixing solution,
cutting, welding, grinding, buffing and finishing etc as directed by EIC/consultant.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
159
14.0 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT
LIST OF BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS (BIS) CODES
SI.
IS No. Subject No.
1. IS :73 Paving Bitumen Specifications
2. IS :702 Specifications for Industrial Bitumen
3. IS :1322 Specifications for Bitumen felt for Water Proofing and Damp
Proofing.
4. IS: 2645 Specifications for Integral Cement Water Proofing Compounds
5. IS:3370 (Part 1) Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for the
Storage of Liquid Part -1 General Requirements.
6 IS 3384 Specifications for Bitumen Primer for Water Proofing and
Damp Proofing
7 IS 7193 Specification for Glass Fibre Bitumen Felts
8 IS 12200 Provision of Water Stops at Transfers Construction Joints in
Masonry and Concrete Dams - Code of Practice
9 IS 12432 (Part- Application for Spray Applied Insulation - Code of Practice
3) Part-3 Polyurethane/ Polyisocyarurate
14.1 SURFACE OF UNDER-GROUND STRUCTURE AT ALL DEPTH
14.1.1 Water Proofing of Horizontal Internal Surfaces of Under-ground Structure Preparation of Surface
The Water Proofing Treatment over the lean concrete/leveling course surface should
adhere to the surface firmly; the surface of leveling course should be roughened properly
when the concrete is still green. In case the surface is not made rough before the concrete
is set, the work of water proofing should not be executed till proper key is provided for the
base layer of Cement Mortar 1:3.
Blending Cement/Water with Water Proofing Compound
The required quantity of cement bags to be used for a particular portion of work should be
emptied on a dry platform. Water proofing compound bearing ISI mark and conforming to
IS 2645 should then be mixed properly with the cement. The quantity of water proofing
compound to be mixed should be as prescribed by the manufacturer but not exceeding 3%
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
160
by weight of cement. The quantity of cement and water proofing compound thus mixed
should be thoroughly blended and the blended cement should again be packed in bags.
For the water proofing compound in liquid form, the blending is to be done with water. This
can be done by taking the just required quantity of water to be mixed in the particular batch
of dry cement mortar. The required quantity of water thus collected per batch of dry cement
mortar to be prepared should be mixed with liquid water proofing compound from sealed
tins with ISI mark. The water thus mixed with water proofing compound shall be thoroughly
stirred so that the water is blended with water proofing compound properly. Preparation of Cement Slurry
Cement slurry shall be prepared by using 2.2 kg of blended cement per M² area. Each time
only that much quantity shall be prepared which can be covered on the surface and the
surface in turn would be covered with 25 mm thick cement mortar base within half an hour.
Slurry prepared and remained unused for more than half an hour shall be totally rejected. Preparation of Cement Mortar
Cement mortar 1:3 (1 blended cement: 3 coarse sand) shall be prepared with cement/
water duly blended as explained in clause 14.1.1.Only that much quantity of cement mortar
which can be consumed within half an hour, shall be prepared. Any cement mortar that is
prepared and remains unused for more than half an hour shall not be used in the work and
shall be rejected.
Laying Water Proofing Course
Before laying the base course of cement mortar 1:3, the lean concrete surface shall be
cleaned neatly with water. Cement slurry prepared as per clause 14.1.1, shall be
applied only on the area of the concrete surface that can be covered with the cement
mortar (1:3) base course within half an hour. The cement slurry should cover every spot of
the surface and no place shall remain uncovered. Just after the application of cement slurry
on the surface, the cement mortar prepared as per clause
14.1.2 Water Proofing of Internal Horizontal Surfaces of Under-ground Structure
Same as in 12.1.1 above except that water proofing courses will be laid on R.C.C. Slab.
14.2 INTEGRAL CEMENT BASED WATER PROOFING TREATMENT ON THE
VERTICAL SURFACE OF UNDER GROUND STRUCTURES 14.3 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT TO VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SURFACE
OF DEPRESSED PORTION OF WC, KITCHEN AND THE LIKE
14.3.1 Before the Water Proofing Treatment
Before the water proofing treatment, the internal plaster of ceiling and walls of WC block
leaving the portion for dado/skirting should be completed. Grooving / chasing for doing the
concealed work of GI/CI pipes/Electrical conduits should be completed. Cleaning the
depressed/sunken portion of WC of all debris, extra mortar sticking to the vertical and
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
161
horizontal surface etc. Necessary holes for „P‟ trap /Nhani trap/Water escape pipe etc
should be completed.
14.3.2 Preparing Surface and Fixing Pipes and Fittings
Before the water proofing treatment work, proper key in the concrete surface should be
provided. The depressed/sunken portion should be hacked by a hacking tool, after the
concrete slab is cast and when this concrete is still green.
The vertical surfaces of the depressed /sunken portion should be hacked with a hacking
tool just after the shuttering is removed. In case of old work, the water proofing treatment
on such surfaces shall be permitted after making proper spatter dash key. Fixing the „P‟
trap in position and all other pipes work including the water escape pipe shall be fixed
properly and the holes should be plugged carefully before taking up the water proofing
work.
14.3.3 1st Course
Cement duly blended with water proofing compound as explained in clause 14.1.1 shall be
used for preparing the cement slurry.
The consistency of the slurry should be such that 4.4 kg of blended cement with water
proofing compound is used per sq. meter area of surface to be treated. The slurry should
be started from the vertical faces towards the bottom of the floor. Particular care should be
taken to see that the slurry is applied to corners without leaving any gap.
14.3.4 2nd Course
Immediately on applying the blended cement slurry on the surface to be treated cement
plaster 20 mm thick in 1:3 (1 blended cement: 3 coarse sand) shall be applied both on
vertical and horizontal surfaces taking particular care to complete the entire depressed/
sunken portion of WC within a day so that the plaster can be done without any joint.
Junctions shall be properly rounded. The surfaces of the plaster shall be left rough but
finished in one plain and cured for a week. On completion of the curing period both
horizontal and vertical surfaces shall be cleaned properly and gently and allowed to dry.
14.3.5 3rd Course
Only after the surface is completely dried, the blown or residual bitumen shall be applied
@ 1.7 kg. of bitumen per M² area.
14.3.6 4th Course
PVC sheet 400 micron thick shall be spread evenly without any kink immediately, so that
the PVC sheet sticks to the surface firmly. PVC sheet shall be continued to be laid over the
main slab upto 100 mm. Overlapping of PVC sheet should be done with a minimum
overlap of 100 mm, duly pasting the overlapped sheet with an application of bitumen @ 1.7
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
162
kg./ M² The projections of pipes and „P‟ trap outlet etc. inside the depressed/sunken portion
of WC shall also be cladded with water proofing treatment layer upto a height of 150 mm,
using a coat of bitumen with PVC sheet complete.
The surfaces of depressed/sunken portion of WC shall not be left without covering with
specified filling material and base concrete, otherwise the PVC sheet layer may be
tampered by the labour working in the vicinity. Fixing up of WC pan, filling specified
material and the top base concrete should be done as early as possible and the top
horizontal layer of water proofing may be taken up later i.e. just before laying the floor tiles.
14.4 PROVIDING WATER STOPS
19.4.1 Water stops conforming to IS 12200 for construction/expansion joints should be
fabrication from a plastic compound, the basic resin of which shall be polyvinyl chloride.
The compound shall contain additional resin/ plasticizer inhibitors or other materials such
that when the materials are compounded it shall meet the requirement given in IS 15058.
14.4.2 Type of Joints for which Water Bars are provided
The water bars are provided only for the movement of joints in a water retaining structure.
Different types of movement joints are as described below:
Complete Contraction Joint:
This is a movement joint with deliberate discontinuity both in concrete as well as the
reinforcement but no initial gap is maintained between the concrete on either side of the
joint. This joint is intended to accommodate the contraction of the concrete.
Partial Contraction Joint:
This is a movement joint with deliberate discontinuity in concrete but no water bar is
provided and no discontinuity is provided in steel. No initial gap is maintained between the
concrete on either side of joint.
14.4.3 Types and Performance of Water Bars Water bars are performed strips of impermeable material which are embedded in the
concrete during construction so as to span across the joints and provide a permanent
water tight seal during the whole range of joint movement.
The most usual form of water bars are strip with a longitudinal corrugation.
Another form of water bar of metallic type is Z shaped strip. Water bars of copper, sheet
lead, natural or synthetic rubber and plastic such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC) are also used.
These bars comprise of central longitudinal hollow tube with thin walls and stiff wings of
about 150 mm width. Out of the metals available copper is most suitable as regards
ductility, resistance to corrosion in air, water and concrete. However, it may be attacked by
some wastes. If sheet lead is used it should be insulated from concrete by a good coat of
bituminous or suitable composition. Natural synthetic rubber and plastics have very
considerable advantage in handling, splicing and in making intersections. Galvanized iron
sheets may also be used with the specific permission of the Engineer-in-charge provided
the liquid stored or the atmosphere around the liquid retaining structure is not excessively
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
163
corrosive i.e. sewage. The strip water bars described as above, while placing in position
has to be passed through the end shutter of the first placed concrete with the result the
shuttering at this point should be perfectly water tight otherwise cement slurry may escape
from the concrete being laid and will ultimately weaken the structure. Therefore to avoid the
above problem one can prefer molded type of water bar.
The design of the molded water bar with several projections needs to be passed through
the end shutter while placing the same in position. Another main advantage of this water
bar is that since it occupies bigger proportion of the thickness of the joint it would lengthen
the shortest alternative water path through the concrete.
14.4.4 It is important to ensure proper compaction of concrete around the water bar. Proper
cover to all the reinforcement shall be maintained. Sometimes to increase the bond the
holes are provided in the copper water bars but in the long run it proves to be
disadvantageous as it shortens the path of water through concrete. Water bars should be
placed at the centre of the wall or if it is to be provided away from the centre its distance
from either face of the wall shall not be less than half of the width of water bar or as
specified/directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
14.4.5 Covers Plates for Joint
Sometimes joint cover plates have to be used for expansion joints mainly to avoid the risk
of a fault in the water bar which is embedded. The plates to be used should be either
copper or sheet lead. In case the copper plates are to be used, it should be clamped to the
concrete face on each side of the joint. To ensure water tightness suitable gasket shall be
used. Joint cover plates of sheet lead are also used and fixed on the joints. In this case the
edges may return into grooves formed in the concrete and can be made completely water
tight by lead caulking. Faces of the concrete to which sheet lead is to be fixed should be
painted with bituminous or other suitable composition and the lead sheet should be
similarly coated before fixing.
14.4.6 Spacing of Joints
In Reinforced Concrete floors movement joints should be spaced at not more than 7.5 m
apart in two directions at right angles. The wall and floor joints should occur at the base
of the wall in which case corresponding vertical joint is not important.
In concrete walls, the vertical movement joints should normally be placed at a maximum
spacing of 0.75 m in reinforced walls. The maximum length desirable between vertical
movement joints will depend upon the tensile strength of the walls and may be increased
by suitable reinforcements. Amongst the movement joints in floors and walls as mentioned
above, expansion joint should be normally be provided at spacing of not more than 30 m
between successive expansion joints or between the end of the structure and the next
expansion joint, all other joints being of the contraction type. In case of expansion joints the
filling of these with bitumen filler, bitumen felt or any such material etc. shall be paid for
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
164
separately in running meter. The measurement shall be taken upto two places of decimal
stating the depth and width of joint. In case joint cover plates either of copper or sheet lead
with ancillaries are provided, these shall be measured and paid for separately.
14.5 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT IN SUNKEN PORTION OF WCs, BATHROOMS ETC. 14.5.1 Preliminaries to be attended
The preliminaries shall be attended as described in clause 14.1 to 14.4.
14.5.2 Preparing Surface, Fixing Pipes and Fittings
No hacking of surface need be made, but only extra mortar sticking to the surface should
be removed and the surface should be cleaned thoroughly. Fixing „P‟ trap etc.
14.5.3 Providing and Laying of Slurry for First Layer
The consistency of the slurry should be such as to cover the desired area by using 0.488
kg of blended cement per M² of area. On deciding the correct quantity of water required per
M² area the required quantity of slurry should be prepared which can be applied over the
desired surface within half an hour of mixing with 0.488 kg of grey cement + 0.253 kg.
water proofing compound as per manufacturer specifications + x liters of water per M² area
and the required quantity of slurry thus prepared should only be used for first application.
The first layer shall be applied with painting brushes over the specified and dampened area
carefully including the corners, holes on the surfaces and joints of pipes in concrete etc.
and the application should continue at least upto 150 mm height of fixtures of pipes from
the surface. The surface on application shall be air cured for 4 hours.
14.5.4 Providing and Laying of Slurry for Second Layer
The quantity of slurry required for second application to be covered within an hour of
mixing shall be prepared with 0.242 kg. Cement + 0.126 kg. Water proofing compound + y
liters of water per M². Area and the required quantity of slurry thus prepared should only be
used for second application. The application of 2nd layer of slurry is same as for first layer
as detailed in clause 14.1. The applied surface shall be allowed to air cure for 4 hours and
thereafter water curing shall be done for full 48 hours. In case no further work as described
above is to be taken up immediately on completion of water proofing treatment due to any
reason it is recommended to protect the treated portion with cement plaster 1:4 as a
protective layer for which separate payment shall be made to the contractor. 14.6 INTEGRAL CEMENT BASED WATER PROOFING TREATMENT WITH BRICK
BAT COBA 14.6.1 Before taking up the work the preliminaries to be attended shall be exactly same as
described in clause 14.1.
14.6.2 Preparing the Surface
The surface of the slab should be roughened by scrapping when the slab concrete is still
green, however, the surface need not be hacked. In case the slab is already cast and
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
165
surface fairly finished, the same shall be cleaned neatly of all mortar droppings, loose
materials etc with brooms/cloth.
14.6.3 Providing and Laying of Slurry under Base Coat
The quantity of water required to prepare the slurry with 2.75 kg. of blended cement to be
painted over an area of 1 sqm. shall be calculated exactly as described in clause 14.1.
Depending upon the area of surface that has to be covered, the required quantity of slurry
should be prepared using 2.75 kg. blended cement + water per sqm. area to be covered,
taking particular care to see that only that much quantity of slurry shall be prepared which
can be used within half an hour of preparation i.e. before the initial setting time of cement.
The prepared slurry shall be applied over the dampened surface with brushes very
carefully, including the joints between the floor slab and the parapet wall, holes on the
surfaces, joints of pipes, masonry/concrete etc.
The application of the slurry should continue upto a height of 300 mm on the parapet wall
and also the groove as shown in Fig. 22.6. The slurry should also be applied upto a height
of 150 mm over pipe projections etc.
19.6.4 Laying Base Coat 20 mm thick
Immediately after the application of slurry and when the application is still green, 20 mm
thick cement plaster as base coat with cement mortar 1:5 (1 blended cement : 5 coarse
sand) shall be evenly applied over the concrete surface taking particular care to see that all
the corners and joints are properly packed and the application of the base coat shall be
continued up to a height of 300 mm over the parapet wall. 19.6.5 Laying Brick Bat Coba
Brick bat of size 25 mm to 115 mm out of well burnt bricks shall be used for the purpose of
brick bat coba. The brick bats shall be properly dampened for six hours before laying. Brick
bats shall be laid to required slope/gradient over the base coat of mortar leaving 15-25 mm
gap between two bats. Cement mortar 1:5 (1 blended cement: 5 coarse sand) shall be
poured over the brick bats and joints filled properly. Under no circumstances dry brick bats
should be laid over the base coat. The haunches/fillets at the junction of parapet wall and
the roof shall be formed only with brick bat coba. In case the brick bat coba is laid on the
base coat immediately on initial set there will be no necessity of applying cement slurry
over the base coat before laying the brick bat coba. However, if the brick bat coba is to be
laid on the subsequent day, cement slurry prepared as described in clause 14.1 and shall
be applied over the top surface of the base coat, then only the brick bat coba shall be laid. 19.6.6 Application of Slurry over Brick Bat Coba
After two days of curing of brick bat coba cement slurry prepared as per clause 14.1 shall
be applied on the surface of brick bat coba The application of slurry shall be the same as
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
166
described in clause 14.1 which should cover the haunches/gola, and the remaining small
portion of parapet wall and also inside the groove.
19.6.7 Laying Finishing Layer (Protective Coat)
Immediately on applying the cement slurry over the surface of the brick bat coba and when
the slurry applied is still green, the fiber glass cloth as specified and shall be spread evenly
on the surface without any kink & pressed to see that no air spaces exist. The fiber glass
cloth shall be taken up to a height of 300 mm on parapet walls & tucked in the groove
specially prepared at that height. 20 mm thick layer of cement plaster, without leaving any
joints shall be applied with cement mortar 1:4 (1 blended cement: 4 coarse sand) over the
entire fiber glass cloth including the haunches / gola and the small portion on the parapet
wall. The groove in the parapet wall over the haunches shall also be filled neatly packing
the mortar firmly in the groove. The surface of the finishing layer (protective coat) shall be
neatly finished with cement slurry prepared as per clause 14.1. The finished surface shall
be allowed to dry for a while and then pattern of 300 mm x 300 mm groove, 8 mm deep
shall be made over the entire surface. 19.6.8 Curing and Testing the Treatment
The entire surface thus treated shall be flooded with water by making cornices with weak
cement mortar, for a minimum period of two weeks.
19.7 White Reflective Paint
Providing and applying white reflective paint on terrace floor two or more coat as specified
by manufacture and as directed and approved by EIC/Architect at all levels.
21.0 Sewerage & Plumbing Work I N D E X 21-A - SANITARY FITTINGS 21 -B SOIL WASTE, VENT AND
AND ACCESSORIES RAIN WATER PIPE SYSTEM
1. Materials 1. General
2. Indian Water Closet 2. Clamps
3. European Water Closet 3. Cast Iron Pipes and Fittings
4. Urinals 4. AC, Rainwater pipes & Fittings.
5. Wash Basins 5. Galvanized pipes
6. Sinks 6. Traps
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
167
7. Mirrors 7. C.P. Grating
8. Shower Set. 8. Clean out Plugs.
9. Urinal Partitions 9. Waste Pipe from Appliances
10. Hot Water Heaters 10. Miscellaneous.
11. Miscellaneous 11. Testing.
11.1. Wooden Plugs.
11.2. C.P. Accessories
11.3. Towel Rails.
11.4. Toilet Paper Holders
11.5. Glass Shelves
21 -C
INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY
21- D
EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
1. General 1. General
2. G.I. Pipes, Fittings & Valves 2. Cast Iron Pipes
3. Asbestos Cement Pressure
Pipes & Specials 21- E EXTERNAL SEWERAGE SYSTEM 1.General
2. Trenches for pipes & Fittings.
3. Salt-Glazed stoneware Pipes
4. Cement Concrete pipes (with or without reinforcement)
5. Cast Iron Pipes & Fittings Manholes
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
168
6. Connections
SECTION 21 - A - SANITARY FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES 21A.1. MATERIALS:- 21A.1.1. Standards -
Various fittings and accessories shall conform to the following IS -
771 - (Part - I) : Glazed fire-clay sanitary appliances General
requirements.
771 - (Part - II) : Glazed fire -clay sanitary requirements Specific
requirements of kitchen and laboratory sinks.
771 - (Part - III) : Glazed fire -clay sanitary requirements Section I)
Specific requirements of urinals, Sections I - Slab
urinals.
771 - (Part - III : Glazed fire -clay sanitary requirements specific
Sec. 2) requirements of urinals, Section-2, Stall Urinals
771 - (Part - V) : Glazed fire-clay sanitary requirements specific
requirements of shower trays.
2556 - (Part - I) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous
China) general requirements.
2556 - (Part - II) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous
China) specific requirements of wash down water
closets.
2556 - (Part - III) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous
China) specific requirements of squatting pans.
2556 - (Part - VII) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous
China) specific requirements of half round channel.
2556 - (Part - X) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous
China) specific requirements of traps for squatting
pans.
2556 - (Part - XII) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous
China) specific requirements of traps for squatting
pans.
774 - : Specification for flushing cistern for water closets and
urinals (other than plastic cisterns)
2548 - : Specification for plastic seats and covers for water
closets.
2556 - (Part - VI/Sec.1): Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous
China) specific requirements of urinals.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
169
2556 - : Specification for automatic flushing cisterns for
urinals.
3489 - : Specification for enamelled steelbath tubes.
2963 - : Specification for copper alloy waste fittings for wash
basins and sinks.
3311 - : Specification for waste plug and its accessories for
sinks and wash basins.
2556 - (Part - XI) : Specification for vitreous sanitary appliances (vitreous
China) specific requirements for shower rose.
21A.1.2. General -
21A.1.2.1. Sanitary fixtures shall be of the best quality approved by the Engineer. Wherever
particular makes are mentioned, the choice of selection shall remain with the
engineer. 21A.1.2.2. All fixtures and fittings shall be provided with all such accessories as are required to
complete the item in working condition whether specifically mentioned or not in the
schedule of quantities, specifications, drawings. Accessories shall include proper
fixing arrangement, brackets, nuts, bolts, screws and required connection pieces. 21A.1.2.3. Fixing screws shall be half round head chromium plated brass screws with C.P.
Washers wherever required as per the directions of the Engineer. 21A.1.2.4. All fittings and fixtures shall be fixed in a neat workmanlike manner true to level and
heights shown on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturers‟
recommendations. Mortar drops, paint splashes etc. shall be removed from fittings,
walls and floors immediately before they get dry. Care shall be taken to fix all inlet
and outlet pipes at correct positions. Faulty locations shall be made good and any
damage to the finished floor, tiling or terrace shall be made good at the Contractor‟s
cost.
21A.1.2.5. When directed the Contractor shall install fixtures and accessories in a mock-up
room for the approval of the Engineer. Sample room fixtures may be reused on the
works if undamaged, but no additional payment for fixing or dismantling shall be
admissible.
21A.2. INDIAN WATER CLOSET :- 21A.2.1. Indian WC pan shall be Orissa pattern of size as specified even though the wording
of the item or the nomenclature on the drawing does not specifically mention this
pattern. Each WC shall be provided with a 100 mm. dia. cast iron or porcelain P or
S trap with or without vent horn with an approximately 50 mm. seal. The joint
between the pan and trap shall be made leak-proof with CM 1:1 (1 cement: 1 fine
sand).
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
170
21A.2.2. WC shall be flushed by means of exposed air concealed type brass flush valve.
Flush valve shall be connected to the WC by means of an approved type of flush
pipe. Joint between WC and flush pipe shall be made with a putty of white lead and
linseed oil and caulked well or with an approved rubber joint. 21A.2.3. The pan shall be sunk into the floor and embedded in a cushion of average 15 cm.
cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20
nominal size). The concrete shall be left below the top level of the pan so to allow
laying of flooring. The floor should be suitably sloped so that the waste water is
drained into the pan.
21A.3. EUROPEAN WATER CLOSET :- 21A.3.1. European WC shall be wash down or symphonic type floor or wall mounted set,
flushed by means of porcelain flushing cistern, an exposed or concealed type flush
valve. Flush pipe/bend shall be connected to the WC by means of a suitable rubber
adopter. Wall hung WC shall be supported by C.I. floor mounted chair. 21A.3.2. Each WC set shall be provided with a solid plastic seat of approved make and
colour with rubber buffers and chromium plated pillar hinges. The seat shall be so
fixed that it remains absolutely stationery in vertical position without falling down on
the WC 21A.3.3. The closet shall be fixed to the floor by means of 75 mm. long 6.5 mm. dia. counter-
sunk bolts and nuts embedded on the floor concrete using rubber or fibre washers
so as not to allow any lateral displacement. The joint between the trap of water
closet and soil pipe shall be made with cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement: 1 fine sand).
21A.4. URINALS :- 4.1. Flat Back Urinals - 21A.4.1.1. These shall be lipped type half stall white glazed vitreous China of size 610 x 400 x
380 mm. or 465 x 355 x 265 mm. as specified. They shall be provided with 15 mm.
dia. C.P. spreader, 32 mm. dia. C.P domical waste and C.P. cast brass bottle trap
with pipe and wall flange and shall be fixed to wall by one C.I. bracket and two C.I.
wall clips as recommended by the manufacturer and as directed by the Engineer.
The connection between the urinal and flush or waste pipe shall be made by means
of putty or white lead mixed with chopped hemp. 21A.4.1.2. Flat back urinals shall be fixed with C.P. brass screws and shall be provided with 32 dia. domical waste leading to urinals trap. 21A.4.2.Squatting Plate Pattern Urinalls - 21A.4.2.1. These shall be of white glazed vitreous China of the size as specified.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
171
21A.4.2.2. The top edge of the squatting plate shall be flush with the finished floor level adjacent to
it. It shall be embedded on a layer of 25 mm. thick cement mortar 1:8 (1 cement: 8
fine sand) laid over a bed of cement concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement: 5 fine sand: 10
graded stone/brick aggregate 20 mm. nominal size). There shall be 100 mm. dia.
glazed earthen ware or Vitreous China channels as specified with stop and outlet
pieces suitably fixed in the floor in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand)
and joint finished with white cement. The earthen ware/Vitreous china channels
shall discharge into a 65 mm. diameter standard urinal C.I. trap with vent arm
having 65 mm. C.P. brass outlet grating. The trap and fittings shall be fixed as
directed. 21A.4.3.Flushing Cistern - 21A.4.3. 1. Flushing cistern for urinals shall be automatic type cast iron or vitreous
china as specified. It shall have a copper siphon and inlet nose cock to control the
flow. It shall be fixed to wall with R.S. & C.I. brackets which shall be firmly
embedded in the wall in CM 1:4 (1 cement: 4 fine sand). Cast iron cistern and
brackets shall be painted with two coats of white enamel paint. Cistern may be
concealed in pipe shafts or false ceilings where required as directed by the
Engineer.
21A.4.3. 2. Flush pipes shall be C.I. pipes (“C” class) concealed in wall chase but with
chromium plated bends at inlet and outlet or as specified. The connection between
the flush pipe and the cistern shall be made by means of a C.P. brass coupling and
check nut.
G.I. Pipes (“C” Class)
Rigid PVC
Lead Pipes Waste pipes may be exposed on wall or concealed in chase as directed by the Engineer.
Specifications for waste pipes shall be same as given elsewhere.
21A.5. WASH BASINS :- 21A.5.1. Wash basins shall be white glazed Vitreous Chine Poly marble of size, shape and
type specified. 21A.5.2. Each basin shall be supported on a pair of S or C.I. brackets (which shall conform
to IS 775) fixed in CM 1:3 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand). The wall plaster on the rear
shall be cut to rest over the top edge of the basin. After fixing the basin, plaster
shall be made good and surface finished to match the existing one. 21A.5.3. Each basin shall be provided with a 32 mm. dia. C.P. brass bottle trap and union
which shall be connected to a 32 mm. dia. waste pipe which shall be suitably bent
towards the wall and which shall discharge into an open drain leading to a gully trap
or direct into a gully trap on ground floor or to a waste pipe stack through a floor
trap on upper floors. It shall also have a pop-up or rubber plug and chain as
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
172
specified, C.P. brass and union may not be provided where the surface drain or a
floor trap is placed directly under the basin and the waste is discharge into it
vertically. 21A.5.4. Each basin shall be provided with fittings as specified. 21A.5.5. The height of the front edge of the basin above the floor level shall be 79 cm. or as
directed by the Engineer.
21A.6. SINKS :- 21A.6.1. Sinks shall be white glazed fire-clay or vitreous china or stainless steel or any other
material as specified. 21A.6.2. Sinks shall generally be fixed as wash basins except that C.P. brass trap and union
shall be connected to 40 mm. dia. G.I. waste pipe which shall be suitably bent
towards the wall. Counter top sinks shall be fixed with suitable angle iron brackets
or clips as recommended by the manufacturer.
21A.6.3. Supply fittings for sinks shall be mixing fittings or C.P. taps as specified.
21A.7. MIRRORS :-
21A.7.1. Mirrors shall be electro-coated copper 5.5 mm. thick of guaranteed reputed make.
The image shall be clear and without waviness at all angles of vision.
21A.7.2. Mirrors shall be provided with backing of 12 mm. thick marine plywood or 6 mm.
thick asbestos sheet fixed with C.P. brass semi-round headed screws and cup
washers or C.P. brass clamps as specified or instructed by the Engineer.21A.8.
SHOWER SET :-
21A.8.1. Shower set shall comprise two C.P. brass concealed stop cocks, two long body bib
cocks, C.P. shower arm with wall flange and shower head of approved quality as
specified.21A.8.2. Concealed stop cocks shall be so fixed as to keep the wall
flange clear of the finished wall. 21A.9. URINAL PARTITIONS :- 21A.9.1. Urinal partitions shall be white glazed Vitreous China or 25 mm. thick marble of size
as specified. 21A.9.2. Porcelain partitions shall be fixed at proper heights with C.P. brass bolts, anchor
fastners and M.S. clips as recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the
Engineer.
21A.10. HOT WATER HEATERS :- 21A.10.1 Hot water heaters shall be pressure type controlled outlet or non-pressure type with
single outlet, wall or floor mounting type of capacity and type as specified. Hot
water heaters shall have copper container and 75 mm. thick fiber glass insulation.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
173
Heaters shall conform to IS 2082-1965. Each heater shall be thermostatically
controlled with a pilot neon lamp. 21A.10.2 Hot water heaters shall be installed true to level in a neat workmanlike manner. Wall
hung heaters shall be fixed with nuts and bolts of ample size neatly grouted in wall
and set in cement concrete blocks 100 x 100 cms. in 1:2:4 mix heaters fixed in RCC
columns or walls shall be fastened by anchor bolts without any additional cost. 21A.10.3 Each heater inlet and outlet shall be connected by means of a 20 mm. dia. C.P.
copper tubing with necessary nuts and washers. One 20 mm. dia. C.P. brass stop
cock and C.P. horizontal or vertical non-return valve shall be provided on the inlet. If
the inlet and outlet connections to the hot water heater are 15 mm. or less, the
connection to C.P. pipes described above shall be made by a C.P. reducer. Bushes
shall not be used. Vent pipes connections shall be 15 or 20 mm. dia. as specified
and shall be made by G.I. pipe connection/
21A.11. MISCELLANEOUS:- 21A.11.1 Wooden Plugs -
These shall be of hard wood and of size 50 mm. x 50 mm. at base tapering to 38 x 38 mm. at top of 50 mm. long. These shall be fixed in wall in CM 1:3 (1 cement: 3
fine sand) which shall be well-cured.
21A.11.2 C.P. Accessories -
All C.P. accessories shall be fixed with C.P. brass half round head screws and cup
washers in all with rawl plugs or nylon sleeves and shall include cutting and making
good as required or directed by the Engineer.
21A.11.3 Towel Rails -
These shall be fixed at a height of 75 cm. above floor level or as specified or
directed by the Engineer. The brackets of towel rail shall be fixed by means of C.P.
brass screws to wooden plugs embedded in wall.
21A.11.4 Toilet Paper Holders -
These shall be fixed in position by means of screws and wooden plugs embedded
in wall.
21A.11.5 Glass Shelves -
These shall be fixed at height of 115 cm. above floor level or as specified or as
directed by the Engineer. The brackets of the glass shelf unit shall be fixed with
C.P. brass screws to wooden plugs embedded in the wall.
LIST OF STANDARDS & CODES
MATERIALS
Unless specifically mentioned otherwise all the applicable codes and standards updated
and in force published by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and its subsequent revision
and all other standards which may be published by them before construction work starts,
shall govern in respect of design, workmanship, quality and properties of materials and
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
174
method of testing for plumbing, Drainage and Water Supply. Some of this available
standards are listed below:
(All materials shall conform and bear stamps of the required Indian Standard
specifications)
IS : 651 - 1980 Specification for salt glazed stoneware pipes and
fittings.
IS : 778 - 1984 Specification for gunmetal gate, globe and check
valves for water.
IS : 780E - 1984 Specification for sluice valve for various purpose
IS : 781 - 1978 Specification for sand caste brass screw down bib
taps and stop for water services.
IS : 782 - 1983 Specification for caulking lead
IS : 1172 - 1971 Basic requirement of water supply drainage and
sanitation.
IS : 1239 - 1982 Specification for M.S. or G.I. Pipes
IS : 1536 - 1989 Specification for LA class Centrifugal cast (spun) iron
pressure pipes for water and sewage.
IS : 1538 - 1976 Specification for cast iron fittings for pressure pipes
for water and sewage.
IS : 1703 - 1977 Specification for ball valves (horizontal plunger type)
including floats for water supply purpose.
IS : 1879 - 1975 Specification for G.I. Fittings.
IS : 3989 - 1984 Specification for Centrifugal cast (spun)iron for
sewage.
IS : 1729 - 1979 Specification for C.I. Sand cast pies
IS : 544 - 1975 Specification for threads of G.I. fittings (paralles
female and taper male threads).
IS : BS - 5155 Specification for (Butterfly) Valves for various
purposes.
IS : 1726 - 1974 Specification for cast iron manhole covers and frames
intended for use in drainage work.
IS : 1729 - 1979 Specification for cast iron spigot and socket, soil,
waste pipes, fittings and accessories.
IS : 1742 - 1983 Code of practice for building drainage.
IS : 2064 - 1973 Code of practice for selection, installation and
maintenance of sanitary appliances.
IS : 2065 - 1983 Code of practice for water supply in buildings.
IS : 2373 - 1981 Specification for water meters. (Bulk type)
IS : 771 - 1979 Specification for vitreous China sanitary ware.
IS : 458 - 1971 Specification for reinforced cement concrete Hume
pipe, concrete Hume pipe.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
175
SECTION 21-C INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY GENERAL :- 1.1. All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to specifications and subject to the
approval of the Engineer.
1.2. Short or long bends shall be used on all main pipe lines as far as possible. Use of elbows
shall be restricted for short connections.
As far as possible all bends shall be formed by means of a hydraulic pipe bending machine
for pipes upto 65 mm. dia. 1.3. Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and maintenance
and shall not cause obstruction shafts, passage etc.
1.4. Valves and other appurtenances shall be so located as to provide easy accessibility for
operations, maintenance and repairs. 1.5. Stipulations as given in Para 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 for Soil, Waste, Vent and Rain Water
Systems are also applicable for internal water supply work. G.I. PIPES, FITTINGS & VALVES:- 1. Material - 1.1. Galvanized mild steel welded pipes and seamless, screwed and socketed tubes shall
conform to IS 1239 of class specified. When class is not specified, they shall be medium
class. 1.2. Fittings for G.I. pipes shall be malleable iron galvanized fittings of approved make with the
manufacturer‟s trade mark stamped thereon. Such fittings shall include couplings, unions,
bends, tees, reducers, nipples and bushes. Fittings shall conform to IS 1879 (Part-I & Part-
X). 1.3. All screwed tubes and sockets and fittings shall have screw threads conforming to the
requirements of relevant IS. 1.4. Unions - The Contractor shall provide adequate number of unions on all pipes to enable
dismantling later. Unions shall be provided near each gunmetal valve, stop cock or check
valve and on straight runs as necessary at appropriate locations as required and / or
directed by the Engineer. 1.5. Gun metal (G.M.) Valves -
Heavy G.M. valves shall be full way valves or globe valves conforming to IS 778-20 Kg. /
Sq.cm. class. The same shall be tested at manufacturer‟s works and duly stamped. 1.6. Sluice Valves -
These shall be of best quality confirming to IS 780 of class specified. 1.7. Valves & Controls
All valves (gate, globe, check, safety) shall be either all brass or gun metal valves suitable
for the particular services. All valves shall be of the particular duty and design called for.
Valves shall either be of the screw type, with suitable flanges and non-corrosive bolts and
gaskets. Tail pieces and required shall be supplied along with valves. Gate, globe and
check valves shall conform to Indian Standard IS : 778 – 1971 (Gunmetal gate, globe and
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
176
check valves for general purposes) and non-return valves to swing check type reflex (non
return valves IS : 5312 (Part I) 1969. 1.8 Ball Valves (S.S. 304) 2.2. Workmanship - 2.2.1. Cuttings, Laying & Jointing -
Where the pipes are to be cut or rethreaded, the ends shall be carefully filed out
and burr removed. The ends of the pipes are then rethreaded as per the
requirements of the relevant IS with pipe dies and taps carefully in such a manner
as will not result in slackness of joints when two pieces are screwed together. The
dies and taps shall be used only for straightening screw threads which have
become bent or damaged and shall not be used for turning of the threads which
would result in slackness. Screw threads are protected from damage.
The pipes shall be cleaned of all foreign matter before being laid. In jointing the
pipes, the inside of the socket and the screwed end of the pipes shall be oiled and
rubbed over with white lead and a few turns of spun yarn wrapped round the
screwed end of the pipe. The end shall then be screwed in the socket, tee etc. with
the pipe wrench.
Care shall be taken to make all joints completely watertight. After laying, the open
ends of the pipes shall be temporarily plugged to prevent access of water, soil or
any other foreign matter. 2.2.2. Laying / Fixing - Internal work (Fixing to walls ceilings & floors) -
All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal unless unavoidable.
a) For exposed pipes in shafts or other locations, MS brackets and clamps or slotted
angles/channels of approved design shall be used for fixing pipes, keeping the
pipes about 25 mm. clear of the wall. Sufficient space shall be available for working
on pipes with usual tools.
When standard pattern holder bat clamps are used for fixing, one end of the same
shall be properly plugged or cemented into walls in CM 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse
sand) and the other tightened round the pipes to hold the same securely. These
clamps shall be spaced at regular intervals in straight lengths as follows -
Size of Horizontal Vertical
Pipe in run in runs in
mm. meters meters
15 2 2.5
20 2.5 3
25 2.5 3
32 2.5 3
40 3 3.5
50 3 3.5
For pipes 15 mm. to 25 mm. dia., the holes in walls / floors etc. shall be made by
drilling with chisel or jumper and not by dismantling the brick work or concrete. For
bigger diameter pipes, holes shall be carefully made by dismantling to the smallest
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
177
required size. After fixing the pipes, the holes shall be made good in 1:3 CM (1
cement: 3 coarse sand) and properly finished to match the adjacent surface.
Horizontal pipes running along ceiling level shall be fixed on structural adjustable
clamps of special design adjusted to the proper levels so that pipes are in a
uniform slope and rest fully on the clamps. Clamps shall be as shown on the
drawings or as directed.
All exposed pipes and fittings shall be painted with two coats of synthetic enamel
paint of approved shade and manufacture over and above one coat of approved
primer.
Pipes shall not ordinarily be buried in walls or solid floors. Where unavoidable, they
may be buried for short distances, provided adequate protection is given against
damage and where so required joints are not buried. Where required, MS tube
sleeve shall be fixed at a place a pipe is passing through a wall or floor to allow
freedom for expansion and contractor and other movements. Pipes embedded in
walls or floors shall not come in contact with lime mortar or lime concrete and shall
be painted with anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality and wrapped in
burlap or hessian cloth impregnated with bitumen without any extra cost. 2.2.3. Laying / Fixing - External Work (in trenches etc.) -
Widths and depths of trenches in which G.I. pipes and fittings are to be laid shall be as
follows -
Dia. of Pipe Width of Trench Depth of Trench
15 mm. to 50 mm. 30 cm. 60 cm.
65 mm. to 100 mm. 45 cm. 75 cm. At joints, the trench width shall be widened where necessary. The work of excavation
and refilling shall be done true to line and gradient.
G.I. Pipes shall be protected by fine sand laid 15 cm. around before filling the trenches
with excavated earth. When excavation is done in rock, the bottom shall be cut deep
enough to have a minimum sand cushion of 15 cm. below.
For large diameter pipes where pressure is high, concrete thrust blocks shall be
constructed on all bends as per drawings and instructions of the Engineer.
Before laying the pipes shall be painted with two coats of anti-corrosive bitumastic paint and then wrapped with hessian cloth for the entire length and again painted with
two coats of anti-corrosive bitumastic paint at Contractor‟s own cost. Paint shall be of
the approved quality. 2.3. Insulation for hot water pipes -
Pipes carrying hot water from storage heater or from central heating system shall be
insulated for preventing loss of heat. All hot water supply and return pipes shall be
insulated with resin bounded mineral wool / fiber glass crown 150 wrapped with asbestos
for lagging. The material shall have a thermal conductivity valve not exceeding 0.3 but / Hr-
sq.ft /Hr. at mean temperature of 200 degree C. and a density not less than 32 Kgs. per
Cum.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
178
•
Insulation thickness shall be -
Pipes 50 mm. dia. and below 25 mm. thick
• Pipes 65 mm. dia. and below 40 mm. thick
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
179
2.4. Testing the Joints -
After laying and jointing, the pipes and fittings shall be inspected under working conditions
of pressure and flow. Any joint found leaking shall be redone and all leaking pipes removed
and replaced without extra cost. Pipes and fittings shall then be tested to hydraulic
pressure of 7 Kg. / Sq.cm. (70 meter or double the designed working pressure whichever is
more). Pipes shall be slowly and carefully charged with water allowing all air to escape and
avoiding all shock or water hammer. The draw off-takes and stop cocks shall be then
closed and specified hydraulic pressure shall be applied gradually. Pressure gauge must
be accurate and calibrated before the test. The test pump having without loss for at least
half an hour. Pipes and laying proceeds, keeping the joints and laying proceeds, keeping
the joints exposed for inspection during the testing. 2.5. Miscellaneous Connections etc. 2.5.1. Making Connection between Distribution branch with main -
For connecting a distribution branch to the existing main -
a pit is made at the main location of the connection and earth removed for 15 cm.
below the main,
flow of water in the main is disconnected by closing the sluice/wheel valves,
any water collected in the pit is bailed out,
the ends of the pipe are threaded, a G.I. tee of the required size is introduced together
with the necessary fittings such as jam nut, socket, connecting piece etc. 2.5.2. Fixing meter and stop cock in the line -
For fixing this -
the line shall be cut to the required length at the position where the fixing is to be done.
Ends of the pipes are then threaded.
the meter and stop cock shall be fixed in position by means of connecting piece, jam
nut, socket etc. Stop cock shall be fixed near the meter inlet. The paper disc inserted in
the meter nipples shall be removed and the meter installed exactly horizontal or vertical
in the flow line in the direction shown by the arrow cast on the body of the meter, care
being taken to see that the factory seal of the meter is not disturbed.
if the pipe line is a new one, a piece of the pipe equal to the length of the meter shall be
fitted in the position where the meter is to be installed, water allowed to flow in the line
to completely wash the line. The connecting piece is then removed and meter fitted
there.
GENERAL :- 1.1. All the materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to the relevant specifications
and subject to approval of the Engineer.
1.2. The water lines shall be laid at depths and locations and to alignment and gradient shown
on the drawings or as expressly directed by the Engineer during the works execution. All
fittings and appurtenances shall also be laid at proper depths and to required slopes in a
workmanlike manner.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
180
1.3. Pipe lines shall be kept clean throughout the progress of the work. Special care shall be
taken to avoid accumulation of the work. Special care shall be taken to avoid accumulation
of debris, building materials and trench water and mud from collecting within the pipe lines. 1.4. No pipe lines shall cross any open drain between its high flood level and bed level to avoid
corrosion, contamination of water supply and blockage of drain. 1.5. Stipulations as given in Para 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 for Soil, Waste, Vent and Rain Water system
are also applicable for external water supply works. CAST IRON PIPES :- 1. Standard -
Pipes for water-supply mains shall be centrifugally spun iron pipes class LA conforming to
IS 1536. Quality certificate shall be furnished.
Fittings used shall conform to IS 1538. 2. Handling - 2.1. Pipes and fittings shall be handled with adequate care to avoid damage to them. These
shall be lined up on one side of the alignment of the trench.
3. Preparatory Work - 3.1. If any cracks are observed in pipes, the damaged portion of cracked spigot and socket pipe
may be cut at a point not less than 150 mm. beyond the visible extremity of the crack with
diamond pointed chisel, and the serviceable portion used in the work. In case of doubt,
suitable tests shall be carried out to ensure that the pipes and fittings are free of defects. 3.2. All pipes and fittings shall be cleaned of all dust and dirt, special care being taken to
thoroughly clean the inside of the sockets and outside of the spigots. 3.3. Trenches -
Trenches for the pipes shall be excavated to lines and levels as directed. The bed of
the trench shall be truly and evenly dressed throughout from one change of grade to
the next.
Clear available working width of trench shall be external dia. of pipe/s or external
dimensions of supporting concrete or cushioning layer plus 40 cm. upto 1 m. depth.
Additional 5 cm. width shall be added per meter of extra depth over 1 m. If the sides of
the trench are not vertical, the above with shall be available from below the pipe top.
After the excavation of the trench is completed, hollows shall be cut at the required
positions to receive the socket of the pipes and these hollows shall be of sufficient
depth to ensure that the barrels of the pipes shall rest throughout their entire length on
the solid ground and that sufficient spaces only lift for jointing the underside of the pipe
joint. These socket holes shall be refilled with sand after jointing the pipe. 2.4. Laying - 2.4.1. Pipes shall be lowered (and not rolled or dropped) into the trench by means of suitable
pulley blocks, shear legs, chains, ropes etc. and placed such that the centre line of pipes
coincides with the centre line of the required alignment. In case of socketed pipes, the
spigot of one pipe shall be carefully centered into the socket of the next for the full depth of
the socket and the pipe kept in position by earth filling, well watered and rammed at two or
more places in its length. Specials and fittings shall also be laid in their proper positions
and stated above.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
181
2.4.2. Where so directed by the Engineer, the pipes and specials may be laid on masonry or
concrete pillars. Pipe laid on level ground, shall be laid with socket facing against the
direction of flow of water. In all other cases, the sockets shall be laid facing uphill and pipe
laying shall proceed in an uphill direction to facilitate joint making.
2.4.3. Any deviation either in plan or in elevation less than 11.25 degrees shall be effected by
laying the straight pipes round a flat curve, of such radius that minimum thickness of lead
at the face of the socket shall not be reduced below 6 mm. or the opening between spigot
and socket increased beyond 12 mm. at any joint. A deviation of about 2.25 degree can be
effected at each joint in this way Concrete thrust blocks at bends or anchor blocks shall be
provided as shown on the drawings or as directed. Thrust blocks of concrete of specified
size shall be formed at all bends. Thrust blocks shall be made after the joints have been
caulked with lead.
2.4.4. At the ends of a day‟s work, the last pipe laid shall have its open ends securely closed with
a wooden plug to prevent entry of water, soil, rats and any other foreign matter into the
pipe.
2.5. Jointing Spigot & Socket Pipes -
2.5.1. Lead Caulked Joints -
The spigot and socket joints of cast iron and centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes shall be
caulked with lead.
a) Lead caulked joints with molten lead -
Lead caulking is generally done for providing joints wherever it is practicable to use cast
lead caulking, but not in wet conditions. Jointing shall be done in the following manner - i)Preparing the Joint -
The interior of the sockets and exterior of the spigots shall be thoroughly cleaned and
dried. The yarn shall be placed around the spigot of the pipe, and shall be of proper
dimensions so as to centre the spigot in the socket. making up of required length by
knotting of yarn shall not be allowed. Required length of yarn strands shall be in one piece.
When a single strand of yarning material is used, it shall have an overlap at the top of not
more than 50 mm. When more than a single strand is required for a joint, each strand shall
be cut to sufficient length so that the ends will meet on opposite sides of the pipe and not
on top or bottom. When the spigot is shoved home, the yarning material shall be driven
tightly against the inside base or hub of the socket with suitable tools. ii)Leading -
The leading of pipes shall be made by means of ropes covered with clay or by using
special leading rings.
2.5.2. Lead shall be heated to proper temperature in a melting pot kept in easy reach of the joint
so that molten metal will not be chilled in being carried from the melting pot to the joint.
(Molten lead at proper pouring temperature when stirred shows a rapid change of colour).
2.5.3. Before pouring, all scum or dross which may appear on the surface of the lead during
melting shall be skimmed off. Each joint shall be filled in one continuous pouring. Spongy
or imperfectly filled joints shall be burnt out and repaired.
2.5.4. Precaution shall be taken for melting the lead as under - The pot and the ladle in which lead shall be put shall be clean and dry.
Sufficient quality of lead shall be melted.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
182
iii) Lead shall not be overheated as it is not desirable to overheat it. 2.5.5. The approximate depth of pig lead for each joint of C.I. pipes and fittings shall be as under
with a tolerance of + / - (plus or minus) 5% -
Dia of Pipe Depth of Lead
80 mm. to 125 mm. dia. 45 mm.
150 mm. to 250 mm. dia. 50 mm.
300 mm. to 450 mm. dia. 55 mm.
500 mm. to 600 mm. dia. 60 mm.
2.5.6. Quantity of lead
and spun yarn for each joint in cast iron pipes and fittings shall be as
under, unless otherwise indicated -
Nominal dia. of Lead required per Spun yarn required
C.I. Pipe Joint (in kg.) per Joint (in kg.)
80 1.8 0.10
100 2.2 0.18
125 2.6 0.20
150 3.4 0.20
200 5.0 0.30
250 6.1 0.35
300 7.2 0.48
350 8.4 0.60
400 9.5 0.75
450 14.0 0.95
500 15.0 1.00
600 19.0 1.20 Note : The quantities of lead and spun yarn given in the table are provisional and a
variation of 20 percent is permissible. However, the depth of lead in joints shall be
adhered to within the permissible limit of + / - (plus or minus) 5% as specified
above. 2.5.7. Caulking -
Lead joints shall be caulked to make them thoroughly water tight. Caulking of joints shall be
done when joints in a covenant length of pipes have been poured. Clay ramming shall first
be removed and any lead outside the socket scraped with a flat chisel, but leaving enough
so that the joint can be finished 3 mm. behind the socket face. Caulking may be done with
pneumatic tools or with a hand hammer weighting not less than 2 Kg. in weight and proper
caulking tools. Joints shall be caulked around three times with caulking tools of increasing
thickness. The joint shall be finished 3 mm. behind the socket face. The joints shall not be
covered till the pipe line has been tested under pressure though the rest of the pipe line
should be covered up to prevent expansion and contraction due to variation in temperature. 2.5.8. Lead Wool Joint -
Wherever it is impracticable or dangerous to use cast (molten) lead, such as inverted joints
or in wet drainages or under water where there is a need of cold application, joints may be
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
183
made with caulking lead wool or yarn. Joints caulked with lead wool or lead yarn shall
withstand greater displacement then cast lead joints. Approximate weights and depths of
lead wool required for each joint of various dia. of C.I. pipes and fittings shall be as given in
the following table. Just sufficient quantity of spun yarn shall be put so as to give specified
depth of lead wool. An allowance of five percent variation in the specified weights and
depths shall be permissible.
Dia. of Pipe Weight of lead Depth of lead
in mm. Wool in Kg. Wool or Lead
Yarn in mm.
80 0.80 19
100 0.90 19
125 1.25 20
150 1.60 23
200 2.05 23
250 2.95 25
300 3.50 25
350 4.65 29
400 5.70 31
450 6.70 32
500 8.30 33
600 10.00 35
2.5.9. Jointing shall be made with caulking lead wool or yarn inserted in strings not less than 5
thick and the caulking shall be repeated with each turn of lead wool or yarn. The whole of
the lead used or yarn shall be compressed into a dense mass. When working with lead
wool, it is very important to use caulking tools of appropriate thickness to fill the joints
space and to thoroughly consolidate the material from the back to the front of the socket. 2.5.10. Jointing Flanged Pipes -
Pipes and fittings shall be accurately aligned in the trench. The jointing materials shall be
inserted in between the flanges and nuts shall be carefully tightened, in opposite pairs, until
the joint ring is only just sufficiently compressed between the plates to ensure water
tightness of the joint under the desired water pressure. 2.6. Sluice Valves -
The valve shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matter before being fixed. The
fixing of the valve shall be done by means of bolts, nut and 3 mm. rubber insertions or
chemically treated compressed fiber board 1.5 mm. (minimum) thickness and of weight not
less than 0.183 gm. per Sq.cm. with the flanges of spigot and the socketed tail pieces
drilled to the same specifications as in case of socket and spigot and with flanges in case
of flanged pipes. The tail pieces shall conform to IS 1538 (Part-VII) and IS 1538 (Part-VIII).
These shall be jointed to the pipeline by means of lead caulked joints.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
184
2.7. Fire Hydrants -
The hydrants shall be fully examined and cleared of all foreign matter before being fixed.
The fixing shall be done on the water main which shall be minimum 80 mm. dia. The
flanged end of the hydrant shall be fixed to the flanged outlet of a tee in the water main by
means of bolts, nuts and 3 mm. rubber insertion or chemically treated compressed fire
board 1.5 mm. (minimum) thickness and of weight not less than 0.183 gm. per Sq.cm. This
can also be fixed by means of flanged tail pieces which may be connected to the water
main by C.I. fittings. 2.8. Masonry Chambers - 2.8.1. All masonry chambers for stop cock, sluice valves, fire hydrants and meters etc. shall be
built as per drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
2.8.2. The work of excavation, foundation concrete, brick work, plaster work and RCC etc. shall be
carried out as per specifications for these items. 2.8.3. Surface Box -
C.I. surface box shall be coated with a coat of bituminous paint except in the case of fire
hydrants where the cover of the surface box shall be painted with two coats of rust
resisting bright luminous yellow paint for clear visibility during night. The surface box shall
be fixed on the top of masonry chamber in 1:2:4 PC/RC as per drawings or as directed by
the Engineer.
21. E.1 EXTERNAL SEWERAGE SCHEME
GENERAL :- 1.1. All materials shall be of the best quality conforming to specifications and subject to the
approval of the Engineer. 1.2. Drainage lines shall be laid accurately and perfectly true to alignments, levels and
gradients shown on the drawings (plans and sections) but subject to such modifications
as shall be ordered by the Engineer in writing from time-to-time to meet the requirements
of the Works. 1.3. All drainage work shall be done in accordance with the bye-laws of local municipal or
equivalent authority. The Contractor shall obtain necessary approval and permission for
the drainage system from the Municipal or any other competent authority. 1.4. Location of all manholes etc. shall be got confirmed by the Contractor from the Engineer
before the actual execution of work at site. As far as possible no drains or sewers shall
be laid in the middle of road unless otherwise specifically shown on the drawings or
directed by the Engineer. 1.5. All items required for ensuring leak proof jointing and efficient functioning of the pipes and
appliances shall be carried out without extra claims. 1.6. All the sewerage scheme shall be carried out by experienced and licensed plumbers to
the entire satisfaction of local Authority and the Engineer. TRENCHES FOR PIPES AND FITTINGS :-
2.1. Excavation to be taken to proper widths and depths -
Excavation for drainage work shall generally be in trenches but should any tunnelling be
required to be done due to any specific situations, the same shall be done only on
approval of the Engineer in writing. The trenches shall be excavated to such a depth that
the sewer shall rest with inverts at the levels given in the drawings or as instructed by the
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
185
Engineer. In bad ground or in other unusual conditions, if the Engineer orders additional
width/depth of excavation which will have necessarily to be filled up with concrete,
broken stone, gravel or other materials, the Contractor shall be paid for all the additional
work ordered by the Engineer in writing. If, however, the Contractor excavates trenches
to a greater depth than is required without specific order to that effect in writing of the
Engineer, the extra depth shall have to be filled up with concrete at the Contractor‟s own
costs to the requirements and satisfaction of the Engineer.
2.2. Opening out Trenches in Roads etc. -
In excavation of trenches etc. the solid road metalling, pavement, kerbing etc. and turf is
to be placed on one side and preserved for reinstatement when the trenches or other
excavation shall be filled up. Before any road metal is replaced, it shall be carefully shifted. The surface of all trenches and holes shall be restored and maintained to the
satisfaction of the Engineer and of the owners of the roads or other property traversed and the Contractor shall not cut out or break down any live fence of trees in the line of the
proposed works but shall tunnel under them, unless the Engineer shall order to the
contrary. 2.3. All night soil, filth or any other offensive mater met with during the execution of the works,
immediately after it is taken out of any trench, sewer or cess-poll shall not be deposited
onto the surface of any street or where it is likely to be a nuisance or passed into any
sewer or drain but shall be at one place put into the carts and removed to a suitable
place to be provided by the Contractor. 2.4. Precautions during excavation -
2.4.1. Timbering etc. -
The Contractor shall at all times take adequate precautions to prevent collapse or
subsidence of the trench sides during the excavation / pipe laying by providing timbering,
sheeting, piling including bracing and strutting etc. of adequate design. The Contractor
shall be held responsible and will be accountable for the sufficiency of all timbering,
bracings, sheeting and piling used as also for all damage to persons and property
resulting from improper quality, strength, placing, maintaining or removing of the same. 2.4.2. Shoring of Building -
The Contractor shall shore up all buildings, walls and other structures, the stability of
which is liable to be endangered by the execution of the work and shall be fully
responsible for all damages to persons or property resulting from any accident. 2.4.3. Obstructions of roads -
The Contractor shall not occupy or obstruct by his operation more than one half of the
width of any road or street and sufficient transit. He shall remove the materials excavated
and bring them back again when the trench is required to be refilled. The Contractor shall
obtain the consent of the Engineer in writing before closing any road to vehicular traffic
and the foot walks must be clear at all times. 2.5. Removal of Water from Sewer, Trench etc. -
The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the work, keep the trenches and
excavations free from water which shall be disposed of by him in a manner as will neither
cause injury to the public health nor to the public or private property nor to the work
completed or in progress nor to the surface of any roads or streets, nor cause any
interference with the use of the same by public.
2.6. Re-filling -
After the sewer or other work has been laid and proved to be water tight, the trench or other excavations shall be refilled. Back-filling material shall be packed by hand under and around the pipe and rammed with a shovel and light tamper. Work shall proceed
evenly on both sides of the pipe. Utmost care shall be taken in doing this, so that no damage shall be caused to the sewer and other permanent work. The filling in the trenches and upto 75 cms above the crown of the sewer shall consist of the finest
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
186
selected materials placed carefully in 15 cms layers and flooded and consolidated. After this has been laid, the trench and other excavation shall be refilled carefully in 15 cms
layers with materials taken from the excavation, each layer being watered to assist in the consolidation unless the Engineer shall otherwise direct.
2.7. Contractor to restore settlement and damages -
The Contractor shall be solely responsible during the whole period the works are in hand
for any settlement of roads, berms, footpaths, gardens, open spaces etc. whether public or private or any damage to any buildings or other property caused by his trenches or by
his other excavations and he shall be liable for any accidents caused thereby. He shall at
his own expense and charges, repair and make good all the above damages. If he, however, fails to make good such works with all practicable dispatch, the Engineer shall
be at liberty to get the work done by other means at the cost and expenses of the
Contractor. CAST IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS :-
4.1. Pipes - Standard -
4.1.1. C.I. pipes for drainage lines (passing under buildings, floors roads with heavy traffic, in exposed position above ground etc. as specified in the drawings) shall be centrifugally spun pipes confirming to IS 1536.
4.1.2. Spigot and socket C.I. drain pipes shall conform to IS 3486 as per which the tolerance on
nominal weight is + / -5%. Pipes weighing more than the nominal weight shall be
accepted provided these comply in every other respect with the requirements of the
above IS. 4.2. Fittings - 4.2.1. Fittings used for C.I. drainage pipes shall conform to IS 1538.
4.2.2. Wherever possible junction from branch pipes shall be made by a Y-tee. 4.2.3. Clean-out plugs shall be provided on head of each drain and at location indicated on
plans or directed by the Engineer. Clean-out plugs shall be of size matching the full bore
of the pipe. Plugs shall be made out with G.I. coupling caulked into the socket of the pipe
or fittings. The end shall be provided with a brass screwed plug with suitable key for
opening. 4.3. Laying -
4.3.1. All cast iron pipes and fittings shall be jointed with best quality soft pig lead (conforming to IS 782- 1966) which shall be free from impurities. In wet trenches joints shall be made from lead wool. Nothing extra will be paid for lead wool joints. Depth of pig lead and weight for joints shall be as given in section for “SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND RAIN WATER PIPES”.
4.3.2. The spigot of pipe or fittings shall be centered in the adjoining socket by caulking. Sufficient turns of tarred gaskin will be given to leave unfilled the required depth of socket for depth of 45 mm. when the gaskin has been caulked tightly home. Jointing ring shall be placed round the barrel and against the face of the socket. Molten pig lead shall then be poured to fill the remainder of the socket. This shall then be solidly caulked with suitable tolls and hammers weighting not less than 2 Kg.
4.3.3. For lead wool joints, the socket shall be caulked with tarred gaskin, as explained above.
The lead wool shall be inserted into the sockets and tightly caulked home skein by skein
with suitable tools and hammers of not less than 2 Kg. weight until joint is filled.
4.4. Testing - All cast iron pipes for drainage shall be tested to a hydraulic test of 3 meter head. Test for
straightness shall be same as for salt-glazed stoneware pipe given above. A test register
shall be maintained which shall be signed and dated by the Contractor and the Engineer.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
187
MANHOLES :-
5.1. General - 5.1.1. Manholes of different types and sizes as specified shall be constructed in the sewer line
at such places and to such levels and dimensions as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The size specified shall indicated the inside dimensions (between wall faces) of the manholes.
5.1.2. Sewers of unequal sectional area shall not be jointed at the same invert in a manhole.
The invert of the smaller sewer at its junction with main shall be at least two third the
diameter of the main above the invert of the main. The branch sewer should deliver
sewage in the manhole in direction of main flow and the junction must be made with case
so that flow in main is not impeded. 5.1.3. No drain from house fittings e.g. gully traps or soil pipes, etc. to manhole shall normally
exceed a length of 6 meter unless it is unavoidable. 5.2. Construction - 5.2.1. All manholes shall be constructed as per details specified in the Drawings / Bill of
Quantities. They would essentially comprise. Bed concrete of specified thickness and mix.
Walls in brick masonry, stone masonry, precast solid concrete block masonry or cast in-situ PC or RC work duly plastered inside (and outside also if water table is high or if directed by the Engineer).
RC cover slab with cast iron frames and covers. Rungs made from C.I. conforming to IS 5455. Channels and benching.
5.2.2. C.I. covers and frames -
They shall conform to IS 1726 and shall be cleanly cast and shall be free from air and sand holes and from cold shuts. They shall be neatly dressed and carefully trimmed. All castings shall be free from voids either due to shrinkage gas inclusion or other causes. Covers shall have raised chequer design on the top surface to provide adequate non-slip grip. The cover shall be capable of easy opening and closing and it shall be fitted in the frame in a workmanlike manner. Covers shall be gas and water tight. Size of the cover shall be the clear internal dimensions of frame. 2.5% variation in weights shall be permissible. Cover and frames shall be coated with a black anti-corrosive paint of bituminous
composition. The coating shall be smooth and tenacious. It shall not flow at 63 degree C.
and shall not drip off 0 degree C. The covers shall be so fixed as to be flushed with
ground surface. After completion, the manhole covers shall be sealed by means of
grease. 5.3. Testing -
Manhole, after it is raised above highest expected sub-soil water level in monsoon, shall be tested for water tightness. The mouths of all pipes entering the manhole shall be suitably plugged with brick masonry or wooden or any other type of plug. Manhole under test shall then be filled with water upto general sub-soil water level and the level observed for one hour. If the level does not drop to more than 50 mm. in one hour, it shall be deemed as water tight. During testing, the pit around shall be kept free of water and contractor shall observe the places where leakages takes place and take steps to correct the same. Filling earth around manhole shall be done after testing.
CONNECTIONS :-
6.1. Drop Connections -
6.1.1. Standard -
Sand cast iron pipes and specials used for connection shall conform to IS 1729 and shall
be of the size as per the branch pipe sewer.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
188
6.1.2. General -
Where it is uneconomic or impracticable to arrange the connection within 600 mm. height above the invert of the manhole, the connections shall be made by constructing a vertical shaft outside the manhole chamber. If the difference in level between the incoming drain and the sewer does not exceed 600 mm. and there is sufficient room in the manhole, the connection pipe may be directly brought through the manhole wall and the fall accommodated by constructing a ramp in the benching of the manhole.
6.1.3. Excavation -
Excavation shall be done for the drop connection at the place where the branch line meets the manhole. The excavations shall be carried upto bed concrete of the manhole and to the full width of the branch line.
6.1.4. Laying -
At the end of branch sewer line C.I. tee shall be fixed to the line which shall be extended through the wall of the manhole by a horizontal piece of C.I. pipe to form a inspection or cleaning eye. The open end shall be provided with chain and lid. The C.I. drop pipe shall be connected to the tee at the top and to the C.I. bend at the bottom. The bend shall be extended through the wall of the manhole by a piece of C.I. pipe which shall discharge in to the channel. Necessary channel shall be made with C.C. 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm. nominal size) and cured. For encasing the concrete around the drop connection, necessary centering and shuttering shall be provided. The holes made in the walls of the manhole shall be made good with brick work in CM 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) and plastered with CM 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) on the inside of the manhole wall. The excavated earth shall be back filled in the trench in level with the original ground level.
6.2. Vent Shaft -
6.2.1. Standard -
The RC vent shaft shall be manufactured by centrifugal spun process as in the case of
concrete pipe as per IS 458. 6.2.2. General -
The shaft shall be provided at the starting point of the main sewer and at such points
where the flow of sewerage is disturbed i.e. at falls, siphon etc. As far as possible, the
location shall be at such a place where it receives sunrays for the maximum period of the
day. 6.2.3. Fixing -
A pit 900 mm. x 900 mm. x 1500 mm. shall be dug. Concrete foundations of specified mix and thickness shall be laid. The vent shaft shall then be erected at the centre of the pit, truly in plumb by means of shear legs, pulleys, tackles and ropes etc. The connection with sewer manhole shall be made by using 150 mm. diameter cement
concrete pipe After the connection is completed, the pit shall be filled with CC 1:4:8 (1
cement: 4 coarse sand: 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm. nominal size) round the vent
shaft upto ground level, except to 150 mm. which shall be filled with CC 1:2:4 (1 cement :
2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm. nominal size) and rendered smooth.
The junction of vent shaft with cement concrete shall be grouted with CM 1:1 (1 cement :
1 sand). The concrete work shall be cured for 7 days. 6.3. Road Gully Chamber with Horizontal Gratings -
6.3.1. The chamber shall be constructed in a similar manner as a manhole with specified details
for bed concrete and side walls. As far as the gully grating cover is concerned, it shall be
hinged in the frame to facilitate its opening for cleaning and repairs. The frame of the
gully of rating shall be fixed on the top of the masonry walls of the chamber in a slab as
specified.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
189
6.3.2. Connection Pipe -
The chamber shall have a connection pipe, the length of which in meter between the road gully chamber and the manhole of the drain shall not be less than 1/40 times the nominal diameter of the pipe in mm. i.e. for 150 mm. connection pipe, length shall not be less than 3.75 meter and for 250 mm. connection pipe length shall not be less than 6.25 meter. The invert of the pipe at the junction with the wall shall be flushed with the top of the cement plaster on the bed concrete.
6.3.3. Painting - After the completion of the work, the exposed surface of the grating and the frame shall
be painted with a thick coat of coal tar unless specified otherwise. 6.4. Road Gully Chamber with Vertical Gratings - 6.4.1. The chamber shall be constructed in a similar manner as a manhole with specified details
for bed concrete, side walls and top RC slab etc. 6.4.2. Grating -
The grating shall consist of three 12 mm. dia. round bars fixed in cement concrete blocks
of size 7.5 cm. x 7.5 cm. x 7.5 cm. in masonry at the bottom by embedding bars 40 mm.
in the concrete. The bars at the top shall be welded or riveted to MS flat 40 mm. x 6 mm.
in size. The bars shall be kept equidistant in the available opening clear width 450 mm.
Connection Pipe - Details of paragraph 5 N.2.2.11 shall apply except that the invert level of the connection
pipe shall be 10 cm. above the bed concrete.
Painting - After the completion of the work 12 mm. dia. round bars shall be painted with a thick coat
of coal tar. 6.5. Road Gully Chamber with Horizontal and Vertical Gratings -
The work shall be carried out as per details shown in drawing for this and the
specifications for various items at paragraphs 5 N.2.2.11 and 5 N.2.2.12. 6.6. Vertical Grating for Bridges -
100 mm. dia. G.I. pipe shall be fixed tight at a slope of 1 in 3 (1 vertical and 3 horizontal) and pipe shall be projected out about 15 cms from the face of the beams. The bottom of the cast iron pipe shall be at the same level of concrete pavements. CI pipe shall be painted before fixing with a thick coat of coal tar.
6.7. Masonry Chamber for Underground C.I. Inspection Chamber -
C.I. inspection chamber with provision of inlets and bends, of specified size, with bolts,
nuts and felt washers for underground drain, shall be enclosed in masonry chamber,
which shall be constructed as per the details for a manhole, but with sizes, bed concrete,
walls, covers slab etc. duly specified. 6.8. Connection to an existing sewer shall as far as possible, be done at the manholes. Where
it is unavoidable to make connections in between two manholes, the work of breaking
into the existing sewer and forming the connection shall be carried out under the
supervision of the Engineer.
Breaking into the sewer shall be effected by cautions enlargement of a sewer hole and
every precaution shall be taken to prevent any material from entering the sewer. No
connection shall be formed in such a way so as to constitute a projection into the sewer
or to cause any reductions in its effective size.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
190
22.0 SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRIFICATION WORK GENERAL INSTRUCTION: - 1.1.1 An electrical contractor having A class license from the office of chief electrical
inspector Bhopal (M.P.) shall carry out all the electrical work. The contractor shall
appoint licensed electrical supervisors and wiremen to carry out the complete HT
and LT electrification work. 1.1.2 If the main contractor appoints sub-contractors for the execution of work he should
submit credentials of the sub-contractors to the consultant and should take prior
written permission from consultant before allotting work to the sub contractor. The
sub-contractor executing the work shall have sufficient experience and capacity of
executing the similar type of work. 1.1.3 All material supplied by the contractor shall be of approved make, new and of good
quality. The samples of the materials shall be got approved by Engineer -in-charge / Consultant before installation and the contractor shall use the materials as per the approved sample and make. If required by client / consultant the contractor shall arrange testing for any parameter of material / equipments at site or at approved laboratories. No extra cost shall be paid for any expenses occurred in such testing. To assure that all the material installed by the contractor is genuine, the contractors should purchase the materials directly from the manufactures of approved make or through authorized agent or representative of the manufacturers of approved makes. If required by consultant / client the contractor shall show the original purchase bills and submit photo copies of original purchase bills. If required by consultant / client the contractor shall submit original certificate from the manufacturers showing that the material installed is genuine.
1.1.4 The contractor shall have to bring all the necessary and proper tools and tackles for
carrying out the work. 1.1.5 The work should be immediately started and to be carried out, when the building,
road or other civil structure or parts of these are ready for installation. 1.1.6 The material to be supplied by the employer will have to be received by the
contractor from the client‟s godown free of cost. 1.1.7 The contractor shall ensure safety of his labour and supervisors. The contractor
shall provide all the necessary safety equipment and gadgets to all the labours and
contractor shall ensure that these are properly used by all the workers and
supervisors during the execution of work. There shall be no compromise with the
safety of workers and supervisors in any case. 1.1.8 The contractor shall follow all rules and regulations like factory act, workmen
compensation act and others laws related to labours and safety, and shall be
responsible for any injury or accident to persons working at site. 1.1.9 The work is to be carried out as per the Indian electricity rules and standard code of
practice and other relevant specifications. The workmanship shall be up to the
satisfaction of the client / Engineer in charge/ consultant. 1.1.10 Preference to the execution of work item shall be as per the requirement of client
& site situations.
1.1.11 Contractor shall arrange all the permission, sanction, approval, testing or inspection
by electrical Inspector, Electricity Board, Electricity Distribution Company or any
other local authorities which may be required for executing the work or charging the
installation / any part of installation. Any drawings documents required for such
permission, sanction, approval, testing or inspection shall be prepared by
contractor and submitted to the relevant officer. Any alternations additions
suggested by them in drawings / documents / material / work shall have to be
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
191
incorporated / corrected by the contractor at his cost. The contractor shall submit
original copies and four set of photocopies of all
the approved drawings, documents, permissions, sanctions etc. to the client. It will
be the duty of the contractor to do all the follow up for the above work including the follow up for getting permission of charging from electrical inspector‟s office,
calibration and testing of meters / CTs from state electricity board / distribution
company, installing energy meter and getting load sanctioned and line charged
from Electricity Board, Electricity Distribution Company etc.. All the fees, duties,
taxes, charges, expenses etc occurred in the above works shall be included in the
tender cost. No extra cost shall be given for this to contractor. 1.1.12 The contractor shall have to appoint qualified representatives, supervisors and
workers at site as per the requirement of site for giving satisfactory progress and
quality of work. One authorized person who will report to the client shall head the
whole team of contractor at site. This authorized representative shall receive
instruction from client / consultant / client‟s authorized representative and follow
them accordingly. 1.1.13 If any part or whole of the work or any item is not executed to the entire satisfaction
of the engineer in charge/consultant the contractor shall have to demolish and do
the same work again without any extra cost if so ordered by the engineer in charge
/ consultant. 1.1.14 Any material supplied by the client shall not be allowed to be removed from the site
of the work without permission of the client / engineer in charge / consultant. The
contractor shall ensure the safety of these materials from date of receipts from the
employer store till actual installation at the works and handed over to client after
correction and testing. The contractor shall maintain a proper site order book at the
site, which will remain in the custody of the officer in charge. 1.1.15 Any material supplied by the contractor shall not be allowed to be removed from
the site of the work without permission of the client / engineer in charge /
consultant. The contractor shall ensure the safety of all of his material / work at site
and the client will not be responsible for loss or damage of any material / work in
any case before handing over the site by the contractor. 1.1.16 After the completion of any work, the contractor should clean the place of work at
his own cost. Breaking of walls, slabs, roads, digging of land etc. necessary for
earthling, cable laying, conduit work in walls, drawing of cables / wires etc. and
making them good to original position with proper materials and tools will have to
be done by the contractor through skilled workers and no extra cost shall be paid to
the contractor for this. 1.1.17 The measurement will be taken in the presence of the engineer in
charge/consultant / owner at sight.
1.1.18 Whatever material / equipment like lightning arrestor, A.B. switch, D.O. fuse,
control panels, sub distribution boards, ACB, OCB, MCB, MCCB, E/F relay / Earth
leakage relay, ELCB, and other switchgear, control gear, generator, transformer,
wires, cables, light fittings etc. are supplied by the contractor, he has to supply test
certificates from the manufactures for all the materials in 4 copies. 1.1.19 The quantities as shown in the tender are approximate and may change or delete
according to site situation / conditions. If the quantity of any item exceeds the
quantity mentioned in the bill of quantity the contractor shall get prior approval for
this additional quantity from client before execution. However, the payment will be
made on the actual supply and work carried out at site and duly certified by the
engineer in charge / consultant.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
192
1.1.20 On the completion of the work the contractor shall supply completion plan in
triplicate, in blue prints and also in original drawing on tracing cloth. A soft copy of
all the as build drawings shall also be provided by the contractor. Insulation and
Earth test reports of the internal and external electrification installation in three
copies shall be handed over to engineer in charge in good condition by the
contractor before the finalization of his final bill. The contractor shall supply all the
above items free of cost.. 1.1.21 The minimum guarantee period for all the work / materials shall be one year or as
per the manufacturer guarantee whichever is more from date of completion of
complete work. 1.1.22 All the civil work shall be governed by the specification given for the civil works. 1.1.23 Complete cleaning of the installation and general repair work in the work place
should be done before handing over the installation to the client. 1.1.24 If the situation arise contractor has to dig cable trench, street light pole pit, earthling
pit etc. in hard strata or rock hence contractor should submit the tender only after
site visit. Contractor should quote the rates accordingly. No blasting shall be
allowed for such digging and no extra payment shall be made in such situations.
1.1.25 Contractor has to prepare detailed working drawings based on the basic drawings /
guidelines provided by consultant as per the relevant standards, specifications, site
situations, rules and laws and shall get prior approval for these drawings from
consultant before starting the work. Contractor shall also submit four copies of
these drawings to client / consultant. No extra cost shall be given for this to
contractor. 1.1.26 The contractor shall extend full cooperation to other contractors working at site. If
required he shall issue soft copies or hard prints of his drawings to other contractor
well in advance to complete the coordinated work / services in accordance with
schedule prepared by owner / his representative. No extra cost shall be given for
this to contractor. 1.1.27 In case of any discrepancy between bill of quantity (BOQ) and these specifications
BOQ will supersede the specifications. 1.1.28 The drawings which may be issued with the tender are diagrammatic only and
indicate the arrangement of various systems and extent of work. But the actual
work to be carried out as per the approved working drawings as per the clearances
and situations at site. 1.1.29 All the work shall be executed as per relevant Indian standards (TABLE 1)
revised up to date. 1.2 LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS (IS)
TABLE-1
IS: 374 - 1979 Ceiling fans and regulators (3 rd rev.)
IS: 694 - 1990
PVC insulated electric cable for working voltage up to and including
1100V
IS: 732 – 1989 Code of practice for electrical wiring and installation
IS: 1255-1983
Code of practice for installation and maintenance of power cables up to
and including 33KV rating (second revision)
IS: 1258-1987 Bayonet lamp holders (third revision)
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
193
Three pin plugs and sockets outlets rated voltage up to and including
IS: 1293-1988 250 volts and rated current up to and including
160 lamps
IS: 1554-1988 (Part-I)
PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables for working voltage
Up to and including 1100 volts
IS: 1646-1982
Electrical installation fire safety of buildings (general) code of
Practice
IS: 1885-1971 Glossary of items for electrical cables and conductors
IS: 1913-1978
General and safety requirements for fluorescents lamps luminaries
tubular
IS: 2026-1977 to 81 Power transformers (Parts I to IV)
IS: 2071- 1974-76 Method of high voltage testing
IS: 2309-1989 Protection of building and allied structure against lightning
IS: 2551-1982 Danger notice plate
IS: 3043-1987 Code of practice for ear thing
IS: 3427- 1997
AC metal enclosed switch gear and control gear for rated voltage above
1 KV and up to and including 52 KV.
IS: 3480-1986 Flexible steel conduits for electrical wiring
IS: 3837-1976 Accessories for rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring
IS: 4146-1983 Application guide for voltage transformers
IS: 4615-1968 Switch socket outlets
IS: 5133-1969(Part-I) Boxes for the enclosures of electrical accessories
IS: 5216-1982(Part-I) Guide for safety procedures and practices in electrical work
IS: 5424-1969 Rubber mats for electrical purpose
IS 5578 – 11353-
1985 Making and arrangement of bus bars
IS: 7098-1985(Part-I)
Cross-linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables. For
Working voltages from 3.3 KV up to and including 33 KV
IS: 8130 - 1984 Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
194
IS 8623 – 1977 (Part-
1)
Factory build assemblies of switchgears and control gear for voltages
up to and including 1100 V AC and 1200 V DC
IS: 1823 – 1980 (part
II) Bus bar trucking system
IS: 8828-1996 Miniature circuit breakers
IS: 10810 - 1988 Methods of test for cables
IS: 12640-1988 Earth leakage circuit breakers
IS: 13947-1989 (part
II) Air circuit breakers
IS: 13947-1989 Molded case circuit breaker
IS: 13947-1993
Degree of protection provided by enclosures for LV switchgear and
control gear.
IS: 13947 - 1993
General requirement for switchgear and control gear for voltage not
exceeding 1000V
IS: 1651 & 1652 –
1991 Stationary cells and batteries lead acid type
IS: 2147-1962 Enclosure for low voltage switchgear.
IS: 2675 - 1966 Distribution boards
IS: 375 - 1963 Switch gear bus bars
IS: 2410 - 1963 Tubular filament lamp
IS: 415 - 1963 Tungsten filament lamp
IS: 3553 - 1966 Water tight electric light fittings
IS: 1771-1961 Industrial light fittings
IS: 2667 - 1964 Fittings for rigid conduits
IS: 9537 - 1984 Rigid steel conduits for electrical wiring
IS: 3854 - 1966 Switches for domestic and other similar purpose
IS: 2268 - 1966 Call bells and buzzers
IS: 3072 - 1965 Switchgears
IS: 4047 - 1967 Switch fuse unit on cubical switch boards
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
195
FOR ELECTRIFICATION WORK 1.3 CONDUIT LAYING / POINT WIRING / CIRCUIT WIRING: - 1.3.1 GENERAL: -
The wiring system shall be concealed or surface as per the direction of consultant /
engineer in charge / owners representative / as specified in bill of quantity (BOQ). Before starting the work the contractor shall prepare the working drawing which
should indicate the route, number and sizes of conduits, location of junction boxes,
fan boxes, bends, location and sizes of switch boxes and other necessary details.
The contractor shall get approved these drawings by the consultant / Engineer in
charge before starting the work. Any modification in the drawings shall be gotten
approved before starting the work.
In conduit lying as for as possible not more than two right angle bends shall be
provided between two openings like Junction boxes, fan boxes, switch boards,
distribution boards, cable pull boxes etc. Junction boxes shall be provided at the
location of points only. Although where the length between any to accessible points
is more than 6 meter, pull boxes of approved sizes can be provided at intermediate
location. As for as possible location of these pull boxes shall be at some hidden but
easily accessible place so as to maintain good aesthetics.
While laying the conduits in the slab before casting the slab, all drops shall be laid
accurately to fall in position of switchboard, junction boxes shall be properly filled
with easily removable material and all joints shall be air tight. Conduits shall be
fastened to the re-enforcement properly so that the conduits do not get dislocated
while casting the slab all conduits shall have 18swg fish wires.
Maximum permissible number of 1100 volt grade PVC insulated wires that may be
drawn into rigid non metallic or MS or GI conduits are as given below in TABLE 2.
TABLE 2
Size of wires (Nominal
Maximum number of wires
cross section area in sq.
within conduit (size in mm)
mm)
20
25 32 40 50
1.0 5 7 12 18 27
1.5 4 6 11 15 22
2.5 3 5 8 11 16
4 2 4 6 9 13
6 1 3 5 7 10
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
196
10 - 1 3 4 6
16 - - 2 3 4
25 - - 1 2 3
35 - - - 1 3
50 2
Point wiring, power circuit and lighting circuit shall be in separate conduit.
Contractor before commencement of supply shall do balancing of circuit in three
phases. All wires shall have ferrules for identification.
Separate conduits shall be laid for Low voltage lines like Telephone, Data, TV etc.
and as for as possible minimum 300 mm distance shall be maintained between
these low voltage line and conduits for electric point and circuit wiring and if it is
unavoidable both type of lines shall be isolated by providing proper insulation.
All tools and consumables like hacksaw blades, chisels, cutter machine blades,
spring and wires for cable pulling, PVC insulation tapes, etc. to be arranged by
Contractor. All the wall chiseling, groove cutting shall be done with mechanical
cutter.
All cable ends shall be terminated using copper end sleeves. Termination should be
done with proper tools. Unless specified all wiring shall be done using approved
make wires of proper colour code for phases, neutral and earth as described in
TABLE 3 below.
TABLE 3
COLOUR CODE FOR WIRING
Description Colour of INSULATION
Circuit wires Phase 1 Red
Circuit wires Phase 2 Yellow
Circuit wires Phase 3 Blue
All neutral wires Black
All earth wires Green
Wire for point Same as that of phase wire used to
give supply to that point
Complete work has to be executed strictly as per drawings, specification to ensure
good aesthetics, line & level. Note:-In case of concealed wiring, for the places
where it is not possible to conceal the conduit, surface metal / PVC conduits /
casing capping / flexible metal conduits and its accessories of approved make as
directed by client / engineer in-charge / consultant shall be used by contractor and
no extra payment shall be made to the contractor for the same. Conduct shall
protect wiring at all places and loose wiring shall not be done in any case.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
197
1.3.2 WIRING IN PVC CONDUITS
All the wires shall be laid in medium gauge ISI PVC conduit pipes shall confirm to
latest IS. The PVC conduits shall have diameter 20mm or above as the case may
be depending upon the number of wire permitted by TABLE 2. The conduits shall be fixed to wall / ceiling / in slab at a maximum interval of 450 mm and on either
side of bends / junction boxes / cable pull boxes. All conduits accessories shall be
heavy duty made up of PVC and shall confirm relevant IS & all the bends in surface
wiring shall be of inspection type. All the joints for conduits and accessories shall be
fully tightened together by using PVC adhesive. In no case pin type accessories or
fixing by any other
means shall be used. For concealed wiring junction boxes shall have a depth of 25
mm for surface and 62mm in ceiling. 1.3.3 POINT WIRING
The point wiring shall mean wiring from switchboards or distribution boards to points / 2-3 pin combined 6A socket outlets on separate boards in Metal Conduit / PVC Conduits / PVC Casing Capping as specified in bill of quantity (BOQ) and as described in above section 2.1 and 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 for Metal Conduit / PVC Conduits / PVC Casing Capping respectively. The point shall be controlled by 5 A / 6A / 16A switch or directly from MCB, the switchboards shall be made up of 16 / 18 gauge GI (MS) and either be flush mounted in furniture partitions or surface mounted or concealed mounted as per site requirement and specified in BOQ or otherwise as directed by client / consultant. Work is inclusive of supply of approved make wires, switches, sockets, switch plates, concealed or surface boxes for switch boards and other accessories, conduits and accessories, ceiling rose, bulb holders, 5 SWG HS fan boxes of size (12.5 Cm dia and 7.5 Cm height), white colour round hylum plate, 16 G duly painted MS pull boxes with MS / white bake lite cover, fan hooks, hardware etc required for the job. All surface mounted switch boxes shall be PVC boxes of approved make. Switches and switch boxes for the modular type range shall be of same make and of approved make only. The earth wire 1.1 KV grade FR PVC insulated cu stranded is to be run in conduit along with phase and neutral wires. The neutral for more than six light / fan points shall not be looped in any case. Unless specified not more than eight numbers of light / fan points shall be on one circuit. Where plate type switches are not specified the switchboard shall have 3mm thick white colour Bakelite sheet on which switches shall be mounted.
The wiring shall be carried out with multi stranded 1.1 KV grade FR PVC insulated
copper flexible wires of required rating as described in schedule of quantities.
3 plate ceiling rose shall be used for tube light and fan points termination. All the
wires shall be properly terminated at switchboards, distribution boards and points.
Termination of neutral and earth wires at switchboards and distribution boards shall
be on terminal strips only and no twisted joints shall be done in any case.
In case of group control directly from distribution board / from the switch board the
primary point shall be from DB / Switch board to the first point and secondary point
shall be looped from first point
No joints in phase wire shall be allowed between switchboard / distribution board
and points / primary points in case of group control and between primary and
secondary points. No joints in neutral and earth wire shall be allowed except at the
location of point or switchboards.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
198
A three-core cord of suitable rating (minimum conductor size 3 x 1.5sq. mm) and
length minimum 600 mm shall be provided from 3 point ceiling rose to light and fan
points. For Plate type / Modular type switches 2 module step fan regulator of the
same make as of switches shall be provided on the switch board for all fan points. 1.3.4 CIRCUIT WIRING
The circuit wiring shall mean wiring in three phase, three phase four wire or single phase two wire from any location from main panels, distribution panels, to distribution panels, switch boards, 6 / 16 amp combined power points, metal clad plug socket DBs, MCB boxes in Metal Conduit / PVC Conduits / PVC Casing Capping as specified in bill of quantity (BOQ) and as described in above section 2.1 and 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 for Metal Conduit / PVC Conduits / PVC Casing Capping respectively. Wiring for looping switchboards from another switch boards except 2-3 pin combined 6A socket outlets on separate board shall be included in circuit wiring. Work is inclusive of supply of approved make wires, conduits and accessories, 16 G
duly painted MS pull boxes with MS / white bake lite cover, hardware etc required for the job. Earth wirer 1.1 KV grade FR PVC insulated cu stranded is to be run in conduit along with phase and neutral wires as specified in BOQ. Unless specified not more than eight number of light / fan points shall be on one light circuit. The wiring shall be carried out with multi stranded 1.1 KV grade FR PVC insulated copper flexible wires of required rating as described in schedule of quantities.
The wiring shall be carried out with multi stranded 1.1 KV grade FR PVC insulated
copper flexible wires of required rating as described in schedule of quantities.
All the wires shall be properly terminated at switchboards, distribution boards and
points. Termination of neutral and earth wires at switchboards and distribution
boards shall be on terminal strips or bus bars only and no twisted joints shall be
done in any case.
No joints shall be allowed in any circuit. 1.3.5 LT DISTRIBUTION BOARDS: -
These shall be of sheet metal and of standard design and approved make with copper bus bars. The board shall be fixed at accessible height. The board shall be sadly fixed to walls / fabricated frames and brackets / partitions, concealed or open as directed. All connection inside the distribution board shall be neatly arranged and tied with PVC strings. The MCB shall be of 10 KA for fair level. The distribution boards shall be suitably earthed as per the relevant IS. Legend shall be written on DB white paint for identification of DB & circuits. All terminations shall be with proper lugs. All incoming and outgoing conduits shall be through readymade knock out inlet outlet provisions available in the original DB with proper check nut provisions. No alteration and modification in original form of DBs without approval from consultant shall be allowed. All the terminations for neutral and earth shall be at proper terminal available in the distribution boards. MCBs and Distribution boards shall be of same make and of approved make.
1.4 LT CABLES LAYING AND END TERMINATION: - 1.4.1 GENERAL
All Cable shall confirm to relevant latest Indian standard. 1.4.2 UNDER GROUNDCABLE LAYING
The cable trench in ground has to be prepared by excavating soft murrum / black
soil / hard murrum as per details given in trench drawing with specifically
maintaining clear dimensions of trench i.e. (width / depth/ length). The rates for
excavation shall be quoted after visiting site.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
199
After complete excavation of length of trench, the sand bed of minimum 50 mm
thickness / as specified in the drawings provided by the consultant at the time of
execution of the work has to be created in bottom of trench. Fine river sand has to
be used for this purpose and it is to be ensured that this sand does not contain
stone / gravel etc.
The sand bed has to be even and a pre inspection of this shall be arranged with
consultant / Engineer-in- charge. The cables are than to be laid in these trenches.
Cable- drums have to be shifted from stores to site of laying by the Contractor and
hydraulic jack shall be arranged for lifting of drums. Sufficient manpower shall be
arranged for uncoiling / laying of cables in order to avoid damage to cable. The work
includes supply of cables.
Length of cable piece has to be properly measured and cut from the drum. The trenches shall be at least 30 cm wide. The cables are to be laid in the trenches maintaining minimum spacing of 100 mm (or as specified in the drawing). After laying of all cables in trenches, if required by client, cable identification tags are to be installed at every 5 Mtr. distance. These tags are of Aluminum flat (minimum size 25 x 3 mm) and shall bear punch mark of cable number. The cable number shall match to that of given in cable schedule and in case of any alterations prior to permission of Consultant has to be obtained. After this, another sand bed of minimum 100 mm thickness / as specified in the drawings has to be prepared over cable. The bricks of proper strength are then to be kept on the top of the sand bed so as to completely cover cables and edges of cable as per drawing and details. The backfilling of soil and proper leveling, length compacting shall be done. After completion of complete work if required by the client, the cable route markers at interval of 20 meters and at all change in direction on cable trench has to be installed along the trench. The size of route marker shall be minimum dia 100 mm x 3 mm bolted on MS angle of size 40mm x 40mm x 5mm. These markers are to be grouted in ground.
For every road crossing, entry in building etc. cable sleeves RCC / GI / PVC in
specified sizes are to be provided as per drawing and details. Complete work shall
be done to ensure reliability of system.
Cables laid underground shall be to a minimum depth of 750 mm for LT cables,
1000 mm for HT cables. If cables are to be laid in tier formation there should be a
minimum gap of 250 mm between two tiers however the drawings provided by
consultant will supersede these specifications. Contractor shall ensured that cables
laid underground are free of water lines etc 1.4.3 CABLE ON WALLS / TRAYS
The cable trays are to be fabricated out of MS angle of given sizes. The trays has to
be fabricated in two parts i.e. cable trays and its supports.
Complete fabrication work of tray/support has to be done by straightening of angles,
fabricating specified sizes, removal of sharp edge and installation of trays on
supports. The tray has to be installed in such a way that same level is maintained
on one runner (unless specified otherwise). The „T‟ section, bend has to be long
radius type and shall be minimum 15 times outside dia of
biggest size cable. The supports at such sections have to be provided in addition to
that shown in the drawing. Complete cable trays are to be painted with one coat of
red oxide/ two coats of synthetic enamel paint.
After completion of above work cable laying has to be started from LT panels to machines / power outlets. The pre measurement of cable length has to be carried
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
200
out and only after ensuring correct required length, cable has to be cut. The cables are to be laid on trays with minimum spacing of 75 (or as specified in the drawing). After laying of all cables, „AL‟ tags are to be
installed along with „AL‟ clamps (made from „AL‟ strip of minimum 25mm x 3mm).
The maximum spacing between such clamps shall be 450mm and between tags is
5 mtr.
For installation of cables in walls, MS/GI spacers shall be used. Spacers shall be MS/GI flat of 25mm x 3mm up to 16mm
2 cable and 40mm x 6mm above 16mm
2
cables. The spacing shall be maximum 300 mm and it shall be fixed with GI machine screws. Complete work has to be executed ensuring safe installation.
1.4.4 CABLE END TERMINATION
The cable and termination of all cables has to be done by a skilled cable jointer (to
be arranged by Contractor) using proper size cable glands, lugs and ferrules of
approved make. The contractor should supply all the required material. The cable
glands shall be installed by punching appropriate size hole on gland plate. No extra
hole shall be punched unless specified otherwise. The gland plate has to be refitted
properly to ensure vermin proof-ness of panels.
The lugs shall be of Copper / Aluminum as specified in BOQ and shall be crimped using crimping tool compression type. Above 50 mm
2, hydraulic crimping tools are
to be arranged by the Contractor. Before crimping lugs contact enhancement paste has to be provided of approved make. The termination is then to be carried out ensuring tightness / proper contact at the point of termination. After crimping varnished cotton tape (empire tape) and insulation tapes of proper colour codes shall be used for insulation of crimped live parts after.
1.5 SWITCH FUSE UNITS
Switch fuse units shall be of sheets metal or iron clad with HRC fuses as described in schedule of quantities. The unit shall be of robust construction, specified make and design to withstand adverse working condition. It shall have quick break type mechanism with ON and OFF position indicators of the operating handle. The switch shall be door -interlocked so that the units could not be opened in ON condition. The interior shall be so arrange that clearances from all live-parts are adequate and shrouded. Manufacture‟s instructions shall be followed for switch fuse units. The switch shall be solidly earthed. The switch shall be mounted on angle iron support grouted to wall. The support‟s shall be treated for rust treatment & painted with coats of synthetics enamel paint. The height of the switchboard shall be such that it is accessible for operation & maintenance.
1.6 LT DISTRIBUTION AND METERING PANELS 1.6.1 INSPECTION, TESTING AND GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
The panel shall be suitable for 500 Volt, 50 Hz, and 3-phase supply.
Before fabrication of panel Contractor / Panel manufacturer shall get approval for
GA diagram and all other drawings related to panel work.
Panel shall be fabricated where facility of Hydraulic / power press and equipments
for testing inclusive of equipments for the following tests are available. If required by
the consultant, the panel manufacturer should have CPRI and TAC Approvals.
Temperature rise test for Bus-bar
Mili Volt drop test for Bus bar jointing.
Insulation test by 2.5 KV H.V. Tester
Contractor shall take approval for appointment of panel manufacturer from
consultant before starting the fabrication work.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
201
The panel shall be dispatched only after complete inspection and satisfactory
testing for all functioning in presence of Engineer in charge / Consultant.
Compliance for all the points / changes instructed during the testing and inspection
shall be done before dispatch. Before dispatch panel shall be properly packed to
avoid damage during transportation. Offer for the panel shall be inclusive of loading,
unloading and transportation of panel to the specified location at site.
The panel shall be tested at site before commissioning.
All the material used in the panel shall be strictly as per the specification and of
approved make and quality.
The panel shall comply all the relevant IS as mentioned below:-
IS-4237 General requirements of switchgear & control gear for voltage not
exceeding 1000V. IS-375 Arrangement of bus bars, main connection, auxiliaries & wiring. IS-2516 Requirement of the circuit breakers not exceeding 1000V, selection
& testing. IS-4047 Specification for heavy-duty air break switches & fuses for voltage
not exceeding 1000V. IS-2208 Specification for HRC cartridge fuse links up to 650V, IS-2507 Indian standards for current transformers (Part – I/II/III/IV) IS-4201 Application guide for current transformers. IS-2959 Specification for AC contractors of voltage not exceeding 1000V IS-1822 Specification for motor starters of voltages not exceeding 1000V IS-5569 Electrical power connectors. IS-1336 Colour code recommendations for push buttons. IS-1248 Electrical indicating buttons. IS-4483 Preferred panel cutout dimensions. IS-2147 Degree of protection provided by enclosures for LV switchgears. IS-3072 Code of practice for installations & maintenance of
switchgears for system voltages not exceeding 1000V.
IES-439 Low voltage switchgear & control gear assembles. IS-2032 Graphic symbols. IS-8623 Factory built assemblies.
1.7 FABRICATION AND BASIC STRUCTURE
Panels shall be fabricated from MS sheet steel 14 / 16gauge as specified in BOQ and shall be of compartmental design. The main supporting framework shall be of angle iron or of heavier gauge sheet metal as specified. The panel shall be self-standing type / wall mounted as specified, dust and vermin proof and shall be suitable for front operation. Panel doors shall be provided with concealed type hinges and all joints and shutters shall be provided with Neoprene rubber gaskets as per requirements and direction of consultant / Architect. All hinged doors shall be earthed with flexible braided copper earth strips by connecting them to structure of main panel. Partition plates shall be provided between the feeder boxes and Bus bar chambers as per direction of Architect / Consultant. The panel shall have separate cable ally and a bus bar chamber. Slotted channel in every cable ally for
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
202
fixing incoming and outgoing cables shall be provided. The panel shall have 75 x 40 x 6 mm M.S. base channel with horizontal support at every one meter approximately. Base channel shall have φ 16mm hole for mounting on foundation with φ 12mm, 75mm long G.I. bolts.
Adequate ventilation for the panel shall be provided. The backside of the wall mounted panels shall be supported by 2 no. Horizontal 50 x 6 mm MS flats along the width of the panel and the extended parts of these flats should have φ 19 mm holes to mount the panels on walls. All the hardware used in
panels like nut bolts and spring washers used for tightening of bus bar etc. shall be
of heavy duty. All the hardware used in panel shall be got first approved from
consultants before taking up for fabrication.
After fabrication and before painting / powder coating panel shall be inspected by
Engineer in-charge / Consultant. Compliance for all the points / changes instructed
during the inspection shall be done before powder coating. 1.8 PAINTING, POWDER COATING AND NAME PLATES
The panel shall be duly pretreated by 7-tank process etc and powder coated (pure
polyester powder coated 60 micron thickness) / stove-enameled painted as
specified in BOQ by using Siemens gray colour shade number RAL-7032 or with
other approved colour.
In case of stove enameled painting 2 coats of anticorrosive paint, surface and putty
shall be applied. 2 coats of synthetic enameled paint of approved quality and shade
shall be applied for finish. All sheet metal portions shall have stove enameled (oven
baked) painted at 110 deg. Cent.
Single line diagram and Logic diagram for operation of switchgears and control
circuits etc. shall be painted or pasted after printing and laminations on the panel.
The nameplates for each feeder shall be of engraved design and pasted to the
respective switchgear. The size of incoming / outgoing cables shall also be written
on the nameplates. The letter in the nameplate shall not be less than 10 mm size for
individual feeders and not less 18 mm for the main feeders. All switchgear to be
mounted in the panel shall be as per schedules of quantities.
Danger boards of required sizes shall be provided on the panels. 1.9 SPACE AND CLEARANCES
The panel shall be designed so as to facilitate inspection, cleaning, repairs and
maintenance. The clearance between phase to phase and phase to earth / metal
parts shall be as per relevant IS standards. Minimum clearance between any two
phase shall be 40 mm and phase to Earth shall be 32 mm This clearance shall be
measured from the head of bolts etc used for tightening bus bars, switchgears etc. 1.10 METERING
The metering instruments like voltmeter, ammeter etc. shall be flush mounted and
shall be of class 1.0 accuracy or as specified and of standard design Size of
meters shall be minimum 96 X 96 mm. All indication lamps shall be of LED type. 1.11 BUS BARS AND CONNECTION BETWEEN BUS BARS AND SWITCH GEARS
The bus bars shall be rigid hard drawn tinned electrolyte copper / Aluminum as specified and sleeved with heat shrinkable sleeves. The current density shall not exceed 1.5 amp per sq mm for Cu bus bars and 1.0 amp per sq mm for Al bus bars and the neutral bus shall be rated for capacity of phase bus unless otherwise stated in schedule of quantities / drawings. However, the minimum size of bus bars shall
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
203
be 25 mm x 3 mm. Bus bar shall be supported by epoxy based cast resin / DMC supports tested for 3KV. If Bakelite sheets are used for support of Bus bar than it should to confirm to IS standard with proper dielectric strength. Spacing of supports should be at maximum distance of 450mm. Supports shall also be provided at both ends of bus -bar, to prevent Bus-bars sag and to withstand Electromagnetic stresses in the event of short circuit.
All connections between bus bars and switchgears inside the panel shall be done
with insulated solid copper conductors / cables or with copper / Al links as specified
of proper current ratings. For switchgears having current rating 63A or below,
flexible wire of proper current ratings shall be allowed for connecting them to bus
bars. 1.12 WIRING FOR METERING AND CONTROL
All wring for meters and control shall be provided with numbering ferrules. Size of
flexible wire shall not be less than 1.5 sq. mm. of 1.1 KV grade ISI mark. Suitable
HRC control fuses shall be provided in control circuits. All the wiring in panel shall
be properly arranged to provide good aesthetics and tightened with PVC stringed to
avoid any loose wiring. Wiring at the doors shall be such that, doors can be fully
opened and closed without damaging the wires. Wherever necessary slotted PVC
channels with covers of proper size shall be used for these wiring. 1.13 EARTH BUS AND STUDS
The panel shall have two no of earthling studs of φ12mm dia & 50mm long G.I. nut
bolt at both right and left sides of panel for connecting earthling strips coming from
earthling stations. These earthling studs shall be interconnected by One number
earth bus of GI / Copper / AL as specified which shall be horizontally run inside and
along the sides throughout the width of the panel. This earth bus should be
connected to the main structure of the panel at various places. 2.0 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
Before the lighting / power installation is made alive the contractor shall carry out
tests enumerated below in presence of engineer in charge or his authorized
representative. All testing equipment necessary, to carry out the test shall be
arranged by contractor and the tests results recorded on approved pro forma.
Nothing extra shall be payable for testing. The testing of whole installation shall be
done as per the relevant Indian Standards. Contractor shall have to submit reports
of all the following types of testing and manufacturers test certificates in required
copies whenever required and before producing final bills and handing over the site.
The following tests shall be carried out after completion of the electrical installation
work. 2.1 Insulation Resistance Test
Insulation resistance to earth
The insulation resistance shall be measured by a 500 V insulation resistance
testers, between earth and whole system or any section of conductors (except
earthed concentric wiring) keeping all fuses / switchgear in places and all switches
on (except earthed concentric wiring) and all lamps in position.
The insulation resistance measured in mega ohm shall not be less than 50 mega
ohm divided by the number of outlets or when PVC insulated cables are used for
wiring.12.5 mega ohm divided by the outlet subject to a minimum value of 1 mega
ohm.
A preliminary and similar test shall be made before lamps etc. are installed and in
this event the insulation resistance to earth shall not less than 100 mega ohm
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
204
divided by the number of outlets or when PVC insulated cables are use 25 mega
ohm divided by the number of outlet subject to a minimum of 1 mega ohm. 2.2 Insulation resistance between conductors
The insulation resistance shall be measured by 500 V insulation resistance tester
between all the conductors connected to one phase and all the conductor
connected to neutral with all fuses in places with all switches on and all lamps
should be removed.
The insulation resistance measured in mega ohm shall not be less than 50 mega
ohm divided by the number of outlets or when PVC insulated cables are used for
wiring.12.5 mega ohm divided by the outlet subject to a minimum value of 1 mega
ohm.
This test shall be repeated for remaining two phases. 2.3 Polarity Test of Switches
A test shall be made to verify that all non-linked single pole switches are fitted on
outer of phase conductor or not and after this test such conductors shall be labeled
or marked for connection to the phase conductor or to the non-earthed conductor of
supply. 2.4 Earth Continuity Test
The earth continuity conductor including metal conduit and metallic envelopes of
cables in all cases shall be tested for electric continuity. Electrical resistance
between main earth point and any point on the earth continuity conductor in
completed insulation shall not exceed 1 ohm. 2.5 OTHER TESTS
Before energizing in case of power and control cables insulation resistance between
phases , each phase to neutral and each phase to armor to be measured with 500
volt insulation resistance tester and it should comply latest IS.
Current and voltage of all phase shall be measured at the panel bus bars with all
circuit on with fixture and also in all switchboards.
The earth electrode shall be tested for earth resistance by means of standard earth
tester. The resistance between the earthling system and general mass of the earth
shall not be greater than one Ohm.
Check for conduits at expansion joints. At expansion joints in building flexible
conduits shall be provided. Extra length of wires in flexible conduits pipe shall be
provided and this extra length shall not be less than 50 mm. At both the ends of
conduit proper flexible couplings shall be provided and earth wire shall be properly
connected to earthling terminal of coupling.
All the terminations, joints and connections in panels, DBs, switch boards etc. shall be tightened. There shall not be any loose connection.
Check for continuity of supply in all the sockets shall be done. It should be checked
that all the termination in sockets are as approved manner. It is to be checked that
earthling points of all the sockets is properly earthed. For all socket outlets voltage
between phase and neutral shall be recorded it should be less than 1 volt.
All the elements of the installation like switch yards, transformers, generators, motor, relays etc. shall be tested as per the relevant IS codes and in an approved manner.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
205
It is to be checked that the complete installation is properly cleaned and duly
repaired and painted wherever necessary.
It is to be checked that complete installation is free from any loose wirings and all
wires and cables are protected with required sleeves or coverings.
It is to be checked that maintenance is easily possible for complete installation.
It is to be checked that proper balancing in three-phase is done.
In case of power and control cables insulation resistance between phases, each
phase to neutral and each phase to armor to be measured with 500 volt insulation
resistance tester and it should comply latest IS.
If any other tests before energizing the installation is required as per the relevant
Indian standard or by electricity Distribution Company / safety officer / inspector /
consultant then these tests has to be carried out by the contractor free of cost.
All conduits cable armoring etc., shall be connected to the earth all along their run
by earthing conductors of suitable cross sectional area. The electrical resistance of
earthing conductors shall be low enough to permit the passage of fault current
necessary to operate a fuse/protective device or a circuit breaker and shall not
exceed 2 Ohms. Normally an earth electrode shall not be situated less than 2 M
from any building. Care shall be taken that excavation for earth electrode may not
affect the column footings or foundation of the building. Further the location shall be
such where the soil has reasonable change of retaining moisture as far as possible.
Entrances, pavements and roadways are definitely to be allocation for locating the
earth electrode.
1.1.5 Testing
On the completion of the entire installation, the following tests shall be conducted:
Earth resistance of electrodes
Impedance of earth continuity conductors
Effectiveness of ear thing.
All meters, instruments and lab our required for the tests shall be provided by the
contractor. The test results shall be submitted in the prescribed tabulated from in
triplicate to the consultants for approval.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
206
LIST OF APPROVED MAKE/MATERIALS IN ORDER OF PREFERENCES FOR CIVIL
WORKS
S.NO. ITEM MAKE
Ultratech, Shree, ACC, JK, L&T, Lafarge etc
01. Grey Cement (OPC 43) as approved by EIC and
Consultant.
02. White Cement JK, Birla etc make as approved by EIC and
Consultant.
Thermo Mechanically Tested
TISCO (TATA), SAIL, RINL 03. (TMT) Hot Rolled Deformed Bars
make as approved by EIC and Consultant.
04. Concrete Additive FOSROC, CICO-TL, SIKA, MY MIX
make as approved by EIC and Consultant.
05. Flush Doors GREEN, DURO, CENTURY make as
approved by EIC and Consultant.
06. Plywood / Block Board ANCHOR, GREEN, CENTURY, DURO
make as approved by EIC and Consultant.
07. Pre-laminated Particle NOVAPAN, ARCHIDLAM
Board approved by EIC and Consultant.
08. Laminates CENTURY, GREENLAM, FORMICA
make as approved by EIC and Consultant.
KAJARIA, ASIAN, DURATO,
09. Vitrified Tiles JHONSAN make as approved by EIC and Consultant
KAJARIA, ASIAN, DURATO,
10. Ceramic Tiles JHONSAN make as approved by EIC
and Consultant.
KAJARIA, ULTRA, ASIAN, JHONSAN,
11. Anti-skid tiles DURATO, make as approved by EIC
and Consultant.
12. Tiles & Stone fixing Adhesive BAL, KARKQUALL, MY MIX make
as approved by EIC and Consultant.
13. All Paint, primer, oil bound distemper Asian, ICI, Nerolac make as approved
& synthetic enamel by EIC and Consultant.
14. Water proof exterior paint Asian, ICI, Nerolac make as approved
by EIC and Consultant.
MODI GUARD, SAINT GOBAIN, ASAHI,
15. Float Glass EMERGE make as approved by EIC
and Consultant
16. Water proofing compound Agency As Approved by EIC and Consultant
17. Anti-termite Treatment Agency As Approved by EIC and Consultant
18. Anodized Aluminum fittings ZINDAL, MAN, HINDALCO make
as approved by EIC and Consultant.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
207
19. Hinges EBCO, Flora or equivalent make as approved by EIC
and Consultant.
20. Bricks Best Quality Open Bhatta Bricks as approved by EIC.
21. Sand
Narmada (Nemawar &Tawa Belt) Sand as approved by
EIC.
22. Aggregate Best quality locally available obtained from cone
crusher as approved by EIC.
23. Lock
Godrej , Hettich, Doorset Make as approved by EIC
and Consultant.
24. Automatic Door / Hydraulic Door DORMA, GEZE make as approved by
Closer / Floor Spring EIC and Consultant.
25. Stone Texture Finish UNITILE, ASIAN make as approved
by EIC and Consultant.
26. Door Fittings DORMA, GEZE, EBCO make as
approved by EIC and Consultant.
27. Sanitary Ware KOHLER, DURAVIT make as
approved by EIC and Consultant.
28. Bath Fittings KOHLER, HANSGROHE, JAQUAR make as
approved by EIC and Consultant.
29. ACP Sheet ALSTRONG, ALCOBOND make as
approved by EIC and Consultant.
30. Gypsum board
India Gypsum Board or approved by EIC and
Consultant
31. Polycarbonate sheet As approved by EIC and Consultant
32. Colour coated sheet National,Tata As approved by EIC and Consultant
33. GI Pipes TATA, JINDAL or Approved
34. CPVC Pipes / Fittings
ASTRAL, Prince, Suprime make as approved by EIC
and Consultant.
35. PVC Pipes / Fittings Finolex, Prince, Suprime make as
approved by EIC and Consultant.
36. Nahani Trap PVC
Finolex, Prince, Suprime make as approved by EIC
and Consultant.
37. Aluminium Panel Sun Louvres
Hunter Douglas India Pvt. Ltd,Alstone or equivalent
make
as approved by EIC and Consultant.
38. AAC Block
Magicrete,Delite,Dlite,Ultratech or
as approved by EIC and Consultant.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
208
NOTE:
This is a general indicative list of the materials for the brand and make of the material to be used
by the contractor. The specification mentioned in this section shall take precedence. However,
the contractor shall take approval of Consultant and EIC regarding the make and type of each
material before execution. The Consultant and EIC’s decision regarding the use of material
mentioned above or mentioned in specification or equivalent will be final and binding on the
contractor. In case contractor wishes an alternative other than suggested by Consultant,
equivalent to those listed above or mentioned in specification for economy and better quality,
the name shall be submitted to Consultant and EIC giving detailed specification, catalogue,
price list along with the samples for approval from the Employer.All the necessary test shall be
carried out at no extra cost and report be submitted to EIC and Consultant. The Consultant and
EIC reserve the right to permit or nor permit the contractor for use of other alternate without any
reasons and contractor is bound to follow the decision of the EIC and Consultant in this regard.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
209
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS
S.
ITEM DESCRIPTION MAKES NO.
01 Distribution Transformer, Star Rating ABB, Tesla Transformer, Schneider
02 Power Transformer BHEL, ABB, Schneider
03 Vacuum Circuit Breaker, SF-6/Gas filled
ABB, Schneider, Siemens, Circuit Breaker
04 ACB ABB, Schneider, Siemens
05 PSS/CSS with HT/LT Switch Gear,
ABB, Schneider, Siemens, L&T Transformer and connected accessories
06
MCCB, MCB, ELCB, RCCB, DB, ICTPN,
ABB, Schneider, Siemens, L&T TP, HRC Fuse, Change over Switch,
Switch Fuse Unit
07 XLPE Cable 11/33kV grade CCI, Gloster, Finolex, Ravin cable
08 PVC/XLPE Power Cables up to 1.1kV
CCI, Gloster, Universal, Ravin cable grade
09 Instrument Voltmeter, Ammeter, PF meter Schneider, Automatic Electric, Siemens,
HPL
10 33/11kV Cable End Termination &
Raychem, 3M,Mahendra Jointing Kits
11 Relays Siemens, Schneider, C&S
12 Lighting Fixtures Phillips, Schreder, Wipro, Havells, Ligero
PVC insulated Elect. Wires Sheathed/
13 unsheathed, PVC flexible LT cable,
Finolex, HPL, Ravin, Havells multicore, single core, Flat cable for
submersible pumps
14 Current Transformer Schneider, Automatic Electric, Siemens,
HPL
On line UPS, Servo Stabilizer, Inverter,
APC, TATA Libert 15 CVT
16 Rotary Switches, Selector Switches Kaycee, Siemens, Schneider
17 Exhaust fan/ Air Circulator/ Bracket &
Crompton Greaves, Polar Pedestal fans/ Ceiling fan
18 Electronic Energy Meter Secure, ABB, Schneider
19 Capacitors- PF correction for Electrical
BHEL, ABB, Schneider, EPCOS General Services
20 DG Sets - Portable Birla Yamaha, CGL, Shriram Honda,
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
210
21 DG Engine Cummins, Kirloskar, Caterpillar, Ashok
Leylend, Penta-Volvo
22 Alternator for DG set KEC, CGL, Stampford, Leroy-Somer,
Kirloskar-Green
LT Switchgear & control gears- Contactors
23 & motor starters, Energy Efficient Soft
ABB, Siemens, Schneider, C&S Starter panel/ Earthing Switch, Single
phase preventer
24 Timers - Electronic Solid State ABB, Siemens, Schneider
25 Water Coolers Blue Star, Fedders, Kelvinator, Shriram,
Sidwal, Voltas
26
Electrical Accessories (Piano Switch,
Legrand, Schneider, Havells Plugs & Sockets, Ceiling Rose, Angle
Holder, Holders)
27 Bell Buzzer Schneider,Havells ,Legrand
28 Electronic Fan Regulator Crompton Greaves ,Usha,Orient,Havells
29 GI/MS Pipe TATA, Jindal, TT Swastik, Prakash Surya
30 Geysers Crompton Greaves, Recold,Vguard
31 Lifts & Escalators OTIS, ThyssenKrupp, Shindler, KONE,
Mitsubhisi.
32 PVC Conduit pipe & Casing capping for
A.K.G., Polycab, BEC electrical wiring
33 Aluminum Ladders Sumer, Beatfire
34 LT Panels From CPRI tested firms.
35 Air Curtain Aircon, ALMONARD, CGL
36 Control and Relay Panel ABB, AREVA, Schneider, Siemens
37 Batteries Exide, Amco, Amar Raja, HBL Nife
38 Battery Charger Chhabi, HBL, Caldyne, Masstech, DUBAS,
Statcon
39 Fire Protection System Vijay, Unitech, Technofab, Mather & Platt,
Steelage.
40 Wires - Copper Type Finolex, RR,Havells
41 Telephone Wire Finolex, Indoplast, RR, Delton
42 Telephone Cable Finolex, Delton, Nicco, Indoplast, RR
43 Wall Brackets, Ceiling Light, Bollard Philips, Wipro,Schredder
44 Coaxial TV Cable Finolex, Havells, American North Star, RR
45 Octagonal Pole Philips, Wipro, Schredder
46 Pump KSB, Kirloskar, Grund fos
47 Advance Lightening System Indelec, LPI, Ingesco
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
211
NOTE:
This is a general indicative list of the materials for the brand and make of the material to be
used by the contractor. The specification mentioned in this section shall take precedence.
However, the contractor shall take approval of Consultant and EIC regarding the make and
type of each material before execution. The Consultant and EIC’s decision regarding the use of
material mentioned above or mentioned in specification or equivalent will be final and binding
on the contractor. In case contractor wishes an alternative other than suggested by Consultant,
equivalent to those listed above or mentioned in specification for economy and better quality,
the name shall be submitted to Consultant and EIC giving detailed specification, catalogue,
price list along with the samples for approval from the Consultant. All the necessary test shall
be carried out at no extra cost and report be submitted to EIC and Consultant. The Consultant
and EIC reserve the right to permit or nor permit the contractor for use of other alternate
without any reasons and contractor is bound to follow the decision of the EIC and Consultant in
this regard.
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
212
Approved Material List Of Fire Fighting & Fire Alarm System
A. Approved Manufacturer List of Equipment for Mechanical Work
FIRE PUMPS ELECTRICAL DRIVEN KIRLOSKAR BROS. LTD / MATHER & 1 PLATT
FIRE PUMPS DIESEL DRIVEN KIRLOSKAR BROS. LTD / CROMPTON
GREAVES 2. M.S.ERW PIPES JINDAL HISSAR/ TATA
SURYA ROSHINI/
ZENITH/ METAL MEN
3. BUTTERFLY VALES AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO
4. NON – RETURN VALVES
AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO / HAWA
5. C.I. GATE/SLUICE VALVES AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO 6. BALL VALES (Screwed end) AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO
7. STRAINERS AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO
8. FOOT VALVES AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO/NORMEX
9. PRESSURE SWITCH INDFOS / DANFOS/ DELTA CONTROL
10. PRESSURE GAUGE H. GURU/ PRICOL/ FIEBIG
11. ANTICORROSIVE MATERIAL I W L / PYPTOK/TIKKI
12. HYDRANT VALVES NEWAGE / WINCO/OMAX/SUPERMAX
13. BRANCH PIPE WITH NOZZLE NEWAGE / WINCO/OMAX/SUPERMAX
14. FIRE HOSES NEWAGE / MEGMEX/OMAX
15. HOSE COUPLINGS NEWAGE / WINCO/OMAX/SUPERMAX
16. HOSE REEL EVERSAFE / /EQUIVALENT
FIRECON/WINCO
17. HOSE BOX / FIRE DUCT SHUTTER NEWAGE,GODREG
18. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SAFEX / SAFETEC
GODREG
KANEX/TERMINATOR
19. PRINKLERS HD / TYCO / VIKING
20. SPRINKLER ALARM VALVE HD / TYCO / VIKING
21. ELUGE VALVE HD / TYCO / VIKING
22. FLOW SWITCH SYSTEM SENSOR OR EQUIVLENT
23. PAINT ASIAN/BURGER/
Madhya Pradesh Financial Corporation
213
NEROLAC
24. M Valves AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO
25. WELDING ELECTRODES ESAB 28/ ADVANI/ADOR/MANGLAM
26. ANTI VIBRATING PADS DUNLOP or as Approved quality and make
27. 2/4-WAY FIRE BREACHING CONNECTION & NEWAGE/WINCO/OMAX
COUPLING
28. STEEL CONDUIT ISI marked
29. CI BALL VALVES AUDCO / KOR VALVE/ZOLOTO
30. AIR RELEASE VALVES ZOLOTO/EQUIVAENT
31. FLEXIBLE HOSE(SPRINKLER DROPPER) ANY UL/FM AS APPROVED